message d'acceuil
bienvenue sur mangazone
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Liens
Texte Libre
menu
Albums Photos
Images Aléatoires
Mercredi 19 septembre 2007
3
19
/09
/2007
00:16
-
Recommander
-
Par yagami
-
Ecrire un commentaire
Publié dans : xbox 360 guides - Voir les 0 commentaires
CONTENTS:
0. Intro
1. Controls
2. Enemies
3. Walkthrough
i. Home Bay
ii. Bay of Medusa
iii. Undercaves
iv. The Vents
v. The Lagoon
vi. Ridge Water
vii. Open Ocean
viii. Ice Zone
ix. Hard Water
x. Cold Water
xi. Island Zone
xii. Deep Water
xiii. Marble Sea
xiv. The Library
xv. Deep City
xvi. City of Forever
xvii. Jurassic Beach
xviii. Pteranodon Pond
xix. Origin Beach
xx. Trilobite Circle
xxi. Dark Water
xxii. Deep Water 2/ City of Forever 2
xxiii. The Tube
xxiv. Welcome to the Machine
xxv. The Last Fight
4. Passwords
5. Cheats
6. Legal Stuff
---------------------------------------------
/////xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx\\
0. INTRODUCTION
/////xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx\\
This is (hopefully) a comprehensive guide for the Genesis/Mega Drive version of
Ecco the Dolphin. (That is to say, the information here isn't relevant if you
have a Sega CD/Game Gear version of the game.) This is my first ever
FAQ/Walkthrough, so do feel free to email me with any
suggestions/comments/death threats you feel are appropriate after reading this
FAQ at mst3kman2000@yahoo.com. UPDATE: You can now also find em at my newer,
spam-less email address, mst3kman@gmail.com. I check both emails regularly, but
this is a heads up in case I someday forsake the yahoo address.
I recall this as being one of the most infuriatingly difficult games I'd ever
played when I first played it long about 12 or so years ago. After several
years, I finally beat the game without cheats of any kind, and now can even do
so in one sitting. (I have no life, see.) Now at least I hope to assist anyone
else who can't get past that damn octopus on the third stage. You can use your
browser's "find" function to skip straight to any particular section you want.
Anyway, that being said, on with the FAQ.
/////xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx\\
1. CONTROLS
/////xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx\\
No game I can recall designed with the Genesis' 3-button controller had
terribly complicated controls, but I might as well cover a few things before
moving on.
The A button will shoot out a wave of sonar. Holding down the A button will
cause the sound wave to bounce back, displaying a map of the immediate
vicinity. Hazards, enemies, air pockets, and other objects will be highlighted.
The B button will send Ecco charging forward. You can build up more force if
you hit B while stationary. While moving, the B button will simply give you an
acceleration boost.
The C button pushes you forward a little. The more rapidly you hit the C
button, the faster you'll go.
Some time into the game, you can learn special sonar attacks. To use these
attacks, hit the B button while stationary, and hit A before you charge
forward. The resulting sonar blast will either confuse or injure enemies.
/////xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx\\
2. ENEMIES
/////xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx\\
Here's a catalog of enemies in the game, in alphabetical order:
Clams - Some clams are good. Some are bad. The ones that emit brown bubbles are
bad.
Crabs- Surprisingly dangerous are the crabs in this game; they jump at you and
won't leave you alone until you're out of their range. ANNOYING.
Dark Starfish - Circles of these things will fan out and try to hit you.
There's not many of these, but they can do some damage if you're not careful.
Jellyfish - alone, they're not much trouble. As you'll soon find out, though,
they can be very annoying in numbers. A single charge is enough to kill them,
but it's usually best just to avoid them if possible.
King Crabs - Huge arctic crab monsters. They're just like regular crabs, but a
lot bigger and more dangerous. Fortunately you'll only have to deal with them
for a few stages.
Leeches - They're especially dangerous in deep water, worse is when you're
running low on air. Charge madly to escape them.
Octopus - A glyph contains the tip "swim slowly past eight arms." Just tap the
D pad slightly when going past one, or else it'll deal a near fatal blow with
its tentacle.
Prehistoric Sharks - Basically as dangerous as regular sharks, just a lot more
ugly.
Pufferfish - After they inflate their bodies, they usually start chasing after
you. They can actually cause a lot of damage, if you don't get rid of them or
loose them right away.
Sea Horses - Rarely seen (thank god) these huge creatures block your path in
and out of caves. They'll launch baby sea horses at you when you strike them;
otherwise they just float there. Invincibility shields are very useful.
Sharks - Great, big fish monsters. They'll attack you as soon as they see you,
and they can take quite a bit of punishment. You might wanna think twice about
taking on multiple sharks.
Squid - These come in two forms: skinny, light-colored ones and larger, dark
colored ones. The skinny ones travel in lines, like rays, but the large ones
move diagonally.
Sting Rays - They drift along straight lines. Avoid touching them as best you
can.
Tiger Sharks - They only appear in the arctic stages, and they're pretty
docile. Touching them will hurt you, but they're slow and pretty easy to avoid.
Trilobites - These bottom-dwelling crabs are able to penetrate walls and
barriers to chase you down. They're inexplicably fast and dangerous. Kill them
as fast as possible.
Vortex Drone - These spooky looking space monsters are among the deadliest
enemies in the game. With the Asterite's power, you can use your sonar blasts
to dispatch them quickly. Just make sure they don't gang up on you.
Vortex Queen - The source of all the drones you've been dealing with. Killing
it is a long, arduous process, but it can be done.
/////xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx\\
3. WALKTHROUGH
/////xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx\\
=====================
i. Home Bay
=====================
Swim around, get used to the controls, talk to your podmates, etc. Now, jump
into the sky and watch as all that you know and love is hurled into the sky by
a vortex of water and... lots of clams. Head to the far right and look for a
cave leading out of the stage.
=====================
ii. Bay of Medusa
=====================
Get ready to dodge jellyfish. Loads of 'em. But first, jump the first small
island and head down. Go left into the air pocket and jump over the small rock
pillar. Now swim down, then right, down some more, and right again. Touch the
glyph and go back they way you came. Now alllll the way to the right there's a
barrier glyph. Use your sonar to get rid of it and exit the stage.
=====================
iii. Undercaves
=====================
Head up and touch the first glyph. To your left is a barrier glyph, use your
sonar to knock it down. Charge by the next pit before the current pulls you
down. Go under the big rock in the next chamber (the current above is far too
strong to overcome) and charge the shells until you have cleared a path. Swim
up until you see 3 jellyfish near a small cave. Head right (might want to
surface in the air pocket.) To the right is another key glyph, but watch out
the four puffers in the way.
Now, head back out to the main chamber. Knock the cone shaped shell into the
wall of round boulders. Once a path is cleared, bolt to the right and get some
air. Knock away the barrier glyph and proceed to the room with the octopus.
SLOWLY swim past him, if you go too fast he'll strike and probably kill you.
Once past him, hurry to the left for yet another key glyph. You might be
running low on air by now, so hurry back past the octopus and grab some air in
the nearby pocket.
FINALLY, knock away the next barrier glyph and swim down and to the left. At
the very end, you're practically where you started the level. Get the final key
glyph and head back to get rid of that last barrier glyph and get out of this
god-forsaken stage.
=====================
iv. The Vents
=====================
This stage isn't too bad, especially after that whole mess with the octopus.
Anyway. You'll notice a dolphin nearby when you start the stage. Talk to her
and you can start an optional mission of rescuing her lost children.
You'll find the first dolphin by heading straight down (use the boulder just to
the right of the upward current to make your way down) and entering the third
cave on your left. Swim just in front of him and he'll follow you. There's also
a key glyph in the cave below you. Get it.
After returning the first dolphin to it's mother, head back down and enter the
third cave on your right. Use your sonar to knock the barrier out of the way,
and grab the other key in the cave at the top of the room. Break through the
shell wall and move the next barrier glyph out of the way. Head up; another
shell wall. You know the drill. Further up, there's another key glyph. Further
up still there's another barrier, behind which is the second dolphin. Head back
the way you came, grabbing key glyphs and knocking out barriers as you come
across them.
Once you've returned the second dolphin, make your way to the right and jump
over the islands. Once you've passed the 4th island, head down and use the rock
to swim downward. On the second cave to the left you'll find another key glyph.
Use the boulder near the mouth of the cave to swim down to the bottom of the
pit and get rid of the final barrier. Inside the cave behind said barrier is
the third and final dolphin. Return him and you'll have the power to shoot
sonar at enemies to hurt them. (See the controls section.) The cave just above
where the third dolphin was is the exit.
=====================
v. The Lagoon
=====================
There's another dolphin-saving mission here. As in the previous stage, it's
entirely optional.
Head straight down past the sharks 'till you find a dolphin at the bottom. Lead
him back to the top of the pool, and jump over the island to your right. Once
he's returned, head back the other way and jump over the next 3 islands and
head down until you see another cone-shaped shell. Run it into the round
boulders in your way and head through the gap to your right. Get the second
dolphin and grab the key glyph in the cave below you. In the upper right-hand
corner of the cavern there's some starfish. Use your sonar to direct them back
to the round boulders, which have respawned by now. Running the stars into the
boulders will destroy them somehow. Return the second dolphin and head back to
the pool you started in.
Head down and enter the second cave on your right and destroy the shells in
your way. Enter the cavern nearer the bottom and find the cave with the
starfish in it. Direct them back into the larger cavern and then straight up
towards the octopus. (Don't worry, this one's far easier to avoid and he
doesn't do as much damage.) Use the starfish to destroy the boulder just behind
said octopus and proceed right. (Make sure not to get hurled up by the current
here.) Further in the cave there's a barrier glyph. Get rid of it and head
down. Enter the cave on your left, head down, and head left again. Lead the
dolphin out the way you came and bring him back to his pod. You now have a song
to confuse sharks with. Make good use of it.
Go back past the octopus, head all the way down the cave this time. (Avoid the
leeches.) Destroy the shell wall and hurry past the crabs. Get some air, and
take out the nearby pufferfish. Enter the lower cave and hurry past the crabs.
At the end of the tunnel head up and left.
In the upper right hand corner of the big cave are some more starfish. Direct
them diagonally down and straight into the cave near the bottom of the screen.
(Also they make a good shield against the crabs.) At the end of the tunnel are
some boulders; again use the starfish to destroy them somehow. Go up and to the
right until you see a huge tunnel leading upward filled with shells. Head
upward and exit this death maze.
=====================
vi. Ridge Water (aka "Deep Ridge")
=====================
Head down from the starting point and use the rock to go down against the
upward current. Near the bottom is a cave to the left, enter that and try to
grab the cone shaped shell. Run it across the bottom and into the wall at the
end of the cave. Now swim around the landmass in the center of the chamber and
swim all the way up to the small cave with a key glyph. Head back to the main
chamber and go above the landmass in the center. Direct the cone shaped shell
down into the wall blocking your way to the lower cave.
Make your way straight through he tunnel and get rid of the barrier glyph. Head
up into the next big cave, continue to go diagonally upward into the long
tunnel full of sting rays. All the way at the end are some starfish. Use your
sonar to push them back along the way you came. Once at the end of the cave,
push them downward and take out yet another wall. In the next chamber, head
downward and swim into the small tunnel near the bottom. Once at the end of the
tunnel, head upward and get the starfish from the small tunnel. Bring them down
to the tunnel near the bottom, and push them along to the right. Eventually
you'll take out two boulders. Swim ahead and head up into the next cave, and go
into the tunnel to the left. Head diagonally up past the sinking shells, and go
left once you're in the huge bay.
To the far left is a small cave with an orca and a key glyph. Grab the key and
head back to where you entered. Next to the cave you came through earlier is a
barrier glyph. Knock it away and get past the 2 sharks to the exit.
=====================
vii. Open Ocean
=====================
Simply head right and avoid the droves of sharks that are out for blood. You
may have an easier time if you stick to the bottom as much as possible.
=====================
viii. Ice Zone
=====================
You've finally reached the far north, where the Big Blue is supposed to go to
die. The levels here are divided into sections, separated by huge chunks of
ice. Get to a different area by jumping on top of the ice and sliding across
it. Start by jumping on the first mass of ice to your left. Fall into the fifth
body of water you see. (This is also counting ones that are frozen over.) Swim
down, but watch out for arctic crabs and jellyfish. A ways sown, there's a
cavern with a key glyph hit it and go back up the way you came. (If you need
it, there are some edible fish two areas to the right.) Slide back to the area
where you started, and swim down until you find a barrier glyph. (Use your
sonar map to make sure you're going the right way.) The exit is to the right.
=====================
ix. Hard Water
=====================
You'll start this level surrounded by tiger sharks. They're pretty docile, so
you should be able to avoid them easily. Jump up onto the ice on your left, and
slide into the first open water that you see. Going down, you should see a huge
block of ice moving back and forth in the current. (One weird current...) Go
straight down, darting past the blocks as soon as they move out of the way. At
the bottom, there's a bunch of arctic crabs and a key glyph. Get it and head up
the path to the right. Yes, there's more moving ice blocks. Avoid them as best
you can until you've reached the surface. Leave through the opening that you
entered and slide as far to the right of the screen as you can. Go down (for
some reason, the tiger shark here has AI like a regular shark. i.e.: he'll
attack you.) and get past yet more ice blocks. There's a huge open area with
lots of erratically moving ice blocks. Stick as close to the glacier to your
left as you can. Only one of the nearby ice blocks should move diagonally and
come close enough to crush you, dart past when it moves away. Hit the barrier
glyph, and pass by yet more ice blocks, and get the hell out of dodge.
=====================
x. Cold Water
=====================
From where you start, head down and to the left, and swim up the narrow opening
as quick as you can. (There's some jellyfish, but they shouldn't be too much of
a problem. Just avoid them and fight the current.) Jump out to your left, and
grab the key glyph hovering just above the surface. Jump back on the ice, jump
over all the hazards you come across, and fall into the first opening you see.
(Make sure to plan your first jump, don't wait until you're right in front of
the hole or you'll run right into the spikes.) Some ways down the narrow
opening to the right (under the two glaciers you'll see) there's a barrier
glyph.
Swim under the next big chunk of ice you see, past the glyph, and keep going
'til you see the giant blue whale. (Hard to miss, really.) Talk to him, and now
your next goal is to find the being known as the Asterite. Leave the way you
came (hurry, you'll probably be running low on air by this point.) Use the key
glyph to knock away the barrier glyph a second time. Fight your way back to the
opening by means of which you came in, and jump to the right as far as you can
go. Going down, you'll see a Tiger shark. Just behind him is the exit.
=====================
xi. Island Zone
=====================
Jump over the first 4 or so islands (jump no less than 4 and no more than 6)
and head down into the huge chasm with assloads of pufferfish. There's a cave
to the left a ways down, go in there and grab the key glyph all the way to the
upper left. Go further down into the main pit and up into the right part of the
lowest cavern. Here is one last octopus to sneak past, same as with the rest.
Go over into the next chamber and rid the world of another barrier glyph, and
head into the series of tunnels. Simply head straight down until you get to the
bottom, and head left. Here is one loooong tunnel, keep going as far left as
you can until you get to a huge open cave. (stop for breath periodically...)
This place is full of sharks, so watch out. In the upper half of the chamber
there's a glyph. Hit it and head back into the ungodly long tunnel. Pass the
first tunnel going upwards, and keep going til you come upon a second tunnel.
Head up and take out the barrier glyph.
=====================
xii. Deep Water
=====================
The main strategy for this stage is to head down as quickly as possible. There
are every few air pockets, so breathe at every opportunity. Firstly, head down
under the big chunk of rock and head straight down the hole. Enter the second
tunnel on the left. Going further down, you'll enter and exit another long
tunnel, and at the bottom of the next cave is yet another set of tunnels.
Continue going down, and when you see 2 tunnels take the left one. The first
right, then go down, then right again. Talk to the Asterite and exit the level
by heading straight left.
=====================
xiii. Marble Sea
=====================
Head left from the tunnel where you begin; there will be a large ruin with a
tunnel leading underneath it. Go into this tunnel, soon enough you'll find a
strong current pushing up. Head to the left and there'll be a large block
sitting on a brick surface. Push the block into the current and trail behind
it, leaving enough room to charge at and destroy the chains in your way. Once
past this obstacle, head left for an invincibility statue. Head down and right
to a small tunnel. Destroy the puffers and crystals in your way. Along the
tunnel somewhere is a block, which you'll need to run into the chain at the end
of the path to destroy it. In the room at the end of the path there's a key
glyph. Head back the way you came, using the starfish to break the chain, and
go down further through the tunnel on the left. All the way at the bottom there
is a glyph that, when hit with your sonar, will say "Access granted". Head into
the path above you, head right, and take out the barrier glyph. If you hit the
Access glyph, the exit will be open.
=====================
xiv. The Library
=====================
Head left until you get to the large chasm. Head down until you see a big chain
stretched across the span of the hole. Head left into a large hallway and go up
at the end. Somewhere above you is a statue which will render you temporarily
invincible when you shoot your sonar at it. Use the block you see sinking down
and push it over the large brick walls. Use it to destroy the chains.
Once that's done, proceed to the right and watch out for the huge stone
plungers that move rapidly up and down. Watch their movement for a bit and dart
through at just the right moment, or you'll be crushed. At the end of the next
chamber is a tunnel leading upward. Watch out again for these crystals that
sink down towards you, as they can cause a lot of damage. A single charge will
destroy them, though.
Now head left, avoiding the crystals mounted on the floor and ceiling (they
can't be destroyed) and keep moving until you get to the exit.
=====================
xv. Deep City
=====================
This level starts out with a tremendous wall you have to jump over. Back up and
get a running start to build some speed. Charge as soon you reach the surface
and hopefully you'll clear the wall in less than 50 tries. Next, swim all the
way to the right. Head down and destroy the gold colored chain by charging into
it. Head all the way down and to the right, then down again. (Use the block to
fight the current, and try keeping to the right.) When you see the barrier
glyph, keep going further down and you'll find a key glyph. Now blast the
barrier away and use the invincibility statue to restore your health. Head up
and over the wall, taking out any chains you come across.
When you're going down, you'll see two paths. Take the higher one and head
upwards 'til you see another, larger tunnel.
Follow the winding tunnel, taking out the crystals as you see them, until you
see a pit heading down. (Be sure to make use of the invincibility statue here.)
Head straight down using the block and then dart left. Get the glyph to grant
you access to the exit, and head back up and to the left. There are a few
strong current pulling upward, dash past them or you'll have to use the blocks
to fight the currents back down to the main tunnel. (and this is a very tricky
and tedious task...) Dart quickly past the second current and you'll be at the
exit.
=====================
xvi. City of Forever
=====================
Head right and avoid the jellyfish. Eventually you will have to head upwards,
and you might see a large greenish block. Swim further upward and to the right;
eventually you'll see a greek statue. Hit it with you sonar and you'll see the
message "Access Granted." Head back to where the green block was and swim into
the glowing circle. You'll be warped straight to the end of the stage! Now just
swim up and hit either of the time machine's dishes with you sonar.
=====================
xvii. Jurassic Beach
=====================
From where you time warped, head down and to the left. Watch out for the
Cenozoic fish monsters, they're like sharks but more vicious. Talk to the
glyph, it will summon a Pteranodon for you. Head back up and to the right and
jump into the air. The aforementioned Pteranodon will catch you and bring you
to another pool. Leap between the two sand bars and into the tunnel leading
downward, into the huge cavern. Swim into the rightmost pool of lava (...) and
grab the key glyph. Swim left, and enter the second-to-last large lava pool.
Head down and take out the barrier glyph at the end of the large slope. Head
all the way down and HURRY through the huge tunnel. There are trilobites, and
they don't mess around. (almost as deadly as horseshoe crabs, they! Seen a
couple of 'em get ahold of a dog once... ooh, boy...) Anyway, at the end of the
tunnel is an invincibility glyph. Take out the trilobites and head up and to
the right. Get another key glyph. Head back to the invincibility glyph, and
head left and then up. Take out the next barrier, and go all the way up. Now go
right, where you'll eventually find the exit.
=====================
xviii. Pteranodon Pond
=====================
From where you start, head up and jump over the small island. Head all the way
to the left and talk to the glyph. It will summon another Pteranodon. Now head
back to the island and the Pteranodon will airlift you to another pool.
Dive down and under the first ridge of rock you see. There's a key glyph there.
Grab it, and continue heading downward. Eventually you'll see a barrier glyph.
Dispose of it and head into the next cavern. In the upper right hand corner
there's an invincibility glyph. Make use of it's usefulness and head over to
the left. Straight up the tunnel is another key glyph. Get it and head back
down, hit the invincibility once more and swim down to where the barrier glyph
is. Head through to another chamber, swim straight down and take the left path.
Hurry through around the circuit, and near the bottom there's another key
glyph. Grab it, and watch out for the trilobite nearby. Continue along the
circle until you see the leftward current. Swim up and to the right, to where
there's yet another barrier glyph. Head up and to the right, riding the current
through the tunnels. Once you cannot go any higher up, go left and down another
tunnel. Check your sonar map for an area with 2 glyphs. The one in the room on
the other side of the rock ridge is an invincibility; you can still reach it
with your sonar so get it. The nearby glyph is a key glyph. Grab it and head
back to the first tunnel; this time head right into the wall near the top of
the cave. In the next area, head down and get rid of the barrier glyph. In the
cave below is another glyph that summons a pteranodon. Head up to the surface,
going towards the left so you're in the right pit. Leap up into the thing's
claws and he'll carry you to yet another pond. Swim straight to the bottom, the
exit is on the right.
=====================
xix. Origin Beach
=====================
TRIVIA: This level contains the remnants of what was supposed to explain how
Ecco's ancestors first started living in the water. Swim to the far left or far
right side of the level, and shoot your sonar diagonally up into the air. A
message will come up, supposedly this is the land-dwelling mammals of the
Cenozoic Era (hence the name "Jurrasic Beach" a few levels ago is inaccurate.
It's more likely these stages take place in the Tertiary Period... although
Pteranodons I think lived during the late Cretaceous, and I think Trilobites
were around at still another time period... man I'm a geek.) hearing their kind
in the ocean, hence Ecco wound up being the answer to the commonly posed
question in this game- "if we breathe air why do we live beneath the waves?"
Ironic, ne?
Anyway. On with the walkthrough.
Head straight down from the starting point and into the center pit, where
you'll find a glyph (and a trilobite... kill the little bugger before
proceeding.) Swim up and to the right, and jump over the island. Head straight
down ad take out the barrier glyph.
Head right until you see a chunk of rock in the middle of a large cave, go
under it and swim down the pit. (Go all the way down for some air pocketey
goodness.) In any case, swim through the upper left tunnel. Keep going left,
past the second airpockets, and go down the lowermost tunnel. Follow the tunnel
through the caves, and when you get to a series of tunnels branching out, take
the rightmost one. Once you exit this tunnel, head left and exit the stage.
=======================
xx. Trilobite Circle
=======================
Head up until you reach the surface. Jump over the next 3 islands to the right
and head down diagonally until you see a HUGE seahorse. You can just barely
squeeze over him into the next room, just wait for him to drif downward. The
glyph in here is both a key and an invincibility glyph. Get both powers, and
either slip more easily past the seahorse, or beat the hell out of it. Swim
down, and left once you're near the bottom. Take out the barrier glyph and
continue left (though there is an air pocket at the top of the room just past
the glyph.) Go left as far as you can, and go straight up, making sure to take
the left path. Jump straight in the air to the... exit...
=====================
xxi. Dark Water
=====================
Head right until you see a tunnel leading down. Dive waaaay down there until
you get to a big chamber with some Cenozoic fish monsters. (Watch out, at one
point there is a shell that moves like those ice blocks from earlier.) To the
far right is a tunnel leading down, but first go straight up and get the
invincibility. Head back down, where there are 2 more death shells. Get past
them, and go left and up through the small tunnel. Go left, and down toward the
key glyph. Go back the way you came, until you get to the room with the
invincibility. Get it, and swim over to the area where a current pushes you
back. (There are two spikes on the roof.) Pressed as far to the ground as you
can get, charge like hell past the current. Head up the path, take a minute to
mock the barrier you just snuck past, and head left. Take out THIS barrier,
and head up into the Asterite's chamber.
This is tough, but you must strike 4 globes of the same color while avoiding
his devastating lightning attack. Once you've done this, you'll warp back to
the Deep Water stage.
==================================================
xxii. Deep Water 2/ City of Forever 2/ Home Bay 2
==================================================
Same strategies as before. But once you return the Asterite's globe, you no
longer have an air meter to worry about.
=====================
xxiii. The Tube
=====================
Wooh. Here's a tough one. I thought about making a map or something, but the
stage is just too damn big. Anyway, while a walkthrough is not really possible
for this stage, here are some tips at least:
Early on, the walls are lined with these radiator looking things. They hurt you
when you touch them, but a single charge can destroy them.
As the level goes on, the auto scrolling becomes faster and faster. Soon, small
radar looking boxes start floating around, but your sonar can destroy them.
Later still, small diamond looking things show up. They too can be destroyed
with your sonar. You'll know you're approaching the end when cylinders on
either side of the tube start shooting lighting bolts at you. They do pretty
mean damage, but your health is perpetually regenerating from here on out.
=============================
xxiv. Welcome to the Machine
=============================
Dig the Pink Floyd reference in this stage! Anyway. This stage is hell in it's
most unrelentingly infuriating form. The Machine is an auto-scrolling stage,
meaning if you're caught behind something, the camera won't wait for you and
you're dead. To make matters worse, Vortex Drones continually pop out and
attack you. Use your nifty enhanced sonar to destroy them.
=====================
xxv. The Last Fight
=====================
This battle isn't all that hard once you get the hand of it, but be prepared to
hate it none the less. If you get killed, you get sent back to the beginning of
the MACHINE. Damn. Also, your health no longer regenerates. Anyway, here's the
basic strategy to killing the Vortex Queen:
¥As soon as you start the stage, start sonar-ing like crazy. A Drone is waiting
right near the entrance, and you can take some badly unwanted damage from it if
you're not careful.
¥Next, swim down to either side of the huge, ugly green head. (That would be
the queen.) Shoot sonar at one of her eyes until the pupil comes out. (But
watch out for the blobs that periodically come shooting out of the walls, as
well as the spheres that some shooting out of her eye every time you hit it.
¥Once both her eyes are out, strike her jaw by charging into it FROM THE SIDE.
Don't do this from the bottom! (Also make sure she's not about to inhale before
you do this.) Her jaw wills top regenerating after it's been knocked off about
3 times.
¥Now, you're almost done. Start charging the roof of her mouth, and she'll
flash red. Be careful, because every time she turns red, a few Drones will show
up and attack you.
Eventually, she'll start sinking and coughing up dolphins. Congratulations,
you've beaten the game! Reward yourself with a cold beverage of you choosing.
/////xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx\\
4. PASSWORDS
/////xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx\\
The Undercaves: SYCIACCE
The Vents: MWVLACCS
The Lagoon: VDIYTAJG
Ridge Water: KCLABVNG
Open Ocean: TGQLBVNJ
Ice Zone: ZOTAEVNS
Hard Water: UOAXDVNQ
Cold Water: WZWAWJNJ
Island Zone: HGIETJNO
Deep Water: HHULTJNX
Marble Sea: JKSPVJNR
The Library: BRLTVJNN
Deep City: GZZLVJNG
City of Forever: QVEXVJND
Jurrasic Beach: RHZIMCLE
Pteranodon Pond: ZESMMCLG
Origin Beach: IPLQMCLX
Trilobite Circle: XMAFCZLA
Dark Water: IXIQUNLV
City of Forever 2: BCAJGPLS
The Tube: KXGFKMLZ
The Machine: TNOBKMLC
The Last Fight: LYWMLMLU
/////xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx\\
5. CHEATS
/////xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx\\
Here are some helpful cheat codes for this game:
¥ Turn Ecco back and forth and pause when he is facing you. Now press
R,B,C,B,C,D,C,U. A cheat screen should come up.
¥ Enter a level password, and hold A and Start when the level name comes up.
Hold A and Start until Ecoo appears on the screen. Unpause and you are
invincible.
¥ Enter 'LIFEFISH' as a password to get unlimited ai
0. Intro
1. Controls
2. Enemies
3. Walkthrough
i. Home Bay
ii. Bay of Medusa
iii. Undercaves
iv. The Vents
v. The Lagoon
vi. Ridge Water
vii. Open Ocean
viii. Ice Zone
ix. Hard Water
x. Cold Water
xi. Island Zone
xii. Deep Water
xiii. Marble Sea
xiv. The Library
xv. Deep City
xvi. City of Forever
xvii. Jurassic Beach
xviii. Pteranodon Pond
xix. Origin Beach
xx. Trilobite Circle
xxi. Dark Water
xxii. Deep Water 2/ City of Forever 2
xxiii. The Tube
xxiv. Welcome to the Machine
xxv. The Last Fight
4. Passwords
5. Cheats
6. Legal Stuff
---------------------------------------------
/////xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx\\
0. INTRODUCTION
/////xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx\\
This is (hopefully) a comprehensive guide for the Genesis/Mega Drive version of
Ecco the Dolphin. (That is to say, the information here isn't relevant if you
have a Sega CD/Game Gear version of the game.) This is my first ever
FAQ/Walkthrough, so do feel free to email me with any
suggestions/comments/death threats you feel are appropriate after reading this
FAQ at mst3kman2000@yahoo.com. UPDATE: You can now also find em at my newer,
spam-less email address, mst3kman@gmail.com. I check both emails regularly, but
this is a heads up in case I someday forsake the yahoo address.
I recall this as being one of the most infuriatingly difficult games I'd ever
played when I first played it long about 12 or so years ago. After several
years, I finally beat the game without cheats of any kind, and now can even do
so in one sitting. (I have no life, see.) Now at least I hope to assist anyone
else who can't get past that damn octopus on the third stage. You can use your
browser's "find" function to skip straight to any particular section you want.
Anyway, that being said, on with the FAQ.
/////xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx\\
1. CONTROLS
/////xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx\\
No game I can recall designed with the Genesis' 3-button controller had
terribly complicated controls, but I might as well cover a few things before
moving on.
The A button will shoot out a wave of sonar. Holding down the A button will
cause the sound wave to bounce back, displaying a map of the immediate
vicinity. Hazards, enemies, air pockets, and other objects will be highlighted.
The B button will send Ecco charging forward. You can build up more force if
you hit B while stationary. While moving, the B button will simply give you an
acceleration boost.
The C button pushes you forward a little. The more rapidly you hit the C
button, the faster you'll go.
Some time into the game, you can learn special sonar attacks. To use these
attacks, hit the B button while stationary, and hit A before you charge
forward. The resulting sonar blast will either confuse or injure enemies.
/////xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx\\
2. ENEMIES
/////xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx\\
Here's a catalog of enemies in the game, in alphabetical order:
Clams - Some clams are good. Some are bad. The ones that emit brown bubbles are
bad.
Crabs- Surprisingly dangerous are the crabs in this game; they jump at you and
won't leave you alone until you're out of their range. ANNOYING.
Dark Starfish - Circles of these things will fan out and try to hit you.
There's not many of these, but they can do some damage if you're not careful.
Jellyfish - alone, they're not much trouble. As you'll soon find out, though,
they can be very annoying in numbers. A single charge is enough to kill them,
but it's usually best just to avoid them if possible.
King Crabs - Huge arctic crab monsters. They're just like regular crabs, but a
lot bigger and more dangerous. Fortunately you'll only have to deal with them
for a few stages.
Leeches - They're especially dangerous in deep water, worse is when you're
running low on air. Charge madly to escape them.
Octopus - A glyph contains the tip "swim slowly past eight arms." Just tap the
D pad slightly when going past one, or else it'll deal a near fatal blow with
its tentacle.
Prehistoric Sharks - Basically as dangerous as regular sharks, just a lot more
ugly.
Pufferfish - After they inflate their bodies, they usually start chasing after
you. They can actually cause a lot of damage, if you don't get rid of them or
loose them right away.
Sea Horses - Rarely seen (thank god) these huge creatures block your path in
and out of caves. They'll launch baby sea horses at you when you strike them;
otherwise they just float there. Invincibility shields are very useful.
Sharks - Great, big fish monsters. They'll attack you as soon as they see you,
and they can take quite a bit of punishment. You might wanna think twice about
taking on multiple sharks.
Squid - These come in two forms: skinny, light-colored ones and larger, dark
colored ones. The skinny ones travel in lines, like rays, but the large ones
move diagonally.
Sting Rays - They drift along straight lines. Avoid touching them as best you
can.
Tiger Sharks - They only appear in the arctic stages, and they're pretty
docile. Touching them will hurt you, but they're slow and pretty easy to avoid.
Trilobites - These bottom-dwelling crabs are able to penetrate walls and
barriers to chase you down. They're inexplicably fast and dangerous. Kill them
as fast as possible.
Vortex Drone - These spooky looking space monsters are among the deadliest
enemies in the game. With the Asterite's power, you can use your sonar blasts
to dispatch them quickly. Just make sure they don't gang up on you.
Vortex Queen - The source of all the drones you've been dealing with. Killing
it is a long, arduous process, but it can be done.
/////xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx\\
3. WALKTHROUGH
/////xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx\\
=====================
i. Home Bay
=====================
Swim around, get used to the controls, talk to your podmates, etc. Now, jump
into the sky and watch as all that you know and love is hurled into the sky by
a vortex of water and... lots of clams. Head to the far right and look for a
cave leading out of the stage.
=====================
ii. Bay of Medusa
=====================
Get ready to dodge jellyfish. Loads of 'em. But first, jump the first small
island and head down. Go left into the air pocket and jump over the small rock
pillar. Now swim down, then right, down some more, and right again. Touch the
glyph and go back they way you came. Now alllll the way to the right there's a
barrier glyph. Use your sonar to get rid of it and exit the stage.
=====================
iii. Undercaves
=====================
Head up and touch the first glyph. To your left is a barrier glyph, use your
sonar to knock it down. Charge by the next pit before the current pulls you
down. Go under the big rock in the next chamber (the current above is far too
strong to overcome) and charge the shells until you have cleared a path. Swim
up until you see 3 jellyfish near a small cave. Head right (might want to
surface in the air pocket.) To the right is another key glyph, but watch out
the four puffers in the way.
Now, head back out to the main chamber. Knock the cone shaped shell into the
wall of round boulders. Once a path is cleared, bolt to the right and get some
air. Knock away the barrier glyph and proceed to the room with the octopus.
SLOWLY swim past him, if you go too fast he'll strike and probably kill you.
Once past him, hurry to the left for yet another key glyph. You might be
running low on air by now, so hurry back past the octopus and grab some air in
the nearby pocket.
FINALLY, knock away the next barrier glyph and swim down and to the left. At
the very end, you're practically where you started the level. Get the final key
glyph and head back to get rid of that last barrier glyph and get out of this
god-forsaken stage.
=====================
iv. The Vents
=====================
This stage isn't too bad, especially after that whole mess with the octopus.
Anyway. You'll notice a dolphin nearby when you start the stage. Talk to her
and you can start an optional mission of rescuing her lost children.
You'll find the first dolphin by heading straight down (use the boulder just to
the right of the upward current to make your way down) and entering the third
cave on your left. Swim just in front of him and he'll follow you. There's also
a key glyph in the cave below you. Get it.
After returning the first dolphin to it's mother, head back down and enter the
third cave on your right. Use your sonar to knock the barrier out of the way,
and grab the other key in the cave at the top of the room. Break through the
shell wall and move the next barrier glyph out of the way. Head up; another
shell wall. You know the drill. Further up, there's another key glyph. Further
up still there's another barrier, behind which is the second dolphin. Head back
the way you came, grabbing key glyphs and knocking out barriers as you come
across them.
Once you've returned the second dolphin, make your way to the right and jump
over the islands. Once you've passed the 4th island, head down and use the rock
to swim downward. On the second cave to the left you'll find another key glyph.
Use the boulder near the mouth of the cave to swim down to the bottom of the
pit and get rid of the final barrier. Inside the cave behind said barrier is
the third and final dolphin. Return him and you'll have the power to shoot
sonar at enemies to hurt them. (See the controls section.) The cave just above
where the third dolphin was is the exit.
=====================
v. The Lagoon
=====================
There's another dolphin-saving mission here. As in the previous stage, it's
entirely optional.
Head straight down past the sharks 'till you find a dolphin at the bottom. Lead
him back to the top of the pool, and jump over the island to your right. Once
he's returned, head back the other way and jump over the next 3 islands and
head down until you see another cone-shaped shell. Run it into the round
boulders in your way and head through the gap to your right. Get the second
dolphin and grab the key glyph in the cave below you. In the upper right-hand
corner of the cavern there's some starfish. Use your sonar to direct them back
to the round boulders, which have respawned by now. Running the stars into the
boulders will destroy them somehow. Return the second dolphin and head back to
the pool you started in.
Head down and enter the second cave on your right and destroy the shells in
your way. Enter the cavern nearer the bottom and find the cave with the
starfish in it. Direct them back into the larger cavern and then straight up
towards the octopus. (Don't worry, this one's far easier to avoid and he
doesn't do as much damage.) Use the starfish to destroy the boulder just behind
said octopus and proceed right. (Make sure not to get hurled up by the current
here.) Further in the cave there's a barrier glyph. Get rid of it and head
down. Enter the cave on your left, head down, and head left again. Lead the
dolphin out the way you came and bring him back to his pod. You now have a song
to confuse sharks with. Make good use of it.
Go back past the octopus, head all the way down the cave this time. (Avoid the
leeches.) Destroy the shell wall and hurry past the crabs. Get some air, and
take out the nearby pufferfish. Enter the lower cave and hurry past the crabs.
At the end of the tunnel head up and left.
In the upper right hand corner of the big cave are some more starfish. Direct
them diagonally down and straight into the cave near the bottom of the screen.
(Also they make a good shield against the crabs.) At the end of the tunnel are
some boulders; again use the starfish to destroy them somehow. Go up and to the
right until you see a huge tunnel leading upward filled with shells. Head
upward and exit this death maze.
=====================
vi. Ridge Water (aka "Deep Ridge")
=====================
Head down from the starting point and use the rock to go down against the
upward current. Near the bottom is a cave to the left, enter that and try to
grab the cone shaped shell. Run it across the bottom and into the wall at the
end of the cave. Now swim around the landmass in the center of the chamber and
swim all the way up to the small cave with a key glyph. Head back to the main
chamber and go above the landmass in the center. Direct the cone shaped shell
down into the wall blocking your way to the lower cave.
Make your way straight through he tunnel and get rid of the barrier glyph. Head
up into the next big cave, continue to go diagonally upward into the long
tunnel full of sting rays. All the way at the end are some starfish. Use your
sonar to push them back along the way you came. Once at the end of the cave,
push them downward and take out yet another wall. In the next chamber, head
downward and swim into the small tunnel near the bottom. Once at the end of the
tunnel, head upward and get the starfish from the small tunnel. Bring them down
to the tunnel near the bottom, and push them along to the right. Eventually
you'll take out two boulders. Swim ahead and head up into the next cave, and go
into the tunnel to the left. Head diagonally up past the sinking shells, and go
left once you're in the huge bay.
To the far left is a small cave with an orca and a key glyph. Grab the key and
head back to where you entered. Next to the cave you came through earlier is a
barrier glyph. Knock it away and get past the 2 sharks to the exit.
=====================
vii. Open Ocean
=====================
Simply head right and avoid the droves of sharks that are out for blood. You
may have an easier time if you stick to the bottom as much as possible.
=====================
viii. Ice Zone
=====================
You've finally reached the far north, where the Big Blue is supposed to go to
die. The levels here are divided into sections, separated by huge chunks of
ice. Get to a different area by jumping on top of the ice and sliding across
it. Start by jumping on the first mass of ice to your left. Fall into the fifth
body of water you see. (This is also counting ones that are frozen over.) Swim
down, but watch out for arctic crabs and jellyfish. A ways sown, there's a
cavern with a key glyph hit it and go back up the way you came. (If you need
it, there are some edible fish two areas to the right.) Slide back to the area
where you started, and swim down until you find a barrier glyph. (Use your
sonar map to make sure you're going the right way.) The exit is to the right.
=====================
ix. Hard Water
=====================
You'll start this level surrounded by tiger sharks. They're pretty docile, so
you should be able to avoid them easily. Jump up onto the ice on your left, and
slide into the first open water that you see. Going down, you should see a huge
block of ice moving back and forth in the current. (One weird current...) Go
straight down, darting past the blocks as soon as they move out of the way. At
the bottom, there's a bunch of arctic crabs and a key glyph. Get it and head up
the path to the right. Yes, there's more moving ice blocks. Avoid them as best
you can until you've reached the surface. Leave through the opening that you
entered and slide as far to the right of the screen as you can. Go down (for
some reason, the tiger shark here has AI like a regular shark. i.e.: he'll
attack you.) and get past yet more ice blocks. There's a huge open area with
lots of erratically moving ice blocks. Stick as close to the glacier to your
left as you can. Only one of the nearby ice blocks should move diagonally and
come close enough to crush you, dart past when it moves away. Hit the barrier
glyph, and pass by yet more ice blocks, and get the hell out of dodge.
=====================
x. Cold Water
=====================
From where you start, head down and to the left, and swim up the narrow opening
as quick as you can. (There's some jellyfish, but they shouldn't be too much of
a problem. Just avoid them and fight the current.) Jump out to your left, and
grab the key glyph hovering just above the surface. Jump back on the ice, jump
over all the hazards you come across, and fall into the first opening you see.
(Make sure to plan your first jump, don't wait until you're right in front of
the hole or you'll run right into the spikes.) Some ways down the narrow
opening to the right (under the two glaciers you'll see) there's a barrier
glyph.
Swim under the next big chunk of ice you see, past the glyph, and keep going
'til you see the giant blue whale. (Hard to miss, really.) Talk to him, and now
your next goal is to find the being known as the Asterite. Leave the way you
came (hurry, you'll probably be running low on air by this point.) Use the key
glyph to knock away the barrier glyph a second time. Fight your way back to the
opening by means of which you came in, and jump to the right as far as you can
go. Going down, you'll see a Tiger shark. Just behind him is the exit.
=====================
xi. Island Zone
=====================
Jump over the first 4 or so islands (jump no less than 4 and no more than 6)
and head down into the huge chasm with assloads of pufferfish. There's a cave
to the left a ways down, go in there and grab the key glyph all the way to the
upper left. Go further down into the main pit and up into the right part of the
lowest cavern. Here is one last octopus to sneak past, same as with the rest.
Go over into the next chamber and rid the world of another barrier glyph, and
head into the series of tunnels. Simply head straight down until you get to the
bottom, and head left. Here is one loooong tunnel, keep going as far left as
you can until you get to a huge open cave. (stop for breath periodically...)
This place is full of sharks, so watch out. In the upper half of the chamber
there's a glyph. Hit it and head back into the ungodly long tunnel. Pass the
first tunnel going upwards, and keep going til you come upon a second tunnel.
Head up and take out the barrier glyph.
=====================
xii. Deep Water
=====================
The main strategy for this stage is to head down as quickly as possible. There
are every few air pockets, so breathe at every opportunity. Firstly, head down
under the big chunk of rock and head straight down the hole. Enter the second
tunnel on the left. Going further down, you'll enter and exit another long
tunnel, and at the bottom of the next cave is yet another set of tunnels.
Continue going down, and when you see 2 tunnels take the left one. The first
right, then go down, then right again. Talk to the Asterite and exit the level
by heading straight left.
=====================
xiii. Marble Sea
=====================
Head left from the tunnel where you begin; there will be a large ruin with a
tunnel leading underneath it. Go into this tunnel, soon enough you'll find a
strong current pushing up. Head to the left and there'll be a large block
sitting on a brick surface. Push the block into the current and trail behind
it, leaving enough room to charge at and destroy the chains in your way. Once
past this obstacle, head left for an invincibility statue. Head down and right
to a small tunnel. Destroy the puffers and crystals in your way. Along the
tunnel somewhere is a block, which you'll need to run into the chain at the end
of the path to destroy it. In the room at the end of the path there's a key
glyph. Head back the way you came, using the starfish to break the chain, and
go down further through the tunnel on the left. All the way at the bottom there
is a glyph that, when hit with your sonar, will say "Access granted". Head into
the path above you, head right, and take out the barrier glyph. If you hit the
Access glyph, the exit will be open.
=====================
xiv. The Library
=====================
Head left until you get to the large chasm. Head down until you see a big chain
stretched across the span of the hole. Head left into a large hallway and go up
at the end. Somewhere above you is a statue which will render you temporarily
invincible when you shoot your sonar at it. Use the block you see sinking down
and push it over the large brick walls. Use it to destroy the chains.
Once that's done, proceed to the right and watch out for the huge stone
plungers that move rapidly up and down. Watch their movement for a bit and dart
through at just the right moment, or you'll be crushed. At the end of the next
chamber is a tunnel leading upward. Watch out again for these crystals that
sink down towards you, as they can cause a lot of damage. A single charge will
destroy them, though.
Now head left, avoiding the crystals mounted on the floor and ceiling (they
can't be destroyed) and keep moving until you get to the exit.
=====================
xv. Deep City
=====================
This level starts out with a tremendous wall you have to jump over. Back up and
get a running start to build some speed. Charge as soon you reach the surface
and hopefully you'll clear the wall in less than 50 tries. Next, swim all the
way to the right. Head down and destroy the gold colored chain by charging into
it. Head all the way down and to the right, then down again. (Use the block to
fight the current, and try keeping to the right.) When you see the barrier
glyph, keep going further down and you'll find a key glyph. Now blast the
barrier away and use the invincibility statue to restore your health. Head up
and over the wall, taking out any chains you come across.
When you're going down, you'll see two paths. Take the higher one and head
upwards 'til you see another, larger tunnel.
Follow the winding tunnel, taking out the crystals as you see them, until you
see a pit heading down. (Be sure to make use of the invincibility statue here.)
Head straight down using the block and then dart left. Get the glyph to grant
you access to the exit, and head back up and to the left. There are a few
strong current pulling upward, dash past them or you'll have to use the blocks
to fight the currents back down to the main tunnel. (and this is a very tricky
and tedious task...) Dart quickly past the second current and you'll be at the
exit.
=====================
xvi. City of Forever
=====================
Head right and avoid the jellyfish. Eventually you will have to head upwards,
and you might see a large greenish block. Swim further upward and to the right;
eventually you'll see a greek statue. Hit it with you sonar and you'll see the
message "Access Granted." Head back to where the green block was and swim into
the glowing circle. You'll be warped straight to the end of the stage! Now just
swim up and hit either of the time machine's dishes with you sonar.
=====================
xvii. Jurassic Beach
=====================
From where you time warped, head down and to the left. Watch out for the
Cenozoic fish monsters, they're like sharks but more vicious. Talk to the
glyph, it will summon a Pteranodon for you. Head back up and to the right and
jump into the air. The aforementioned Pteranodon will catch you and bring you
to another pool. Leap between the two sand bars and into the tunnel leading
downward, into the huge cavern. Swim into the rightmost pool of lava (...) and
grab the key glyph. Swim left, and enter the second-to-last large lava pool.
Head down and take out the barrier glyph at the end of the large slope. Head
all the way down and HURRY through the huge tunnel. There are trilobites, and
they don't mess around. (almost as deadly as horseshoe crabs, they! Seen a
couple of 'em get ahold of a dog once... ooh, boy...) Anyway, at the end of the
tunnel is an invincibility glyph. Take out the trilobites and head up and to
the right. Get another key glyph. Head back to the invincibility glyph, and
head left and then up. Take out the next barrier, and go all the way up. Now go
right, where you'll eventually find the exit.
=====================
xviii. Pteranodon Pond
=====================
From where you start, head up and jump over the small island. Head all the way
to the left and talk to the glyph. It will summon another Pteranodon. Now head
back to the island and the Pteranodon will airlift you to another pool.
Dive down and under the first ridge of rock you see. There's a key glyph there.
Grab it, and continue heading downward. Eventually you'll see a barrier glyph.
Dispose of it and head into the next cavern. In the upper right hand corner
there's an invincibility glyph. Make use of it's usefulness and head over to
the left. Straight up the tunnel is another key glyph. Get it and head back
down, hit the invincibility once more and swim down to where the barrier glyph
is. Head through to another chamber, swim straight down and take the left path.
Hurry through around the circuit, and near the bottom there's another key
glyph. Grab it, and watch out for the trilobite nearby. Continue along the
circle until you see the leftward current. Swim up and to the right, to where
there's yet another barrier glyph. Head up and to the right, riding the current
through the tunnels. Once you cannot go any higher up, go left and down another
tunnel. Check your sonar map for an area with 2 glyphs. The one in the room on
the other side of the rock ridge is an invincibility; you can still reach it
with your sonar so get it. The nearby glyph is a key glyph. Grab it and head
back to the first tunnel; this time head right into the wall near the top of
the cave. In the next area, head down and get rid of the barrier glyph. In the
cave below is another glyph that summons a pteranodon. Head up to the surface,
going towards the left so you're in the right pit. Leap up into the thing's
claws and he'll carry you to yet another pond. Swim straight to the bottom, the
exit is on the right.
=====================
xix. Origin Beach
=====================
TRIVIA: This level contains the remnants of what was supposed to explain how
Ecco's ancestors first started living in the water. Swim to the far left or far
right side of the level, and shoot your sonar diagonally up into the air. A
message will come up, supposedly this is the land-dwelling mammals of the
Cenozoic Era (hence the name "Jurrasic Beach" a few levels ago is inaccurate.
It's more likely these stages take place in the Tertiary Period... although
Pteranodons I think lived during the late Cretaceous, and I think Trilobites
were around at still another time period... man I'm a geek.) hearing their kind
in the ocean, hence Ecco wound up being the answer to the commonly posed
question in this game- "if we breathe air why do we live beneath the waves?"
Ironic, ne?
Anyway. On with the walkthrough.
Head straight down from the starting point and into the center pit, where
you'll find a glyph (and a trilobite... kill the little bugger before
proceeding.) Swim up and to the right, and jump over the island. Head straight
down ad take out the barrier glyph.
Head right until you see a chunk of rock in the middle of a large cave, go
under it and swim down the pit. (Go all the way down for some air pocketey
goodness.) In any case, swim through the upper left tunnel. Keep going left,
past the second airpockets, and go down the lowermost tunnel. Follow the tunnel
through the caves, and when you get to a series of tunnels branching out, take
the rightmost one. Once you exit this tunnel, head left and exit the stage.
=======================
xx. Trilobite Circle
=======================
Head up until you reach the surface. Jump over the next 3 islands to the right
and head down diagonally until you see a HUGE seahorse. You can just barely
squeeze over him into the next room, just wait for him to drif downward. The
glyph in here is both a key and an invincibility glyph. Get both powers, and
either slip more easily past the seahorse, or beat the hell out of it. Swim
down, and left once you're near the bottom. Take out the barrier glyph and
continue left (though there is an air pocket at the top of the room just past
the glyph.) Go left as far as you can, and go straight up, making sure to take
the left path. Jump straight in the air to the... exit...
=====================
xxi. Dark Water
=====================
Head right until you see a tunnel leading down. Dive waaaay down there until
you get to a big chamber with some Cenozoic fish monsters. (Watch out, at one
point there is a shell that moves like those ice blocks from earlier.) To the
far right is a tunnel leading down, but first go straight up and get the
invincibility. Head back down, where there are 2 more death shells. Get past
them, and go left and up through the small tunnel. Go left, and down toward the
key glyph. Go back the way you came, until you get to the room with the
invincibility. Get it, and swim over to the area where a current pushes you
back. (There are two spikes on the roof.) Pressed as far to the ground as you
can get, charge like hell past the current. Head up the path, take a minute to
mock the barrier you just snuck past, and head left. Take out THIS barrier,
and head up into the Asterite's chamber.
This is tough, but you must strike 4 globes of the same color while avoiding
his devastating lightning attack. Once you've done this, you'll warp back to
the Deep Water stage.
==================================================
xxii. Deep Water 2/ City of Forever 2/ Home Bay 2
==================================================
Same strategies as before. But once you return the Asterite's globe, you no
longer have an air meter to worry about.
=====================
xxiii. The Tube
=====================
Wooh. Here's a tough one. I thought about making a map or something, but the
stage is just too damn big. Anyway, while a walkthrough is not really possible
for this stage, here are some tips at least:
Early on, the walls are lined with these radiator looking things. They hurt you
when you touch them, but a single charge can destroy them.
As the level goes on, the auto scrolling becomes faster and faster. Soon, small
radar looking boxes start floating around, but your sonar can destroy them.
Later still, small diamond looking things show up. They too can be destroyed
with your sonar. You'll know you're approaching the end when cylinders on
either side of the tube start shooting lighting bolts at you. They do pretty
mean damage, but your health is perpetually regenerating from here on out.
=============================
xxiv. Welcome to the Machine
=============================
Dig the Pink Floyd reference in this stage! Anyway. This stage is hell in it's
most unrelentingly infuriating form. The Machine is an auto-scrolling stage,
meaning if you're caught behind something, the camera won't wait for you and
you're dead. To make matters worse, Vortex Drones continually pop out and
attack you. Use your nifty enhanced sonar to destroy them.
=====================
xxv. The Last Fight
=====================
This battle isn't all that hard once you get the hand of it, but be prepared to
hate it none the less. If you get killed, you get sent back to the beginning of
the MACHINE. Damn. Also, your health no longer regenerates. Anyway, here's the
basic strategy to killing the Vortex Queen:
¥As soon as you start the stage, start sonar-ing like crazy. A Drone is waiting
right near the entrance, and you can take some badly unwanted damage from it if
you're not careful.
¥Next, swim down to either side of the huge, ugly green head. (That would be
the queen.) Shoot sonar at one of her eyes until the pupil comes out. (But
watch out for the blobs that periodically come shooting out of the walls, as
well as the spheres that some shooting out of her eye every time you hit it.
¥Once both her eyes are out, strike her jaw by charging into it FROM THE SIDE.
Don't do this from the bottom! (Also make sure she's not about to inhale before
you do this.) Her jaw wills top regenerating after it's been knocked off about
3 times.
¥Now, you're almost done. Start charging the roof of her mouth, and she'll
flash red. Be careful, because every time she turns red, a few Drones will show
up and attack you.
Eventually, she'll start sinking and coughing up dolphins. Congratulations,
you've beaten the game! Reward yourself with a cold beverage of you choosing.
/////xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx\\
4. PASSWORDS
/////xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx\\
The Undercaves: SYCIACCE
The Vents: MWVLACCS
The Lagoon: VDIYTAJG
Ridge Water: KCLABVNG
Open Ocean: TGQLBVNJ
Ice Zone: ZOTAEVNS
Hard Water: UOAXDVNQ
Cold Water: WZWAWJNJ
Island Zone: HGIETJNO
Deep Water: HHULTJNX
Marble Sea: JKSPVJNR
The Library: BRLTVJNN
Deep City: GZZLVJNG
City of Forever: QVEXVJND
Jurrasic Beach: RHZIMCLE
Pteranodon Pond: ZESMMCLG
Origin Beach: IPLQMCLX
Trilobite Circle: XMAFCZLA
Dark Water: IXIQUNLV
City of Forever 2: BCAJGPLS
The Tube: KXGFKMLZ
The Machine: TNOBKMLC
The Last Fight: LYWMLMLU
/////xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx\\
5. CHEATS
/////xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx\\
Here are some helpful cheat codes for this game:
¥ Turn Ecco back and forth and pause when he is facing you. Now press
R,B,C,B,C,D,C,U. A cheat screen should come up.
¥ Enter a level password, and hold A and Start when the level name comes up.
Hold A and Start until Ecoo appears on the screen. Unpause and you are
invincible.
¥ Enter 'LIFEFISH' as a password to get unlimited ai
Mercredi 19 septembre 2007
3
19
/09
/2007
00:14
-
Recommander
-
Par yagami
-
Ecrire un commentaire
Publié dans : xbox 360 guides - Voir les 0 commentaires
Table of Contents
Guide History
Helpful Basics
A. Controls
B. Button Mashing
C. Selecting Your Character
Stages
A. The DWA Coliseum
B. Ninja Hideout
C. Seaside Market
D. Kyoto in Bloom (Day and Night)
E. DOATEC Great Hall
F. Temple on the Mountain
G. Gambler's Paradise
H. Experimental Playground
I. The Crash Club
J. Savannah Safari
K. Biolab Core
L. Waterfall Valley
M. Nassau Station
N. Tatami Mat
Specific Character Strategies
Kasumi
Kokoro
Brad Wong
Bass Armstrong
Jann Lee
Tina Armstrong
Bayman
Ayane
Ryu Hayabusa
Hitomi
Eliot
Zack
Lei Fang
La Mariposa
Christie
Hayate
Helena
Ein
Gen Fu
Leon
Tengu
Spartan-458
Difficult Throws/Moves
A. Raijin
B. Izuna-Otoshi
C. Obero
Secrets
Unlocking Guide
Frequently Asked Questions
Contacting Me
Credits
Legal Things
Guide History
February 6, 2006
Began DOA 4 FAQ.
March 16, 2006
Finished DOA 4 FAQ.
March 17, 2006
Corrected a bunch of mistakes thanks to some helpful e-mails. By
the way if you helped with any mistakes I will list you in the
Credits section of this FAQ.
March 18, 2006
Corrected a grammar mistake and added a new "Best Move" for Lei
Fang.
April 20, 2006
Added some more Frequently Asked Questions and fixed a grammar
mistake.
April 25, 2006
Added a new section, "About Me."
May 4, 2006
Instead of the long "Version Final" under "Version History" deleted
it and put accurate dates and made it easier to read the different
updates I made to this FAQ.
May 10, 2006
Deleted the "About Me" section and added the "Future FAQs" section
and "Farewell Notes" section.
May 12, 2006
Made the "Credits" Section a little easier to read and added a new
Frequently Asked Question.
May 21, 2006
Made some small changes to the future FAQs I'm going to write.
May 29, 2006
Added a bunch of games to the "Future FAQs" section.
May 30, 2006
Added the game Fire Emblem to the "Future FAQs" section.
August 20, 2006
Fixed a statement about Jann Lee.
Helpful Basics
A. Controls
The new Xbox 360 Controller has a lot of buttons and it's important
to know what they do in order to play the game well. Here is a
control list. You may notice I don't list all the buttons. I'm
only list the buttons that do something. The ones I don't list do
nothing.
Y-Punch
B-Kick
A-Throw
X-Free Button
B. Button Mashing
Although button mashing is a popular way to win in fighting games it
will NOT work in Dead or Alive 4. Just in case you don't know
Button Mashing is when you randomly hit buttons on the controller to
attack. If you do this in story mode or especially during online
play you will get your butt kicked badly. Dead or Alive 4 is a
difficult game and there isn't even an easy difficulty setting.
Even normal the easiest level is still very challenging. LEARN THE
MOVES of each character and this will help you a lot. Trust me I
have button mashed at this game and that time could have been better
spent learning the good moves for each character.
C. Selecting your Character
Dead or Alive 4 is a completely different game from the originals
and especially from the Playstation and Playstation 2 Dead or Alive
games. If you new to the series then pick one character to get
really good at. Then from there you can move on till you've gotten
good with everyone and have become a Dead or Alive Beast. If you
are an experienced DOA Player then you can pick two characters. By
experienced I don't mean you played a previous DOA game for 20
minutes at a friend's house. I mean beat the game at 100% and have
mastered all the characters. DOA 4 is that different from the
previous. Here are a few suggestions for good characters to start
with and bad characters to start with.
Some Good Starting Character Suggestions are-
Ryu Hayabusa- Ryu Hayabusa is known as the Super Ninja. He is very
easy to play as and has some great simple combos. Sometimes people
think Team Ninja and Tecmo made Ryu too powerful. Ryu was my first
character and is still my best. He has great teleporting moves that
look hard but really aren't.
Jann Lee- A very fast, powerful, and overall a good character. He
has very damaging combos that are really good. He is quick and his
combos are simple yet powerful. Jann Lee is a strong and easy
character to master.
Eliot- Eliot's style of fighting is very basic. He uses straight
forward martial arts; just punches and kicks. He doesn't have fancy
teleporting moves and stuff like that. He isn't fancy but is quick
and powerful.
Overall the best character to start out with is Eliot because of his
simple moves, followed by Jann Lee because of his great combos, and
then Ryu Hayabusa because he does have good combos but his really
damaging combos aren't as simple as pressing YYBB like they are for
Eliot and Jann Lee.
Some Starting Characters you should avoid-
Bass- Bass is huge. He is slow and his combos are mostly throw that
take a long time to learn. If you want to master Bass wait till
your really good and have experience with other wrestlers. Save
Bass for last.
Bayman- Bayman is a good character with great combos, counters, and
throws. The reason I don't recommend him for starters is because
his combos are really difficult and he isn't good at juggling.
Although his throw combos are easy to learn they are hard to execute
on the opponent so wait till your better at throws and counters.
La Mariposa- La Mariposa is the best wrestler in DOA 4. However her
attacks are easy to do but are strange and that makes it hard to
juggle the opponent. Unless you are good at memorizing a lot of
combos stay away from La Mariposa till you're a little more
experienced.
Christie- She may seem like a good character as she can juggle the
opponent really well and has a lot of good punches but she WILL get
countered. I played as Christie when I was a beginner and I got
countered every single time I attacked. Wait till you can mix up
her attacks to were she is impossible to counter.
Ayane- Ayane is without a doubt one of the if not the best female
fighters in the game. The reason I don't recommend her is because
if you don't know what your doing then you will get hit a lot. Try
another female Ninja like Kasumi then try Ayane.
Overall Bass is the worst to start with followed by Bayman, La
Mariposa, Ayane, and Christie.
Stages
A. The DWA Coliseum
The DWA Coliseum is home to Tina, Bass, and La Mariposa. It is the
smallest stage in the game. It is really easy to win in this stage
and easy to lose. The best way to win is to knock your opponent
against the electric walls around the ring and do combos for an easy
victory.
B. Ninja Hideout
Fans of Ninja Gaiden should recognize this stage. It is home to Ryu
Hayabusa, Ayane, Kasumi, and Hayate. Although the stage might look
small there are a lot of secret rooms in which you can knock your
opponent up to secret panels. The best thing to do is to get your
opponent to a solid wall and pummel him/her with attacks.
C. Seaside Market
In Seaside Market there really isn't much to watch out for. There
are lots of crates and carts that you can trip your opponent over
for a little damage. You can knock them down the stairs to the
beach area and have a basically open course to attack.
D. Kyoto in Bloom
The top of Kyoto in Bloom is basically an open course of scenic
grass and cherry blossoms. The hard parts comes when you can knock
your opponent over the bridge to a small creek. That is where the
path is kind of narrow. Attack your opponent with all your might
and try not to go to the creek. If it is unavoidable then try to
push the opponent down so he/she will take a little damage. You may
notice there are two Kyoto in Bloom stages. One is day and the
other is night. There are no other differences.
E. DOATEC Great Hall
The DOATEC Great Hall is a huge course when you can run around and
bang your opponent. For the Ninja Players there is a lot of room to
teleport. Try to knock your opponent over the stairs and through
the glass. The floor below looks the same and you can keep on doing
it for an easy victory.
F. Temple on the Mountain
Temple on the Mountain has four stories. Try to get to the right
side on the top then left side on the next story down and back and
forth in order for the opponent to take damage from falling.
G. Gambler's Paradise
Gambler's Paradise is like a recreation of Las Vegas, Nevada. The
only thing you need to watch out for is the cars coming by which
will usually honk their horns to warn you. If you are playing as
Spartan-458 a Warthog will drive by too (as seen from Halo and Halo
2 for the Xbox). The Warthog does extra damage so watch out.
H. Experimental Playground
This is a fun course. It is a recreation of Jurassic Park.
Dinosaurs come from all over so try not to get hit. There is no
warning so if you see anything jump out of the way and try not to
get hit by the opponent.
I. The Crash Club
The Crash Club is a difficult course. It is the second smallest
course and EVERYTHING is electric and dangerous. Knock your
opponent against the wall and if your Ryu Hayabusa do his advanced
throw for extra damage thanks to the electric ceiling and ground.
J. Savannah Safari
This is a very basic course. It is an open area at the top and at
the bottom. The only thing to watch out for are the running
cheetahs that virtually appear out of nowhere.
K. Biolab Core
Like the crash club everything in Biolab Core is electrocuted. The
only difference is it is a little bigger and the ceiling isn't
electrocuted. Try to bang your opponent into the wall for extra
damage.
L. Waterfall Valley
You start this course on a suspended bridge. This is Ryu Hayabusa
heaven as his advanced throw will go throw the bridge down to the
ground for a lot of damage. Once you fall off you will be in an
area with a river and a bunch of trees to bang your opponent into.
M. Nassau Station
This is the Halo themed level and is the largest in the game. Feel
free to run around and kill your opponent against warthogs and
energy shields.
N. Tatami Floor
Tatami Floor takes a lot of work to get in Versus Mode but is worth
it. There are no wall and no ceiling so speed characters will have
the greatest advantage.
Specific Character Strategies
Kasumi
Nationality- Japanese
Fighting Style- Mugen Tenshin Clan Ninjutsu
7 Costumes
Kasumi is a great character. She is lightning fast, is strong, and
can teleport. She has fast punches and excellent kick combos. She
is a fun character to play and a good character to master. You will
find that all the Ninjas are good all around characters.
Kasumi's Best Moves:
Sakura Parrie: Up, X.
Tenzan Renjin: Diagonal Down Left+Y, Y
Tenshu Kaiten So: Right+B, B
Kokoro
Nationality- Japanese
Fighting Style- Ba Ji Quan
7 Costumes
Kokoro is an amazing character with easy combos to do. Ba Ji Quan
consists of many low kicks and powerful high kicks plus a lot of
punches. Because of this people tend to button mash. This will win
you battles but you will lose a lot in online play and will lose a
lot in story mode.
Kokoro's Best Moves:
Bokuchi Rentai: Down+X+B, B
Ryogi Chu: Right, Right+Y
Shoten Sho: Y, Y, X+Y, X+Y
Shinso Kaimon: Down, Diagonal Down Left, Left, X+Y, Left+X+Y, Left,
Right+X+Y
Brad Wong
Nationality- Chinese
Fighting Style- Zui Ba Xian Quan
3 Costumes
Brad Wong is one of the oddest characters in the game. However he
is also one of the most effective characters in the game. He can
Hop on one leg kick you without putting his leg down, do 5
headbutts, get down on the ground to an untouchable position, and
grab and attack at the same time! Brad Wong is tied for my best
character with Ryu Hayabusa and Hayate. Most of Brad Wong's best
moves are stances that lead off into several powerful juggles.
Brad Wong's Best Moves:
Tenshin Hiinshu: Left+Y, Up
Ren Kohontai: Diagonal Down Left+Y, B
Lying Stance: Down+Y+B
Back Turned Stance: Left, Left+Y
Bass Armstrong
Nationality- American
Fighting Style- Pro Wrestling
4 Costumes
Bass was probably the best character in DOA 3. Now in DOA 4 he is
just plain old annoying. Old Bass Masters will have to learn a lot
of new throw combos.
Bass Armstrong's Best Moves:
Buffalo Rage: Diagonal Down Right, Diagonal Down Right+Y, Y
Ground Throw: Down+X+Y
Knee Hammer: Right+B, Y
Power Gong: Diagonal Down Left+Y, Y
One Leg Standing Head Butt: Right, Right+X+Y
Jann Lee
Nationality- Chinese
Fighting Style- Jeet Kune Do
4 Costumes
Jann Lee is back and better then ever. Jann Lee remains a fan
favorite with his great annoying and powerful moves including the
excellent move, Dragon Kick. If your familiar with the movies then
you will see some similarities with Jann Lee. Jann Lee is simple
and powerful. He is also a great pick for beginners. A powerful
simple combo is K,K,K,Y,Y,Y,Y.
Jann Lee's Best Moves:
Dragon Kick: Down, Diagonal Down Right, Right+B
Sonic Spin Kick: Y, Right+Y
One Inch Punch: Left, Right+Y
Dragon Fist: Left+Y,Y,Y
Dragon Gunner: Right, Right+X+Y
Dragon Step Middle: Right, Right+B
Tina Armstrong
Nationality- American
Fighting Style- Pro Wrestling
5 Costumes
The daughter of Bass Armstrong is one of the three wrestling based
characters in Dead or Alive 4. Tina plays much like her father
except that she excels more in speed then power. If Bass and Tina
fought then honestly Tina would win because is really easy to
counter. Tina in my opinion is the better choice for a wrestler.
Tina Armstrong's Best Moves:
Back Elbow Knee: Diagonal Right Up+Y,B
Low Spin Knuckle: Diagonal Down Left+Y
Shoulder Tackle: Left, Right+Y, Left, Right+X+Y
Low Kick Upper Combo: Down+B,Y
Moonsault Feint: Left+Y+B,X
Bayman
Nationality- Russian
Fighting Style- Commando Sambo
3 Costumes
Bayman is a great grappler. He has incredible counters and good
throw combos. He is back for DOA 2 and is looking a lot better.
Learn at least one throw combo with Bayman and master countering.
If you are a beginner wait till your good with countering then play
as Bayman. Master the roll and leg throw as well.
Bayman's Best Moves:
Combo Twin Lancer: Y,Y, Left+Y,Y
Charging Tiger: Y,Y, Down+Y,Y
Russian Rumble: Diagonal Up Left+Y,Y
Spike Launcher: Down+B,B,B
Fire Bullet: Right+Y+B
Ayane
Nationality- Japanese
Fighting Style- Mugen Tenshin Clan Ninjutsu
6 Costumes
Lets just face it folks Ayane is without a doubt one of the best
female fighters in the DOA Series. She has been there since DOA 1
and is one of the easiest characters to pick up and play. In this
game she will require a little more practice but mastering Ayane is
almost a must as she has incredible combos. LEARN HER SPIN MOVES as
it makes her untouchable and can hurt the opponent even if he/she is
blocking.
Ayane's Best Moves:
Renjin Roso: Y,Y, Right+B, Down+B
Hajin Shinso: Y,B,B
Tenmu Zeccho: Diagonal Down Right, Diagonal Down Right+Y
Ryujin Renkyaku: Down+B, B
Kiri Madoi: Left+X+Y
Ryu Hayabusa
Nationality- Japanese
Fighting Style- Hayabusa Clan Ninjutsu
4 Costumes
Ryu Hayabusa is tied for the best character in DOA 4. He has
changed from previous games but in a good way. He is much faster
and is more powerful. If you can learn his teleport techniques and
advanced throw then there isn't much that can't stand up to the
title of Super Ninja. A quick and easy combo is Y,Y,B,B,B.
Ryu Hayabusa's Best Moves:
Ongyoin: Left+Y+B
Shoryu: Down+X+B,B,B
Izuna Otoshi: Left, Diagonal Down Left, Down, Diagonal Down Right,
Right+X+Y, Down, Down Diagonal Left, Right, Diagonal Up Right, Up,
Diagonal Up Left, Left+X+Y (I know it seems long but really all it
is, is rotating the controller (LEARN THIS MOVE IT WILL PERFORM
MASSIVE DAMAGE!!!!!!)
Senko Izuna: Left+X, Down Diagonal Left, Left, Diagonal Up Left,
Up+X (A counter move with awesome damage).
Chisen Kyaku: Down Diagonal Left+Y, Down+B
Hitomi
Nationality- German
Fighting Style- Karate
8 Costumes
In Dead or Alive 3 Hitomi was introduced for the first time and
would later appear in DOA Ultimate and DOA Volleyball. Hitomi uses
one of the most popular and basic martial arts, Karate. She is an
average character. She has average power and a little bit better in
speed. Her counters aren't that great but Hitomi players will have
fun with some great juggling opportunities that her combos have.
Hitomi's Best Moves
Fujin: Down, Down Diagonal Right, Right+Y
Azuma: Left, Right+Y
Domawashi Geri: Down Diagonal Right+X+B,B
Enpi: Y,B,B,B
Hyuga: Down Diagonal Left+Y
Eliot
Nationality- British
Fighting Style- Xing Yi Quan
4 Costumes
Eliot is the successor of the legendary iron fist Gen Fu. Xing Yi
Quan is a legendary Chinese martial art that is basic punches and
kicks. A master of Xing Yi Quan is nearly impossible to counter.
Eliot is beyond a master of Xing Yi Quan it is like he owns it and
invented it. He is a great pick for beginners and is easy to
master.
Eliot's Best Moves:
Enshi Shosui: Down+X+B,Y
Kinkei Tenshin Oken: Down Diagonal Left+Y,Y,Y
Chikukei Hoken: Left+Y+B
Toku Koto Tai: Down, Down Diagonal Right, Right+B
Zack
Nationality- American
Fighting Style- Muay Thai
4 Costumes
Zack, the host of DOA Extreme Beach Volleyball, is back and better
than ever in DOA 4. Compared to DOA Ultimate Zack is a lot better.
In DOA Ultimate Zack was horrible but now Zack has good counters and
great combos.
Zack's Best Moves:
Duck Stance: Down+Y+B
Sway: Left+Y
Tropical Storm: Right+B, Down+B,B
Lei Fang
Nationality- Chinese
Fighting Style- Tai Ji Quan
7 Costumes
The Tai Ji Quan Master returns in the latest game and she retains
almost all of her old attacks. Her attacks are good but are very
predictable. If you want to master Lei Fang then you will have to
learn to mix up combos or you will get countered in Story Mode and
especially in Online Play.
Lei Fang's Best Moves:
Seiryu: Y, Down+Y, Down+B
Renkan Kinkei Hogyo: Y,Y,Right+Y,B,Right+Y
Renkan Shinkyaku Gashu: Y,Y,B,Down+B
Joho Shichi Sei: Down Diagonal Left+Y,Y
Gessen Haisetsu Ko: Right+X+B,Y
Senkyu Ren Tai: Left,B,B,B
La Mariposa
Nationality- American
Fighting Style- Luchadora
5 Costumes
DOA Extreme Beach Volleyball Fans will recognize La Mariposa as Lisa
from DOA Extreme Beach Volleyball. She is by far the best wrestler
in the game as she has great counters, hard to predict movements,
and combines the power of Bass and the Speed of Tina. Her movements
are weird and you will get beat up if you don't know what your doing
so I don't recommend La Mariposa for beginners.
La Mariposa's Best Moves:
Top Spin Kick Combo: Right+B, Down+B
Shin Cracker: Right, Right+Y,B
Double Spin: Down Diagonal Left+B, Down+B
Off the Ground Attack: X+B,B
Christie
Nationality- British
Fighting Style- She Quan
4 Costumes
Christie is a good character with good juggles and good strong
attacks. However She Quan is very easy to predict. Most off her
attacks are Mid punches so are easy to predict. She has a stance
which is very useful but again is mostly all low punches and kicks
which is easy to counter and then juggle her for an easy victory.
The best thing to do is to make up your own combos so she is super
hard to counter.
Christie's Best Moves:
Poison Serpent Stance: Down+Y+B
Keppo Tokyaku: Down Diagonal Left+Y,B
Dokuja Ran Tsuifu: Y,Y,Y
Kaso Rengeki: (While in Poison Serpent Stance), Y
Hayate
Nationality- Japanese
Fighting Style- Mugen Tenshin Clan Ninjutsu
4 Costumes
Hayate is the best character in DOA 4. That is not an opinion it is
a fact. He is quick yet powerful and is hard to counter. Hayate is
a monster when it comes to offense and pretty good with defense.
His counters are beyond compare. Hayate to warp to other sides of
the opponent with his lightning flash and has a good throw called
Raijin.
Hayate's Best Moves:
Mugen Rento: Down Diagonal Right+Y,Y
Burai: Up+Y,B
Chiryu: Down Diagonal Left+Y,Y
Tenbu Byakko: Down, Diagonal Down Left, Right,Y,Y,Y
Raijin: Full Rotation of Joystick+X+Y, Left, Right, Up, Down+X+Y, Up
Diagonal Right, Down Diagonal Left, Up Diagonal Left, Down Diagonal
Right+X+Y
Helena
Nationality- French
Fighting Style- Pi Qua Quan
5 Costumes
Helena is one of the hardest characters to learn in DOA History.
However in DOA 4 she is back and better then ever with her new
Bokuho Stance and great attacks.
Helena's Best Moves:
Bokuho Stance: Down+Y+B
Yoshi Nyurin: Down,X,Y
Sensho Rekkai Kyaku: Y,B,B,B
Enbu Kyaku: Y,Y,B
Ein
Nationality- Japanese
Fighting Style- Karate
4 Costumes
Before Hayate regained his memory he was known as Ein. He trained
with Hitomi and became a Karate Master. Ein is a very good player.
You will be using a lot of charge up attacks with him.
Ein's Best Moves:
Fujin: Down,Y
Azuma: Left, Right+Y
Mae Keriage: Left+B
Low Punch: Down,Y
Hokage: Down Diagonal Right, Down Diagonal Right,X,Y
Gen Fu
Nationality- Chinese
Fighting Style- Xing Yi Quan
4 Costumes
Known as the legendary Iron Fist Gen Fu returns and stands up to his
name. He has a lot of strong attacks and good power. He uses
strong stances to base his attacks. Gen Fu is the master of Eliot
and both are beneficial to any DOA 4 Player to Master.
Gen Fu's Best Moves:
Banchu: Right+Y,Y,Y
Yokei: Down, Down,Y
Sen Shippo: Down, Down Diagonal Left, Left,Y
Leon
Nationality- Italian
Fighting Style- Commando Sambo
4 Costumes
The famous grappler is back from DOA 2. Although he was similar to
Bayman in this game he has a lot of his own good counters and throw
combos. Learn at least one throw combo.
Leon's Best Moves:
Rush Knee: Y,Y,Right,Y,B
Smash Giant Uppercut: Up+Y,Y,Y
Blast Roundhouse: Left,Y,B
Spinning Low Punch: Down Diagonal Left+Y
Cross Slash: Down Diagonal Right, Down Diagonal Right+Y
Tengu
Nationality- Unknown
Fighting Style- Unknown
2 Costumes
The Boss from DOA 2 makes a special appearance for DOA 4. Tengu was
cheap in DOA Ultimate. But know he is no good at all. He has easy
to predict attacks and stupid counters. To get good with Tengu you
will need a lot of work and a lot of patience. All though I watched
my friend play as Tengu and he shows that Tengu can leave you dazed
and confused.
Tengu's Best Moves:
Hauchiwa Gaeshi: Down+Y,Y
That's it. I'm serious this is really the only effective move.
Spartan-458
Nationality- Martian
Fighting Style- Unknown
7 Costumes
Fans of Halo and Halo 2 will immediately recognize Spartan-458.
Spartan-458 is actually an effective character. She (that's right
she) has good throws including the awesome plasma grenade throw!
Spartan-458's Best Moves:
Ghost Destroyer Combo: Right+B, Y
Wrath of Reach: Down, Diagonal Left, Left,X,Y
Plasma Grenade Stick: Left, Down Diagonal Left, Down, Down Diagonal
Right, Right+X+Y (not all that hard.)
Difficult Throws/Moves
A. Raijin
Raijin is a throw combo performed by Hayate. It is the hardest move
in the game and it is very damaging in battle. Although it isn't
one of those moves you do every fight it is good every now and then.
If you want the Hayate System Voice and the Alpha-152 System Voice
then your going to have to do it in exercise mode. Here are a few
steps to make Raijin a piece of cake.
1. Although surprisingly the hardest part of the throw is setting it
up. I recommend you use the joystick for this part. Most people
perform another throw that sends you to the other side which is very
annoying. Do a simple punch then start from the joystick down
position and do a rotation then hit X+Y. This should kick the
opponent into the air and combo throw should light up on the left
side of the screen. Practice this a lot till you get it every time.
2. The next part is Left, Right, Up, and Down. Most people use the
D Pad for this but the Joystick is the best once again. It takes a
few seconds to switch to the D Pad and a lot of the time you run out
of time. Practice it on the ground for a long time. When it is in
your head do step number one then do step number two. Start as soon
as he puts the opponent over him.
3. The final step is four simple diagonal buttons. This again is
not that hard. Do the commands on the ground (hit X+Y as well so it
is in your head too) and then do steps number one and two. As soon
as Hayate goes up and does flip kicks start immediately. This
should finish the throw. If you do it Congratulations you have just
done the hardest throw in the game!
B. Izuna-Otoshi
Izuna-Otoshi is a combo throw performed by Ryu Hayabusa and is very
damaging if performed off of heights. Do not pay attention to the
command list as it lies. Izuna-Otoshi isn't really all that hard if
you know the secret.
1. Like Hayate's Raijin the hardest part of this throw is setting it
up. Hit Y and then do the command as listed to send him/her into
the air. Practice this a couple of times.
2. On the next part the instructions lie. All you have to do is
randomly spin the joystick and hit X+Y this should finish the throw.
That wasn't so hard now was it?
C. Obero
This is a move performed by Kasumi. This is like Izuna-Otoshi. It
looks hard but really isn't. In fact there is only one step.
1. Hit Y+B and hold right if Y+B miss Kasumi will slide forward at
this time hit X+Y. This will perform the move. Congratulations!
Secrets
There are a couple of neat secrets that Tecmo and Team Ninja put
into the game. Here they are:
Play as La Mariposa without her mask: That's right you can play as
La Mariposa without her mask. Just beat story mode at least once
then pick any costume with X. On the Kitty Costume La Mariposa has
you can hit X and she will have a Kitty mask on. I think it is
Costume 4, but I could be wrong.
Change Hairstyles for Kasumi: Kasumi has a number of different
hairstyles. To do so select a costume with A,X,Y, or Start.
Change Hairstyles for Lei Fang: Like Kasumi Lei Fang's hairstyle can
be altered by selecting a costume with A,B,X,Y, or start.
Lei Fang wearing glasses: Select a costume with X to see Lei Fang
with glasses on.
Hitomi with blonde hair: Select Costume Eight with X or Y.
Unfortunately this is the only costume you can play as Hitomi with
blonde hair.
Unlocking Guide
There are a number of unlockables in DOA 4 and here they are:
Ein: Beat Story Mode with Hitomi
Gen Fu: Beat Story Mode with Eliot
Leon: Beat Story Mode with Zack
Helena: Beat Story Mode with all characters
Spartan-458: Beat Story Mode with Helena
Tengu: Beat Time Attack mode with all characters including
unlockables
Biolab Core Stage: Beat Story Mode one time with any character
Nassau Station Stage: Unlock Spartan-458
Tatami Stage in Versus Mode: Unlock all characters, all costumes,
beat story mode with all characters at least once, and unlock all
system voices with all characters including unlockables
Unlocking Costumes: There are three ways to unlock costumes. One
you can beat Story Mode one time for the desirable costume, two you
can beat time attack mode one time each for the desirable costume,
or you can simply buy it from Zack's Shop in Online Play.
Frequently Asked Questions
Q: Is there really a difference in fighting styles?
A: Yes, there is. There is actually a huge difference. Different
styles mean different combos and juggling opportunities.
Q: Do you have Online Play?
A: No. I had it but now my money is tight so I'm sorry!
Q: Can you use weapons in DOA 4?
A: No. Although it would be a good idea, you can't.
Q: Who is your best character?
A: Honestly it is a tie between Ryu Hayabusa, Brad Wong, and Hayate.
But if I had to choose it would be Hayate.
Q: Do you mind questions like "who is your favorite character?" or
"what is your favorite game?"
A: Not at all. I like hearing other gamers' opinions on things. I
like answering questions like that. Just make the subject "DOA 4
Question" or I will most likely delete it.
Q: Are you going to write any more FAQs? If so will they be posted
on GameFAQs?
A: Yes, I'm writing more FAQs and yes they will be posted on
GameFAQs.
Q: Will you write any FAQs for any other DOA games like DOA Ultimate
or DOA Extreme Beach Volleyball?
A: The answer is no. The only DOA game I have played is DOA 4. If
they come out with DOA 5 or DOA Extreme Beach Volleyball 2 I will be
sure to buy the game and write a FAQ for the game.
Q: Do you update your DOA 4 FAQ often?
A: Yes, I try to update it as much as possible.
Contacting Me
If you have a question or would like to contribute to this FAQ
please send me an e-mail to benb4hockey@nc.rr.com. If you do
contribute I will be sure to credit you. I check my e-mail everyday
so I will get back to you ASAP.
Credits
I would like to give credit to the following people for helping me
with this FAQ:
Prima Publishing: For helping with me the command lists and
suggesting a few of the characters' good moves.
Amazingly Wonderful: For giving me the correct nationality for Gen
Fu and Leon, a correction on Christie's punches, and that about
mastering characters.
ArcHarry and Cyber Claw: For informing me of Spartan-458's real
name.
Apoc: For informing me of Leon's Fighting Style.
Drew Baye: For stating Jeet Kune Do is not the same fighting style
as Jackie Chan.
Thanks a lot you guys!
Guide History
Helpful Basics
A. Controls
B. Button Mashing
C. Selecting Your Character
Stages
A. The DWA Coliseum
B. Ninja Hideout
C. Seaside Market
D. Kyoto in Bloom (Day and Night)
E. DOATEC Great Hall
F. Temple on the Mountain
G. Gambler's Paradise
H. Experimental Playground
I. The Crash Club
J. Savannah Safari
K. Biolab Core
L. Waterfall Valley
M. Nassau Station
N. Tatami Mat
Specific Character Strategies
Kasumi
Kokoro
Brad Wong
Bass Armstrong
Jann Lee
Tina Armstrong
Bayman
Ayane
Ryu Hayabusa
Hitomi
Eliot
Zack
Lei Fang
La Mariposa
Christie
Hayate
Helena
Ein
Gen Fu
Leon
Tengu
Spartan-458
Difficult Throws/Moves
A. Raijin
B. Izuna-Otoshi
C. Obero
Secrets
Unlocking Guide
Frequently Asked Questions
Contacting Me
Credits
Legal Things
Guide History
February 6, 2006
Began DOA 4 FAQ.
March 16, 2006
Finished DOA 4 FAQ.
March 17, 2006
Corrected a bunch of mistakes thanks to some helpful e-mails. By
the way if you helped with any mistakes I will list you in the
Credits section of this FAQ.
March 18, 2006
Corrected a grammar mistake and added a new "Best Move" for Lei
Fang.
April 20, 2006
Added some more Frequently Asked Questions and fixed a grammar
mistake.
April 25, 2006
Added a new section, "About Me."
May 4, 2006
Instead of the long "Version Final" under "Version History" deleted
it and put accurate dates and made it easier to read the different
updates I made to this FAQ.
May 10, 2006
Deleted the "About Me" section and added the "Future FAQs" section
and "Farewell Notes" section.
May 12, 2006
Made the "Credits" Section a little easier to read and added a new
Frequently Asked Question.
May 21, 2006
Made some small changes to the future FAQs I'm going to write.
May 29, 2006
Added a bunch of games to the "Future FAQs" section.
May 30, 2006
Added the game Fire Emblem to the "Future FAQs" section.
August 20, 2006
Fixed a statement about Jann Lee.
Helpful Basics
A. Controls
The new Xbox 360 Controller has a lot of buttons and it's important
to know what they do in order to play the game well. Here is a
control list. You may notice I don't list all the buttons. I'm
only list the buttons that do something. The ones I don't list do
nothing.
Y-Punch
B-Kick
A-Throw
X-Free Button
B. Button Mashing
Although button mashing is a popular way to win in fighting games it
will NOT work in Dead or Alive 4. Just in case you don't know
Button Mashing is when you randomly hit buttons on the controller to
attack. If you do this in story mode or especially during online
play you will get your butt kicked badly. Dead or Alive 4 is a
difficult game and there isn't even an easy difficulty setting.
Even normal the easiest level is still very challenging. LEARN THE
MOVES of each character and this will help you a lot. Trust me I
have button mashed at this game and that time could have been better
spent learning the good moves for each character.
C. Selecting your Character
Dead or Alive 4 is a completely different game from the originals
and especially from the Playstation and Playstation 2 Dead or Alive
games. If you new to the series then pick one character to get
really good at. Then from there you can move on till you've gotten
good with everyone and have become a Dead or Alive Beast. If you
are an experienced DOA Player then you can pick two characters. By
experienced I don't mean you played a previous DOA game for 20
minutes at a friend's house. I mean beat the game at 100% and have
mastered all the characters. DOA 4 is that different from the
previous. Here are a few suggestions for good characters to start
with and bad characters to start with.
Some Good Starting Character Suggestions are-
Ryu Hayabusa- Ryu Hayabusa is known as the Super Ninja. He is very
easy to play as and has some great simple combos. Sometimes people
think Team Ninja and Tecmo made Ryu too powerful. Ryu was my first
character and is still my best. He has great teleporting moves that
look hard but really aren't.
Jann Lee- A very fast, powerful, and overall a good character. He
has very damaging combos that are really good. He is quick and his
combos are simple yet powerful. Jann Lee is a strong and easy
character to master.
Eliot- Eliot's style of fighting is very basic. He uses straight
forward martial arts; just punches and kicks. He doesn't have fancy
teleporting moves and stuff like that. He isn't fancy but is quick
and powerful.
Overall the best character to start out with is Eliot because of his
simple moves, followed by Jann Lee because of his great combos, and
then Ryu Hayabusa because he does have good combos but his really
damaging combos aren't as simple as pressing YYBB like they are for
Eliot and Jann Lee.
Some Starting Characters you should avoid-
Bass- Bass is huge. He is slow and his combos are mostly throw that
take a long time to learn. If you want to master Bass wait till
your really good and have experience with other wrestlers. Save
Bass for last.
Bayman- Bayman is a good character with great combos, counters, and
throws. The reason I don't recommend him for starters is because
his combos are really difficult and he isn't good at juggling.
Although his throw combos are easy to learn they are hard to execute
on the opponent so wait till your better at throws and counters.
La Mariposa- La Mariposa is the best wrestler in DOA 4. However her
attacks are easy to do but are strange and that makes it hard to
juggle the opponent. Unless you are good at memorizing a lot of
combos stay away from La Mariposa till you're a little more
experienced.
Christie- She may seem like a good character as she can juggle the
opponent really well and has a lot of good punches but she WILL get
countered. I played as Christie when I was a beginner and I got
countered every single time I attacked. Wait till you can mix up
her attacks to were she is impossible to counter.
Ayane- Ayane is without a doubt one of the if not the best female
fighters in the game. The reason I don't recommend her is because
if you don't know what your doing then you will get hit a lot. Try
another female Ninja like Kasumi then try Ayane.
Overall Bass is the worst to start with followed by Bayman, La
Mariposa, Ayane, and Christie.
Stages
A. The DWA Coliseum
The DWA Coliseum is home to Tina, Bass, and La Mariposa. It is the
smallest stage in the game. It is really easy to win in this stage
and easy to lose. The best way to win is to knock your opponent
against the electric walls around the ring and do combos for an easy
victory.
B. Ninja Hideout
Fans of Ninja Gaiden should recognize this stage. It is home to Ryu
Hayabusa, Ayane, Kasumi, and Hayate. Although the stage might look
small there are a lot of secret rooms in which you can knock your
opponent up to secret panels. The best thing to do is to get your
opponent to a solid wall and pummel him/her with attacks.
C. Seaside Market
In Seaside Market there really isn't much to watch out for. There
are lots of crates and carts that you can trip your opponent over
for a little damage. You can knock them down the stairs to the
beach area and have a basically open course to attack.
D. Kyoto in Bloom
The top of Kyoto in Bloom is basically an open course of scenic
grass and cherry blossoms. The hard parts comes when you can knock
your opponent over the bridge to a small creek. That is where the
path is kind of narrow. Attack your opponent with all your might
and try not to go to the creek. If it is unavoidable then try to
push the opponent down so he/she will take a little damage. You may
notice there are two Kyoto in Bloom stages. One is day and the
other is night. There are no other differences.
E. DOATEC Great Hall
The DOATEC Great Hall is a huge course when you can run around and
bang your opponent. For the Ninja Players there is a lot of room to
teleport. Try to knock your opponent over the stairs and through
the glass. The floor below looks the same and you can keep on doing
it for an easy victory.
F. Temple on the Mountain
Temple on the Mountain has four stories. Try to get to the right
side on the top then left side on the next story down and back and
forth in order for the opponent to take damage from falling.
G. Gambler's Paradise
Gambler's Paradise is like a recreation of Las Vegas, Nevada. The
only thing you need to watch out for is the cars coming by which
will usually honk their horns to warn you. If you are playing as
Spartan-458 a Warthog will drive by too (as seen from Halo and Halo
2 for the Xbox). The Warthog does extra damage so watch out.
H. Experimental Playground
This is a fun course. It is a recreation of Jurassic Park.
Dinosaurs come from all over so try not to get hit. There is no
warning so if you see anything jump out of the way and try not to
get hit by the opponent.
I. The Crash Club
The Crash Club is a difficult course. It is the second smallest
course and EVERYTHING is electric and dangerous. Knock your
opponent against the wall and if your Ryu Hayabusa do his advanced
throw for extra damage thanks to the electric ceiling and ground.
J. Savannah Safari
This is a very basic course. It is an open area at the top and at
the bottom. The only thing to watch out for are the running
cheetahs that virtually appear out of nowhere.
K. Biolab Core
Like the crash club everything in Biolab Core is electrocuted. The
only difference is it is a little bigger and the ceiling isn't
electrocuted. Try to bang your opponent into the wall for extra
damage.
L. Waterfall Valley
You start this course on a suspended bridge. This is Ryu Hayabusa
heaven as his advanced throw will go throw the bridge down to the
ground for a lot of damage. Once you fall off you will be in an
area with a river and a bunch of trees to bang your opponent into.
M. Nassau Station
This is the Halo themed level and is the largest in the game. Feel
free to run around and kill your opponent against warthogs and
energy shields.
N. Tatami Floor
Tatami Floor takes a lot of work to get in Versus Mode but is worth
it. There are no wall and no ceiling so speed characters will have
the greatest advantage.
Specific Character Strategies
Kasumi
Nationality- Japanese
Fighting Style- Mugen Tenshin Clan Ninjutsu
7 Costumes
Kasumi is a great character. She is lightning fast, is strong, and
can teleport. She has fast punches and excellent kick combos. She
is a fun character to play and a good character to master. You will
find that all the Ninjas are good all around characters.
Kasumi's Best Moves:
Sakura Parrie: Up, X.
Tenzan Renjin: Diagonal Down Left+Y, Y
Tenshu Kaiten So: Right+B, B
Kokoro
Nationality- Japanese
Fighting Style- Ba Ji Quan
7 Costumes
Kokoro is an amazing character with easy combos to do. Ba Ji Quan
consists of many low kicks and powerful high kicks plus a lot of
punches. Because of this people tend to button mash. This will win
you battles but you will lose a lot in online play and will lose a
lot in story mode.
Kokoro's Best Moves:
Bokuchi Rentai: Down+X+B, B
Ryogi Chu: Right, Right+Y
Shoten Sho: Y, Y, X+Y, X+Y
Shinso Kaimon: Down, Diagonal Down Left, Left, X+Y, Left+X+Y, Left,
Right+X+Y
Brad Wong
Nationality- Chinese
Fighting Style- Zui Ba Xian Quan
3 Costumes
Brad Wong is one of the oddest characters in the game. However he
is also one of the most effective characters in the game. He can
Hop on one leg kick you without putting his leg down, do 5
headbutts, get down on the ground to an untouchable position, and
grab and attack at the same time! Brad Wong is tied for my best
character with Ryu Hayabusa and Hayate. Most of Brad Wong's best
moves are stances that lead off into several powerful juggles.
Brad Wong's Best Moves:
Tenshin Hiinshu: Left+Y, Up
Ren Kohontai: Diagonal Down Left+Y, B
Lying Stance: Down+Y+B
Back Turned Stance: Left, Left+Y
Bass Armstrong
Nationality- American
Fighting Style- Pro Wrestling
4 Costumes
Bass was probably the best character in DOA 3. Now in DOA 4 he is
just plain old annoying. Old Bass Masters will have to learn a lot
of new throw combos.
Bass Armstrong's Best Moves:
Buffalo Rage: Diagonal Down Right, Diagonal Down Right+Y, Y
Ground Throw: Down+X+Y
Knee Hammer: Right+B, Y
Power Gong: Diagonal Down Left+Y, Y
One Leg Standing Head Butt: Right, Right+X+Y
Jann Lee
Nationality- Chinese
Fighting Style- Jeet Kune Do
4 Costumes
Jann Lee is back and better then ever. Jann Lee remains a fan
favorite with his great annoying and powerful moves including the
excellent move, Dragon Kick. If your familiar with the movies then
you will see some similarities with Jann Lee. Jann Lee is simple
and powerful. He is also a great pick for beginners. A powerful
simple combo is K,K,K,Y,Y,Y,Y.
Jann Lee's Best Moves:
Dragon Kick: Down, Diagonal Down Right, Right+B
Sonic Spin Kick: Y, Right+Y
One Inch Punch: Left, Right+Y
Dragon Fist: Left+Y,Y,Y
Dragon Gunner: Right, Right+X+Y
Dragon Step Middle: Right, Right+B
Tina Armstrong
Nationality- American
Fighting Style- Pro Wrestling
5 Costumes
The daughter of Bass Armstrong is one of the three wrestling based
characters in Dead or Alive 4. Tina plays much like her father
except that she excels more in speed then power. If Bass and Tina
fought then honestly Tina would win because is really easy to
counter. Tina in my opinion is the better choice for a wrestler.
Tina Armstrong's Best Moves:
Back Elbow Knee: Diagonal Right Up+Y,B
Low Spin Knuckle: Diagonal Down Left+Y
Shoulder Tackle: Left, Right+Y, Left, Right+X+Y
Low Kick Upper Combo: Down+B,Y
Moonsault Feint: Left+Y+B,X
Bayman
Nationality- Russian
Fighting Style- Commando Sambo
3 Costumes
Bayman is a great grappler. He has incredible counters and good
throw combos. He is back for DOA 2 and is looking a lot better.
Learn at least one throw combo with Bayman and master countering.
If you are a beginner wait till your good with countering then play
as Bayman. Master the roll and leg throw as well.
Bayman's Best Moves:
Combo Twin Lancer: Y,Y, Left+Y,Y
Charging Tiger: Y,Y, Down+Y,Y
Russian Rumble: Diagonal Up Left+Y,Y
Spike Launcher: Down+B,B,B
Fire Bullet: Right+Y+B
Ayane
Nationality- Japanese
Fighting Style- Mugen Tenshin Clan Ninjutsu
6 Costumes
Lets just face it folks Ayane is without a doubt one of the best
female fighters in the DOA Series. She has been there since DOA 1
and is one of the easiest characters to pick up and play. In this
game she will require a little more practice but mastering Ayane is
almost a must as she has incredible combos. LEARN HER SPIN MOVES as
it makes her untouchable and can hurt the opponent even if he/she is
blocking.
Ayane's Best Moves:
Renjin Roso: Y,Y, Right+B, Down+B
Hajin Shinso: Y,B,B
Tenmu Zeccho: Diagonal Down Right, Diagonal Down Right+Y
Ryujin Renkyaku: Down+B, B
Kiri Madoi: Left+X+Y
Ryu Hayabusa
Nationality- Japanese
Fighting Style- Hayabusa Clan Ninjutsu
4 Costumes
Ryu Hayabusa is tied for the best character in DOA 4. He has
changed from previous games but in a good way. He is much faster
and is more powerful. If you can learn his teleport techniques and
advanced throw then there isn't much that can't stand up to the
title of Super Ninja. A quick and easy combo is Y,Y,B,B,B.
Ryu Hayabusa's Best Moves:
Ongyoin: Left+Y+B
Shoryu: Down+X+B,B,B
Izuna Otoshi: Left, Diagonal Down Left, Down, Diagonal Down Right,
Right+X+Y, Down, Down Diagonal Left, Right, Diagonal Up Right, Up,
Diagonal Up Left, Left+X+Y (I know it seems long but really all it
is, is rotating the controller (LEARN THIS MOVE IT WILL PERFORM
MASSIVE DAMAGE!!!!!!)
Senko Izuna: Left+X, Down Diagonal Left, Left, Diagonal Up Left,
Up+X (A counter move with awesome damage).
Chisen Kyaku: Down Diagonal Left+Y, Down+B
Hitomi
Nationality- German
Fighting Style- Karate
8 Costumes
In Dead or Alive 3 Hitomi was introduced for the first time and
would later appear in DOA Ultimate and DOA Volleyball. Hitomi uses
one of the most popular and basic martial arts, Karate. She is an
average character. She has average power and a little bit better in
speed. Her counters aren't that great but Hitomi players will have
fun with some great juggling opportunities that her combos have.
Hitomi's Best Moves
Fujin: Down, Down Diagonal Right, Right+Y
Azuma: Left, Right+Y
Domawashi Geri: Down Diagonal Right+X+B,B
Enpi: Y,B,B,B
Hyuga: Down Diagonal Left+Y
Eliot
Nationality- British
Fighting Style- Xing Yi Quan
4 Costumes
Eliot is the successor of the legendary iron fist Gen Fu. Xing Yi
Quan is a legendary Chinese martial art that is basic punches and
kicks. A master of Xing Yi Quan is nearly impossible to counter.
Eliot is beyond a master of Xing Yi Quan it is like he owns it and
invented it. He is a great pick for beginners and is easy to
master.
Eliot's Best Moves:
Enshi Shosui: Down+X+B,Y
Kinkei Tenshin Oken: Down Diagonal Left+Y,Y,Y
Chikukei Hoken: Left+Y+B
Toku Koto Tai: Down, Down Diagonal Right, Right+B
Zack
Nationality- American
Fighting Style- Muay Thai
4 Costumes
Zack, the host of DOA Extreme Beach Volleyball, is back and better
than ever in DOA 4. Compared to DOA Ultimate Zack is a lot better.
In DOA Ultimate Zack was horrible but now Zack has good counters and
great combos.
Zack's Best Moves:
Duck Stance: Down+Y+B
Sway: Left+Y
Tropical Storm: Right+B, Down+B,B
Lei Fang
Nationality- Chinese
Fighting Style- Tai Ji Quan
7 Costumes
The Tai Ji Quan Master returns in the latest game and she retains
almost all of her old attacks. Her attacks are good but are very
predictable. If you want to master Lei Fang then you will have to
learn to mix up combos or you will get countered in Story Mode and
especially in Online Play.
Lei Fang's Best Moves:
Seiryu: Y, Down+Y, Down+B
Renkan Kinkei Hogyo: Y,Y,Right+Y,B,Right+Y
Renkan Shinkyaku Gashu: Y,Y,B,Down+B
Joho Shichi Sei: Down Diagonal Left+Y,Y
Gessen Haisetsu Ko: Right+X+B,Y
Senkyu Ren Tai: Left,B,B,B
La Mariposa
Nationality- American
Fighting Style- Luchadora
5 Costumes
DOA Extreme Beach Volleyball Fans will recognize La Mariposa as Lisa
from DOA Extreme Beach Volleyball. She is by far the best wrestler
in the game as she has great counters, hard to predict movements,
and combines the power of Bass and the Speed of Tina. Her movements
are weird and you will get beat up if you don't know what your doing
so I don't recommend La Mariposa for beginners.
La Mariposa's Best Moves:
Top Spin Kick Combo: Right+B, Down+B
Shin Cracker: Right, Right+Y,B
Double Spin: Down Diagonal Left+B, Down+B
Off the Ground Attack: X+B,B
Christie
Nationality- British
Fighting Style- She Quan
4 Costumes
Christie is a good character with good juggles and good strong
attacks. However She Quan is very easy to predict. Most off her
attacks are Mid punches so are easy to predict. She has a stance
which is very useful but again is mostly all low punches and kicks
which is easy to counter and then juggle her for an easy victory.
The best thing to do is to make up your own combos so she is super
hard to counter.
Christie's Best Moves:
Poison Serpent Stance: Down+Y+B
Keppo Tokyaku: Down Diagonal Left+Y,B
Dokuja Ran Tsuifu: Y,Y,Y
Kaso Rengeki: (While in Poison Serpent Stance), Y
Hayate
Nationality- Japanese
Fighting Style- Mugen Tenshin Clan Ninjutsu
4 Costumes
Hayate is the best character in DOA 4. That is not an opinion it is
a fact. He is quick yet powerful and is hard to counter. Hayate is
a monster when it comes to offense and pretty good with defense.
His counters are beyond compare. Hayate to warp to other sides of
the opponent with his lightning flash and has a good throw called
Raijin.
Hayate's Best Moves:
Mugen Rento: Down Diagonal Right+Y,Y
Burai: Up+Y,B
Chiryu: Down Diagonal Left+Y,Y
Tenbu Byakko: Down, Diagonal Down Left, Right,Y,Y,Y
Raijin: Full Rotation of Joystick+X+Y, Left, Right, Up, Down+X+Y, Up
Diagonal Right, Down Diagonal Left, Up Diagonal Left, Down Diagonal
Right+X+Y
Helena
Nationality- French
Fighting Style- Pi Qua Quan
5 Costumes
Helena is one of the hardest characters to learn in DOA History.
However in DOA 4 she is back and better then ever with her new
Bokuho Stance and great attacks.
Helena's Best Moves:
Bokuho Stance: Down+Y+B
Yoshi Nyurin: Down,X,Y
Sensho Rekkai Kyaku: Y,B,B,B
Enbu Kyaku: Y,Y,B
Ein
Nationality- Japanese
Fighting Style- Karate
4 Costumes
Before Hayate regained his memory he was known as Ein. He trained
with Hitomi and became a Karate Master. Ein is a very good player.
You will be using a lot of charge up attacks with him.
Ein's Best Moves:
Fujin: Down,Y
Azuma: Left, Right+Y
Mae Keriage: Left+B
Low Punch: Down,Y
Hokage: Down Diagonal Right, Down Diagonal Right,X,Y
Gen Fu
Nationality- Chinese
Fighting Style- Xing Yi Quan
4 Costumes
Known as the legendary Iron Fist Gen Fu returns and stands up to his
name. He has a lot of strong attacks and good power. He uses
strong stances to base his attacks. Gen Fu is the master of Eliot
and both are beneficial to any DOA 4 Player to Master.
Gen Fu's Best Moves:
Banchu: Right+Y,Y,Y
Yokei: Down, Down,Y
Sen Shippo: Down, Down Diagonal Left, Left,Y
Leon
Nationality- Italian
Fighting Style- Commando Sambo
4 Costumes
The famous grappler is back from DOA 2. Although he was similar to
Bayman in this game he has a lot of his own good counters and throw
combos. Learn at least one throw combo.
Leon's Best Moves:
Rush Knee: Y,Y,Right,Y,B
Smash Giant Uppercut: Up+Y,Y,Y
Blast Roundhouse: Left,Y,B
Spinning Low Punch: Down Diagonal Left+Y
Cross Slash: Down Diagonal Right, Down Diagonal Right+Y
Tengu
Nationality- Unknown
Fighting Style- Unknown
2 Costumes
The Boss from DOA 2 makes a special appearance for DOA 4. Tengu was
cheap in DOA Ultimate. But know he is no good at all. He has easy
to predict attacks and stupid counters. To get good with Tengu you
will need a lot of work and a lot of patience. All though I watched
my friend play as Tengu and he shows that Tengu can leave you dazed
and confused.
Tengu's Best Moves:
Hauchiwa Gaeshi: Down+Y,Y
That's it. I'm serious this is really the only effective move.
Spartan-458
Nationality- Martian
Fighting Style- Unknown
7 Costumes
Fans of Halo and Halo 2 will immediately recognize Spartan-458.
Spartan-458 is actually an effective character. She (that's right
she) has good throws including the awesome plasma grenade throw!
Spartan-458's Best Moves:
Ghost Destroyer Combo: Right+B, Y
Wrath of Reach: Down, Diagonal Left, Left,X,Y
Plasma Grenade Stick: Left, Down Diagonal Left, Down, Down Diagonal
Right, Right+X+Y (not all that hard.)
Difficult Throws/Moves
A. Raijin
Raijin is a throw combo performed by Hayate. It is the hardest move
in the game and it is very damaging in battle. Although it isn't
one of those moves you do every fight it is good every now and then.
If you want the Hayate System Voice and the Alpha-152 System Voice
then your going to have to do it in exercise mode. Here are a few
steps to make Raijin a piece of cake.
1. Although surprisingly the hardest part of the throw is setting it
up. I recommend you use the joystick for this part. Most people
perform another throw that sends you to the other side which is very
annoying. Do a simple punch then start from the joystick down
position and do a rotation then hit X+Y. This should kick the
opponent into the air and combo throw should light up on the left
side of the screen. Practice this a lot till you get it every time.
2. The next part is Left, Right, Up, and Down. Most people use the
D Pad for this but the Joystick is the best once again. It takes a
few seconds to switch to the D Pad and a lot of the time you run out
of time. Practice it on the ground for a long time. When it is in
your head do step number one then do step number two. Start as soon
as he puts the opponent over him.
3. The final step is four simple diagonal buttons. This again is
not that hard. Do the commands on the ground (hit X+Y as well so it
is in your head too) and then do steps number one and two. As soon
as Hayate goes up and does flip kicks start immediately. This
should finish the throw. If you do it Congratulations you have just
done the hardest throw in the game!
B. Izuna-Otoshi
Izuna-Otoshi is a combo throw performed by Ryu Hayabusa and is very
damaging if performed off of heights. Do not pay attention to the
command list as it lies. Izuna-Otoshi isn't really all that hard if
you know the secret.
1. Like Hayate's Raijin the hardest part of this throw is setting it
up. Hit Y and then do the command as listed to send him/her into
the air. Practice this a couple of times.
2. On the next part the instructions lie. All you have to do is
randomly spin the joystick and hit X+Y this should finish the throw.
That wasn't so hard now was it?
C. Obero
This is a move performed by Kasumi. This is like Izuna-Otoshi. It
looks hard but really isn't. In fact there is only one step.
1. Hit Y+B and hold right if Y+B miss Kasumi will slide forward at
this time hit X+Y. This will perform the move. Congratulations!
Secrets
There are a couple of neat secrets that Tecmo and Team Ninja put
into the game. Here they are:
Play as La Mariposa without her mask: That's right you can play as
La Mariposa without her mask. Just beat story mode at least once
then pick any costume with X. On the Kitty Costume La Mariposa has
you can hit X and she will have a Kitty mask on. I think it is
Costume 4, but I could be wrong.
Change Hairstyles for Kasumi: Kasumi has a number of different
hairstyles. To do so select a costume with A,X,Y, or Start.
Change Hairstyles for Lei Fang: Like Kasumi Lei Fang's hairstyle can
be altered by selecting a costume with A,B,X,Y, or start.
Lei Fang wearing glasses: Select a costume with X to see Lei Fang
with glasses on.
Hitomi with blonde hair: Select Costume Eight with X or Y.
Unfortunately this is the only costume you can play as Hitomi with
blonde hair.
Unlocking Guide
There are a number of unlockables in DOA 4 and here they are:
Ein: Beat Story Mode with Hitomi
Gen Fu: Beat Story Mode with Eliot
Leon: Beat Story Mode with Zack
Helena: Beat Story Mode with all characters
Spartan-458: Beat Story Mode with Helena
Tengu: Beat Time Attack mode with all characters including
unlockables
Biolab Core Stage: Beat Story Mode one time with any character
Nassau Station Stage: Unlock Spartan-458
Tatami Stage in Versus Mode: Unlock all characters, all costumes,
beat story mode with all characters at least once, and unlock all
system voices with all characters including unlockables
Unlocking Costumes: There are three ways to unlock costumes. One
you can beat Story Mode one time for the desirable costume, two you
can beat time attack mode one time each for the desirable costume,
or you can simply buy it from Zack's Shop in Online Play.
Frequently Asked Questions
Q: Is there really a difference in fighting styles?
A: Yes, there is. There is actually a huge difference. Different
styles mean different combos and juggling opportunities.
Q: Do you have Online Play?
A: No. I had it but now my money is tight so I'm sorry!
Q: Can you use weapons in DOA 4?
A: No. Although it would be a good idea, you can't.
Q: Who is your best character?
A: Honestly it is a tie between Ryu Hayabusa, Brad Wong, and Hayate.
But if I had to choose it would be Hayate.
Q: Do you mind questions like "who is your favorite character?" or
"what is your favorite game?"
A: Not at all. I like hearing other gamers' opinions on things. I
like answering questions like that. Just make the subject "DOA 4
Question" or I will most likely delete it.
Q: Are you going to write any more FAQs? If so will they be posted
on GameFAQs?
A: Yes, I'm writing more FAQs and yes they will be posted on
GameFAQs.
Q: Will you write any FAQs for any other DOA games like DOA Ultimate
or DOA Extreme Beach Volleyball?
A: The answer is no. The only DOA game I have played is DOA 4. If
they come out with DOA 5 or DOA Extreme Beach Volleyball 2 I will be
sure to buy the game and write a FAQ for the game.
Q: Do you update your DOA 4 FAQ often?
A: Yes, I try to update it as much as possible.
Contacting Me
If you have a question or would like to contribute to this FAQ
please send me an e-mail to benb4hockey@nc.rr.com. If you do
contribute I will be sure to credit you. I check my e-mail everyday
so I will get back to you ASAP.
Credits
I would like to give credit to the following people for helping me
with this FAQ:
Prima Publishing: For helping with me the command lists and
suggesting a few of the characters' good moves.
Amazingly Wonderful: For giving me the correct nationality for Gen
Fu and Leon, a correction on Christie's punches, and that about
mastering characters.
ArcHarry and Cyber Claw: For informing me of Spartan-458's real
name.
Apoc: For informing me of Leon's Fighting Style.
Drew Baye: For stating Jeet Kune Do is not the same fighting style
as Jackie Chan.
Thanks a lot you guys!
Mercredi 19 septembre 2007
3
19
/09
/2007
00:10
-
Recommander
-
Par yagami
-
Ecrire un commentaire
Publié dans : xbox 360 guides - Voir les 0 commentaires
*******************************************************************************
Part One
Section 1
The Car Ride and Graves End Construction Site
*******************************************************************************
Achievement: Roadkill (10 Points)
Achievement: Up Close and Personal (5 Points)
Achievement: Executioner (10 Points)
Achievement: Knuckle, Meet Face (5 Points)
Collectable: #1
Collectable: #89
The first part of the game is a car ride while the intro credits roll. While
sitting in the back seat you can do nothing but look around, you can’t start
shooting until you move to the front seat.
You can start shooting when the onscreen indicator states Press RB to shoot
your shotgun.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACHIEVEMENT: ROADKILL
The very first achievement is earned by shooting six of the construction works
as the car speeds through the tunnels. It might take a bit of practice to get
this one done.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Once you are walking, head go to the other side of the car and help Mikey.
Take the guns and then go through the entire dialog with Mikey. Once you are
done shoot the padlock on the right side of the door beside Mikey.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
COLLECTABLE: #1
As soon the door opens you will see a flashing paper on the floor. Pick this
up to receive collectable #1
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Continue down the hallway, open the lift gate and press the button to ascend
to the second floor. The two people talking will attack you when they see
you, so be ready. Once you have killed them go through the door behind them
and continue on.
The next enemy you will meet will have his back to you. Walk up close up to
him and use RT or LT to do an execution attack, notated by your onscreen
indicator.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACHIEVEMENT: UP CLOSE AND PERSONAL
Your first execution will get you this.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACHIEVEMENT: EXECUTIONER
A cheap and dirty way to get this achievement is to just execute this guy and
let the next 2 enemies kill you so you reload the checkpoint 20 seconds back.
Each time you kill this tutorial enemy counts toward your 25 execution moves.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Once he goes down 2 more will come out after you from farther ahead.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACHIEVEMENT: Knuckle, Meet Face
When you run out of ammo for one of your guns, use it to melee someone to
death.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Enter the building on the right and go through the right door. In the next room
there will be 3 more workers to kill. About 30 seconds after you dispatch them
two more enemies will come in from behind you the same way you entered and
attack. Finish them off and head up the lift.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
COLLECTABLE: #89
The lift will take you all the way to the top, but jump down onto the second
level catwalk and follow it all the way around.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Get back on the lift and get off when it stops on the 3rd floor catwalk and
head for the door at the end. There is one guy peaking out the door, waste
him and continue through. Go out the window and up the ladder to the right.
Some guy will break out the window across the way and start shooting at you.
Jump up on the dumpster and get through that window.
Follow the hallway and enter the open door on the left. Watch the TV.
*******************************************************************************
Part One
Section 2
Trinity Cemetery
*******************************************************************************
Achievement: Happy Birthday (25 Points)
Achievement: Rogue Killer (15 Points)
Achievement: Summoner (5 Points)
Achievement: Legendary Summoner (25 Points)
Collectable: #29
Collectable: #2
Turn to the right, go out the door under the exit sign, and go down the stairs.
At the bottom of the stairs turn left and you will see a door on the right
hand side with a yellow high voltage sign.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
COLLECTABLE: #29
Behind that door with the yellow high voltage sign is collectable #29, you can
see it through the window. The grate on the bottom of the door can be shot
out, but you need your creeping darkness power to get in. So just take note
of this door and come back when you receive your creeping dark power.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Continue down the hallway and out the door, follow the path right and then
defeat the 8 enemies in the graveyard. The fight starts with just 2 guys,
but more will start jumping over the walls as you kill off people.
Head left and go down into the bathrooms. If you got turned around from
fighting go to the car parked behind the gates, and look right. You’ll see the
way.
Go down into this room and follow it around until you see the homeless man,
talk to him, then head back out.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACHIEVEMENT: HAPPY BIRTHDAY
Freebie for acquiring the creeping dark power.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACHIEVEMENT: ROGUE KILLER
Use your new creeping dark power to kill 15 enemies.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACHIEVEMENT: SUMMONER
Summon 5 Darklings during the course of the game.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACHIEVEMENT: LEGENDARY SUMMONER
Summon 50 Darklings during the course of the game.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Eat all the hearts of the newly dead and summon a berserker. He’ll go move the
car so you can open the gate and get out. But before you leave, go back to the
door with the yellow high voltage sign at the beginning of this section. Once
there press the RB button to use the creeping dark power to enter through the
door grate and retrieve collectable #29.
Now go back out through the newly opened gate.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
COLLECTABLE: #2
Directly to your left across the street you will see a garage door with a word
spray painted on it (Rattaggare or something ) that is only opened slightly.
Use your creeping dark power to get under it and pick up the paper.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Turn left and go to the little building at the end of this street. You will see
a small vent, send your creeping dark down to kill the enemy. Retract the
creeping dark and turn to you left to go down the steps into the Canal Street
Station.
*******************************************************************************
Part One
Section 3
Canal Street Station
*******************************************************************************
Achievement: Picking Up Stuff (5 Points)
Collectable: #34
Collectable: #19
Collectable: #88
Collectable: #3
As soon as you walk forward you’ll receive a page from Jenny. Once you walk
forward in to the waiting area before the gates head left to the telephone.
Use the phone and you’ll automatically call Jenney. Use the phone again to
turn in your collectables.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACHIEVEMENT: PICKING UP STUFF
Use the phone to turn in a collectable you have found. You get this achievement
for turning in the first one.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
COLLECTABLE: #34
Look directly to the right of the phone and behind the information Kiosk
(looks like a white ATM machine).
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Continue down in to the station, stop and talk to Enzo Scardina on the way
down. Continue straight; don’t turn right and go down to the train loading area
just yet. Head up to the Lower East Side Exit area and go through the toll
gates. Look to your right.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
COLLECTABLE: #19
Look behind the Information Kiosk in the Lower East Side Subway Exit Area.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Now go back to the 3 way intersection and turn left to go down to the subway
boarding area.
As soon as you get down the stairs turn left and face the subway tracks.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
COLLECTABLE: #88
Look left down the tracks and you will see a glowing paper down in the tunnel
where the subway emerges from. Jump down and grab it, just watch out for the
train.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
COLLECTABLE: #3
As soon as you grab collectable #88 jump right back up on to the platform.
In front of you there will be a door that says Employees Only and the glowing
paper will be on the ground beside it.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Head up the stairs opposite of the ones you came down, this is the Chinatown
exit. Just keep going forward and talk to Nicky Barruci. Then keep going up
and exit into Chinatown.
*******************************************************************************
Part One
Section 4
Chinatown and Jenney’s Apartment.
*******************************************************************************
Achievement: Romantic (10 Points)
Collectable: #5
Collectable: #91
Collectable: #53
Collectable: #90
Collectable: #44
Darkling Suit: #1 - Potato Sack Outfit
Sidequest: #1 - Peter Chen
Darkness: Level 2 - 15 Hearts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
DARKLING SUIT: #1 - Potato Sack Outfit
As soon as you exit the subway and come to the stop of the steps look straight
ahead. You will see a glowing glass case propped up against the wall. Smash the
glass and grab the outfit.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Right when you get street side six goons are going to open fire on directly in
front of you.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
COLLECTABLE: #5
Head up to the car in the intersection (Orchid St and Plum St) and head right.
At the end you’ll see two cargo containers and a dumpster to your right. Look
beside the left side of the dumpster for the glowing paper.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
COLLECTABLE: #91
From the intersection again (where the car is) head right and take a left down
Lester Street. Follow it to the end. On the right side of the street you will
see a phone booth and a newspaper kiosk right beside it. The flashy paper is
on the ground by the newspaper kiosk.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
COLLECTABLE: #53
Go back to the car and head left instead of right. Go all the way down the
street until it turns right. Around that corner will be two goons, kill them
and look for the side entrance to the building they were standing by. Just
move forward down the street a bit and look at the building. You’ll see an
opening in the building with a light coming from around the corner. Head in to
get the collectable.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
COLLECTABLE #90
Head back to the car again, but this time go straight forward. As you go down
the alley and you will see a chain link fence to the right. Go behind that
and you’ll see the note on the ground.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Go straight ahead down the alley behind the car. The alley will turn left then
you will be at a go-left-or-right intersection. Go left and you should hear
Jenney yelling "Jackie, over here!" Look up and you will see her waving out her
window. Enter the door beneath her and head up to apartment 11 - it’s on the
third floor, door to the left.
Blow out the candles on the cake and then go through the dialog with Jenney.
Follow her into the next room and take Butcher’s note on the table to the
right. Then sit down on the couch with Jenney.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACHIEVEMENT: ROMANTIC
Just sit on the couch with Jenney until you get this achievement. Don’t take
the option to get up and leave. Just wait it out, it’s almost over when she
kisses you.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Once you are done on the couch, stand up and use the phone on the table to call
Butcher Joyce. Head back down stairs and head outside. Go forward up the alley
and you will see a man run by yelling "You have the wrong guy!" Kill the two
goons that are chasing him - don’t shoot the man they were chasing!
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
COLLECTABLE: #44
SIDEQUEST #1 - PETER CHEN
Talk to Peter Chen, the man you just saved from the 2 mobsters, and tell him
the truth. He will give you collectable #44.
THIS IS THE ONLY TIME YOU CAN RETRIEVE THIS COLLECTABLE
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
On the main road head left, it will bend left turning into George Street. A
car will come barrelling down, kill the 2 hitmen that get out. As you continue
forward you will see three mobsters come from Doyers Alley (there is a neon
sign pointing to the Green Olive Grove Restaurant at the alley entrance).
Head down the alley.
This is the delivery area for the Green Olive Grove Restaurant. There will be
2 mobsters talking back here. Finish them, jump up on to the car and head in
the door in the back. It’ll lead you to the Lower East Side.
You should reach darkness level 2 during this section if you are eating every
heart you can.
*******************************************************************************
Part One
Section 5
Lower East Side and the Whitefish Pool Hall
*******************************************************************************
Collectable: #6
Collectable: #7
Collectable: #35
Head inside, ignore Butcher for a moment and look to your left. You’ll see a
door right beside the one you just came through.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
COLLECTABLE #6
When you walk through the door and meet Butcher for the first time, look to
the left to see a door beside the one you just entered. Enter the door and look
on the shelving unit to grab this collectable.
THIS IS THE ONLY TIME YOU CAN RETRIEVE THIS COLLECTABLE
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Grab the body bag like Butcher asks and follow him outside to drop the bag in
the trunk. Head back into the building when he tells you and remove all the
lights in the restaurant. Summon a darkling from the summoning pool in the
back corner and fight your way out.
*Note* A chopper is going to start following and shooting at you for this
part. Just avoid it; you don’t have the firepower to take down a chopper - so
save your ammo.
A quick break down for the fight is this. An armoured car will back into the
restaurant through the wall and three SWA T members will emerge. Once they are
dead two more SWAT will kick in the doors. After that there will be four
regular police officers out by the police cruiser on the street. A berserker
darkling and the creeping dark power make that part easy.
Once they are down head down the street to the right. Follow it as it turns
left and a police cruiser will skid to a stop in front of you. Take cover to
the left, summon a Berserker Darkling, and help him defeat the cops.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
COLLECTABLE #7
Right behind the police car that skidded to a halt in front of you is a phone
booth. On the ground inside that booth is your flashing paper.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Turn down the alley just left of that police car, head down to the end and
there is a ladder you can climb up in front of the chain fence on the right
side. Drop off the catwalk right away and take cover behind the cargo
container. Summon another darkling as another police cruiser with two cops in
it arrives.
Go straight past the police car and look at the metal fence on the left side.
There is an opening you can squeeze through towards the back wall directly
behind the police cruiser. Slip through that opening and another police cruiser
will crash through the padlocked gate.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
COLLECTABLE #35
Behind that police cruiser that crashed through h the gate are two cargo
containers. Use your creeping dark power to get on top of them to retrieve
the collectable.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Head to the stairs behind those two cargo containers and enter the Whitefish
Pool Hall (you’ll zone to Hunterspoint Alley when you enter the building).
Go through the pool hall and out the back.
*******************************************************************************
Part One
Section 6
Dutch Oven Harry
*******************************************************************************
Achievement: Ghandi (10 Points)
Collectable: #8
Collectable: #97
Collectable: #9
Collectable: #57
Collectable: #58
Collectable: #59
Darkling Suit: #2 - Jungle Outfit
Darkness Level 3 - 55 Hearts
This area is not repeatable, so make sure you get everything the first time or
you’ll have to replay this level.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
COLLECTABLE #8
As soon as you leave the pool hall you will see this on the ground right
outside the door.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Talk to Matty Forehand; ask him about Dutch Oven Harry to get the password.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
COLLECTABLE #97
Look at the left wall beside Matty Forehand. There will be a white door with
a grate above it. Use your creeping dark power and go through the grating.
Get down to the floor and head right into the next room. It’s on the floor.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
DARKLING SUIT #2 - Jungle Outfit
It’s in the same room as collectable #97. Just go to the back wall and smash
the glass to get the Jungle Outfit.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Now to the right of this alley is a dumpster. Jump over it and head down the
stairs to the right. Make sure your guns are holstered and walk up to the door
to start a conversation. Tell him what he wants to hear and he’ll let you in.
Make sure to keep your guns holster for now.
Walk forward into the room with the 3 guys watching tv, then turn left and head
up that hallway. Go all the way to the end to talk to roach who is sitting on a
chair. Talk to the Roach and ask about Harry.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACHIEVEMENT: GHANDI
If you made it to the Roach without drawing your guns or killing people you've
earned this achievement.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
COLLECTABLE: #9
On the floor directly to the right of where the Roach was sitting is the
collectable.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Kill the roach and the 7 others in here now. Then push the button on the wall
to the left of where The Roach was sitting. Then head out the door back to the
alley where you came from. Go up the stairs and look at the fire escape to the
left. There will be mobsters on this shooting at you. Take them out and head up
the fire escape.
As you go up the fire escape you will see an open window. Head in and you’ll be
in the bedroom. There are 3 mobsters in this apartment in the living room just
down the hallway.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
COLLECTABLE: #57
After you take out the three mobsters in the apartment, head in to the kitchen
that is too the right. On the floor in front of the stove is the flashy paper.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Head out the front door and be careful of the mobster on the stairwell waiting
for you.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
COLLECTABLE: #58
This one is a bit tricky. As soon as you head out of the door of the apartment,
but before you go up the stairs, look right. It’s a dead end. Shoot out the
light above you and you will see a little bit of light coming from the wall.
Move up to that light and look down. You will see the flashy paper on the
ground behind the plywood barricade. Pick it up.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Go all the way up the stairs and into the room at the end of the hallway. Clear
out the mobsters in here and head up the stairs in the next room to go to the
roof. Jump down to the tracks and eat his heart.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
COLLECTABLE: #59
Right beside Dutch Oven Harry’s corpse on the train tracks.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Then summon a gunner darkling, after he does his thing head down the tracks.
You should have received your level 3 darkness in this level.
*******************************************************************************
Part One
Section 7
Canal Street Station and Fulton Street Station
*******************************************************************************
Achievement: Gatherer (5 Points)
Collectable: #39
Collectable: #41
Collectable: #10
Collectable: #42
SIDEQUEST: #2 - George Hadel
SIDEQUEST: #3 - Ingrid Pulanski
SIDEQUEST: #4 - Charlene Warburton
Head up on to the platform and head to the phone down here to make some calls.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
COLLECTABLE: #39
SIDEQUEST: #2 - George Hadel
Head up to the stairs leading to the Chinatown exit. Once you reach the top of
the first set of stairs talk to George Hadel. Talk about his problem, then head
back down the stairs and look to your right. You will see Compton Scaar leaning
against a pillar. Talk to him about the harmonica-player, then go back up and
talk to George Hadel again.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Hop on the next train to Fulton station.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
COLLECTABLE: #41
SIDEQUEST: #3 - Ingrid Pulanski
As soon as you get off the train you will see an old woman wearing a brown
jacket. Walk up to her and she tells you that she lost the bracelet her husband
gave to her. If you are looking at the train track you’ll see a pillar directly
to the left of Ingrid Pulanski. Now, in the middle, between that pillar and the
pillar to the left of it you will find the bracelet down on the tracks. Be sure
to hop out quick or get nailed by a train.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
COLLECTABLE: #95
Go into the men’s bathroom behind Ingrid Pulanski here in Fulton Station and go
to the last stall, it’s on the floor.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
COLLECTABLE: #10
Walk to the other side of the platform and you will hear some loud music and
some people break dancing. Look across the tracks a little farther up from them
and there and you will see the flashing paper.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACHIEVEMENT: GATHERER
If you have turned in ever collectable so far you have earned this achievement.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
COLLECTABLE: #42
SIDEQUEST: #4 - Charlene Warburton
By the tracks where you grabbed collectable #10 you will see a woman wearing
a red hat. Talk to her and she will throw for coins down onto the tracks. Just
jump down before she throws them and spam the A button until you get them all.
Watch out for the train.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Head up the exit to St. Mary’s Orphanage, head all the way to the exit. Once
the conversations are over and you have gone through all the dialog options go
back down to the platform and out the other exit to Grinder’s Lane.
*******************************************************************************
Part One
Section 8
Grinder’s Lane
*******************************************************************************
Collectable # 60
Collectable # 62
Collectable #36
Collectable #11
Head forward and talk to the man there to get an idea of how to get in. Move
left down the street and around the corner. You’ll hear some mobster talking,
look up at the wall and you’ll see the large sign on top of the wall for
Grinder’s Lane Abattoir. Send your creeping dark up this and down the other
side and smash the electrical box, which will open the gate.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
COLLECTABLE: #60
As soon as you are done talking to the man turn around and look above the
subway entrance. You’ll see three windows and the glass is breakable. Send
yours creeping dark up to the far right window after you shoot it out. On the
floor is the collectable.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Enter through the gate and kill the two guards in the court yard. Head up the
right side of this area and you will see a door with a Flammable Materials sign
beside it. Go in and grab the gasoline. Leave the room, and use the button on
the door to your right to open it.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
COLLECTABLE: #62
As you exit the room where you picked up the gas can look up. There is a tin
roof /overhang here. Send your creeping dark up the wall and up onto of it.
Up there you will find the flashy paper towards the back.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Go through and head through the door on the right, then through the next door
to the left. In this room take out the light and summon a darkling. Through
this next door is 2 more summoning pits and a bunch of enemies. Clear them out
and head to the door at towards the back of the room on the left side.
There are more mobsters behind this door too. Once you have taken care of
them go to the door at the back of the room on the right side. You’ll see a
glass window and some mobsters inside guarding a big pile of money. Use yours
creeping dark to get in and open the door. After they are all dead set the
money on fire.
If you are having problems getting through that small window without getting
shot, head through the locker-room door on the left. Follow the path and you
will see three vending machines. Head through the door to the right and take
an immediate right. Go through the door and you will see a vent on the bottom
of the wall in front of you. Shoot it out and send your creeping dark through
here. Take out the electrical box at the end to open the door. Now backtrack
to that room again and the door is opened for you. Light the money on fire.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
COLLECTABLE: #36
This is in the vent where you sent your creeping dark through to smash the
electrical box. If you go through full speed you’ll miss it. If you opted to
go through the glass on the door, look up and to the left to see the vent.
Send your creeping dark up there to grab the note.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Regardless of what way you chose, head back through the locker room door. At
the door by the vending machines turn left instead. There is one guy with
headphones who can’t hear you coming behind the first door on the right.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
COLLECTABLE: #11
Behind the second door on the right side you will enter an office. There is
a white board on the right wall and a computer desk on the left. The flashing
paper is on the floor by the chair at the computer desk.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Follow this way till you see the two bathrooms and exit out the left door
back to the courtyard. Head back down to the subway station and go all the
way through it to the other side to where you were talking to Jimmy and Jenney.
Talk to Jimmy here and then go past him and out the subway exit to St. Mary’s
Orphanage.
*******************************************************************************
Part One
Section 9
St. Mary’s Orphanage
*******************************************************************************
Achievement: Beginnings (25 Points)
Collectable: #12
Collectable: #98
Collectable: #100
Collectable: #99
Stay on the stairs and listen to the mobsters. Continue up and kill the three
of them when they are done talking.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
COLLECTABLE# 12
Go all the way down to the end of the street. Look to your right and you will
see a ramp. Use your creeping dark to go under the ramp and grab the
collectable.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Head through the archway and towards St. Mary’s Orphanage.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
COLLECTABLE: #98
Before you go inside St. Mary’s Orphanage use your creeping dark to get to the
balcony above the main entrance. Up there in front of the main door is the
collectable.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Go through the main doors of the Orphanage.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
COLLECTABLE: #100
Instead of going right go to the left through the doors first. Go up to the
landing on the left and look behind the desks.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Head through the doors to the right and up the stairs, you’ll enter a burnt out
area. Take the door to the left to enter the kitchen and keep going through the
next door to the freezer. Watch the scene, then back track to the burnt out
area. Go to the open door to the back right and up the stairs. At the top there
will be two doors. Stand here and watch the scene.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
COLLECTABLE: #99
Enter through the right door and hop across all the gaps to the door to your
right. Look on the floor.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Enter through the left door, watch the next scene and head through the right
door, then the left door.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACHIEVEMENT: BEGINNINGS
Earn this for finishing the first part of the game.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
*******************************************************************************
Part Two
Section 1
The Trenches
*******************************************************************************
Achievement: No Man’s Land (25 Points)
Achievement: Ripper (25 Points)
Collectable: #14
Collectable: #13
Collectable: #63
Collectable: #38
Wake up and grab the guns to your left. Then proceed forward through the
trenches taking out all the enemies. As you move forward you will be given the
Demon Arm power. Use this to clear out the rubble in the way. You call also
spear enemies and objects with it. If you hold down the RB button you can
carry them around as well.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACHIEVEMENT: NO MAN'S LAND
You earn this achievement for gaining the Demon Arm power.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACHIEVEMENT: RIPPER
Just kill 30 enemies using the Demon Arm power.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
As you are proceeding forward an airplane will crash in front of you blocking
your path. Eat the heart of the dead Nazi in front of the crash. Doing so
allows you to now summon Kamikaze darklings. Summon one to clear a path to the
left. Crouch down and continue through to the end of the trenches. Once the
trenches end you’ll walk up into no man’s land. There are enemies scattered
through out here.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
COLLECTABLE# 14
As soon as you leave the trenches turn right and follow the trenches above
ground. Follow it all the way past the crashed airplane and to the barbed wire
fence. Turn right at the end of the barbwire to enter a bombed out structure
above the trenches. Go all the way to the end and look to the right. You will
see the letter on the floor. Head back to where you exited the trenches.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
COLLECTABLE# 13
Go straight forward from the trenches and you’ll see the remnants of a
building. Go in and look at the ground; you’ll see a wooden trap door. Shoot it
out and go down the ladder. By the dead Nazi you’ll see collectable. Go back
up the ladder.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Head forward all the way to the canyon. Turn right, follow it and you will come
to another bombed out building. Go towards the hill with the crucified man up
top. Be careful, every 30 seconds or so he will cover the hill in his
pestilence which will kill you.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
COLLECTABLE# 63
The man at the top of the hill has a letter laying at his feet.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
There is a wooden bridge on the right side of this hill, follow it. Once across
kill the two Nazi’s and follow the path around to the bunker. You won’t be
able to enter through the metal door, so use your creeping dark to head in the
window to the right. Kill the Nazi and continue down the hall. Once the hall
opens up to the main room look directly to the left. You’ll see the metal door,
move to it and unlock it.
Head in through the metal door with Jackie and clear out the Nazi’s. There will
be a locked door just to your right when you entered. Use your creeping dark
again and go through the small square opening just above the door. Drop down
and unlock the door for yourself, kill the Nazi and head on through. Go left
and summon a Kamikaze darkling, he’ll run to the end and blow a hole through
the wall. Head out through the opening.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
COLLECTABLE# 38
As soon as you exit through the hole yours darkling blew open turn around and
use your creeping dark power. Head up the wall of the bunker, over the top and
look down the opposite side. You’ll have move to the left a bit, but keep
looking over the side and you’ll see the flashy paper on a ledge.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Just go straight forwards and keep walking through No Man’s Land. You’ll
see the British Flag in the distance. Head to it.
*****************************************
Part Two
Section 2
The Passage Way and the Village
*****************************************
Almost done all of part two while writing this.
Part One
Section 1
The Car Ride and Graves End Construction Site
*******************************************************************************
Achievement: Roadkill (10 Points)
Achievement: Up Close and Personal (5 Points)
Achievement: Executioner (10 Points)
Achievement: Knuckle, Meet Face (5 Points)
Collectable: #1
Collectable: #89
The first part of the game is a car ride while the intro credits roll. While
sitting in the back seat you can do nothing but look around, you can’t start
shooting until you move to the front seat.
You can start shooting when the onscreen indicator states Press RB to shoot
your shotgun.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACHIEVEMENT: ROADKILL
The very first achievement is earned by shooting six of the construction works
as the car speeds through the tunnels. It might take a bit of practice to get
this one done.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Once you are walking, head go to the other side of the car and help Mikey.
Take the guns and then go through the entire dialog with Mikey. Once you are
done shoot the padlock on the right side of the door beside Mikey.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
COLLECTABLE: #1
As soon the door opens you will see a flashing paper on the floor. Pick this
up to receive collectable #1
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Continue down the hallway, open the lift gate and press the button to ascend
to the second floor. The two people talking will attack you when they see
you, so be ready. Once you have killed them go through the door behind them
and continue on.
The next enemy you will meet will have his back to you. Walk up close up to
him and use RT or LT to do an execution attack, notated by your onscreen
indicator.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACHIEVEMENT: UP CLOSE AND PERSONAL
Your first execution will get you this.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACHIEVEMENT: EXECUTIONER
A cheap and dirty way to get this achievement is to just execute this guy and
let the next 2 enemies kill you so you reload the checkpoint 20 seconds back.
Each time you kill this tutorial enemy counts toward your 25 execution moves.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Once he goes down 2 more will come out after you from farther ahead.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACHIEVEMENT: Knuckle, Meet Face
When you run out of ammo for one of your guns, use it to melee someone to
death.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Enter the building on the right and go through the right door. In the next room
there will be 3 more workers to kill. About 30 seconds after you dispatch them
two more enemies will come in from behind you the same way you entered and
attack. Finish them off and head up the lift.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
COLLECTABLE: #89
The lift will take you all the way to the top, but jump down onto the second
level catwalk and follow it all the way around.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Get back on the lift and get off when it stops on the 3rd floor catwalk and
head for the door at the end. There is one guy peaking out the door, waste
him and continue through. Go out the window and up the ladder to the right.
Some guy will break out the window across the way and start shooting at you.
Jump up on the dumpster and get through that window.
Follow the hallway and enter the open door on the left. Watch the TV.
*******************************************************************************
Part One
Section 2
Trinity Cemetery
*******************************************************************************
Achievement: Happy Birthday (25 Points)
Achievement: Rogue Killer (15 Points)
Achievement: Summoner (5 Points)
Achievement: Legendary Summoner (25 Points)
Collectable: #29
Collectable: #2
Turn to the right, go out the door under the exit sign, and go down the stairs.
At the bottom of the stairs turn left and you will see a door on the right
hand side with a yellow high voltage sign.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
COLLECTABLE: #29
Behind that door with the yellow high voltage sign is collectable #29, you can
see it through the window. The grate on the bottom of the door can be shot
out, but you need your creeping darkness power to get in. So just take note
of this door and come back when you receive your creeping dark power.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Continue down the hallway and out the door, follow the path right and then
defeat the 8 enemies in the graveyard. The fight starts with just 2 guys,
but more will start jumping over the walls as you kill off people.
Head left and go down into the bathrooms. If you got turned around from
fighting go to the car parked behind the gates, and look right. You’ll see the
way.
Go down into this room and follow it around until you see the homeless man,
talk to him, then head back out.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACHIEVEMENT: HAPPY BIRTHDAY
Freebie for acquiring the creeping dark power.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACHIEVEMENT: ROGUE KILLER
Use your new creeping dark power to kill 15 enemies.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACHIEVEMENT: SUMMONER
Summon 5 Darklings during the course of the game.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACHIEVEMENT: LEGENDARY SUMMONER
Summon 50 Darklings during the course of the game.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Eat all the hearts of the newly dead and summon a berserker. He’ll go move the
car so you can open the gate and get out. But before you leave, go back to the
door with the yellow high voltage sign at the beginning of this section. Once
there press the RB button to use the creeping dark power to enter through the
door grate and retrieve collectable #29.
Now go back out through the newly opened gate.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
COLLECTABLE: #2
Directly to your left across the street you will see a garage door with a word
spray painted on it (Rattaggare or something ) that is only opened slightly.
Use your creeping dark power to get under it and pick up the paper.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Turn left and go to the little building at the end of this street. You will see
a small vent, send your creeping dark down to kill the enemy. Retract the
creeping dark and turn to you left to go down the steps into the Canal Street
Station.
*******************************************************************************
Part One
Section 3
Canal Street Station
*******************************************************************************
Achievement: Picking Up Stuff (5 Points)
Collectable: #34
Collectable: #19
Collectable: #88
Collectable: #3
As soon as you walk forward you’ll receive a page from Jenny. Once you walk
forward in to the waiting area before the gates head left to the telephone.
Use the phone and you’ll automatically call Jenney. Use the phone again to
turn in your collectables.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACHIEVEMENT: PICKING UP STUFF
Use the phone to turn in a collectable you have found. You get this achievement
for turning in the first one.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
COLLECTABLE: #34
Look directly to the right of the phone and behind the information Kiosk
(looks like a white ATM machine).
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Continue down in to the station, stop and talk to Enzo Scardina on the way
down. Continue straight; don’t turn right and go down to the train loading area
just yet. Head up to the Lower East Side Exit area and go through the toll
gates. Look to your right.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
COLLECTABLE: #19
Look behind the Information Kiosk in the Lower East Side Subway Exit Area.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Now go back to the 3 way intersection and turn left to go down to the subway
boarding area.
As soon as you get down the stairs turn left and face the subway tracks.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
COLLECTABLE: #88
Look left down the tracks and you will see a glowing paper down in the tunnel
where the subway emerges from. Jump down and grab it, just watch out for the
train.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
COLLECTABLE: #3
As soon as you grab collectable #88 jump right back up on to the platform.
In front of you there will be a door that says Employees Only and the glowing
paper will be on the ground beside it.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Head up the stairs opposite of the ones you came down, this is the Chinatown
exit. Just keep going forward and talk to Nicky Barruci. Then keep going up
and exit into Chinatown.
*******************************************************************************
Part One
Section 4
Chinatown and Jenney’s Apartment.
*******************************************************************************
Achievement: Romantic (10 Points)
Collectable: #5
Collectable: #91
Collectable: #53
Collectable: #90
Collectable: #44
Darkling Suit: #1 - Potato Sack Outfit
Sidequest: #1 - Peter Chen
Darkness: Level 2 - 15 Hearts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
DARKLING SUIT: #1 - Potato Sack Outfit
As soon as you exit the subway and come to the stop of the steps look straight
ahead. You will see a glowing glass case propped up against the wall. Smash the
glass and grab the outfit.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Right when you get street side six goons are going to open fire on directly in
front of you.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
COLLECTABLE: #5
Head up to the car in the intersection (Orchid St and Plum St) and head right.
At the end you’ll see two cargo containers and a dumpster to your right. Look
beside the left side of the dumpster for the glowing paper.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
COLLECTABLE: #91
From the intersection again (where the car is) head right and take a left down
Lester Street. Follow it to the end. On the right side of the street you will
see a phone booth and a newspaper kiosk right beside it. The flashy paper is
on the ground by the newspaper kiosk.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
COLLECTABLE: #53
Go back to the car and head left instead of right. Go all the way down the
street until it turns right. Around that corner will be two goons, kill them
and look for the side entrance to the building they were standing by. Just
move forward down the street a bit and look at the building. You’ll see an
opening in the building with a light coming from around the corner. Head in to
get the collectable.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
COLLECTABLE #90
Head back to the car again, but this time go straight forward. As you go down
the alley and you will see a chain link fence to the right. Go behind that
and you’ll see the note on the ground.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Go straight ahead down the alley behind the car. The alley will turn left then
you will be at a go-left-or-right intersection. Go left and you should hear
Jenney yelling "Jackie, over here!" Look up and you will see her waving out her
window. Enter the door beneath her and head up to apartment 11 - it’s on the
third floor, door to the left.
Blow out the candles on the cake and then go through the dialog with Jenney.
Follow her into the next room and take Butcher’s note on the table to the
right. Then sit down on the couch with Jenney.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACHIEVEMENT: ROMANTIC
Just sit on the couch with Jenney until you get this achievement. Don’t take
the option to get up and leave. Just wait it out, it’s almost over when she
kisses you.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Once you are done on the couch, stand up and use the phone on the table to call
Butcher Joyce. Head back down stairs and head outside. Go forward up the alley
and you will see a man run by yelling "You have the wrong guy!" Kill the two
goons that are chasing him - don’t shoot the man they were chasing!
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
COLLECTABLE: #44
SIDEQUEST #1 - PETER CHEN
Talk to Peter Chen, the man you just saved from the 2 mobsters, and tell him
the truth. He will give you collectable #44.
THIS IS THE ONLY TIME YOU CAN RETRIEVE THIS COLLECTABLE
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
On the main road head left, it will bend left turning into George Street. A
car will come barrelling down, kill the 2 hitmen that get out. As you continue
forward you will see three mobsters come from Doyers Alley (there is a neon
sign pointing to the Green Olive Grove Restaurant at the alley entrance).
Head down the alley.
This is the delivery area for the Green Olive Grove Restaurant. There will be
2 mobsters talking back here. Finish them, jump up on to the car and head in
the door in the back. It’ll lead you to the Lower East Side.
You should reach darkness level 2 during this section if you are eating every
heart you can.
*******************************************************************************
Part One
Section 5
Lower East Side and the Whitefish Pool Hall
*******************************************************************************
Collectable: #6
Collectable: #7
Collectable: #35
Head inside, ignore Butcher for a moment and look to your left. You’ll see a
door right beside the one you just came through.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
COLLECTABLE #6
When you walk through the door and meet Butcher for the first time, look to
the left to see a door beside the one you just entered. Enter the door and look
on the shelving unit to grab this collectable.
THIS IS THE ONLY TIME YOU CAN RETRIEVE THIS COLLECTABLE
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Grab the body bag like Butcher asks and follow him outside to drop the bag in
the trunk. Head back into the building when he tells you and remove all the
lights in the restaurant. Summon a darkling from the summoning pool in the
back corner and fight your way out.
*Note* A chopper is going to start following and shooting at you for this
part. Just avoid it; you don’t have the firepower to take down a chopper - so
save your ammo.
A quick break down for the fight is this. An armoured car will back into the
restaurant through the wall and three SWA T members will emerge. Once they are
dead two more SWAT will kick in the doors. After that there will be four
regular police officers out by the police cruiser on the street. A berserker
darkling and the creeping dark power make that part easy.
Once they are down head down the street to the right. Follow it as it turns
left and a police cruiser will skid to a stop in front of you. Take cover to
the left, summon a Berserker Darkling, and help him defeat the cops.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
COLLECTABLE #7
Right behind the police car that skidded to a halt in front of you is a phone
booth. On the ground inside that booth is your flashing paper.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Turn down the alley just left of that police car, head down to the end and
there is a ladder you can climb up in front of the chain fence on the right
side. Drop off the catwalk right away and take cover behind the cargo
container. Summon another darkling as another police cruiser with two cops in
it arrives.
Go straight past the police car and look at the metal fence on the left side.
There is an opening you can squeeze through towards the back wall directly
behind the police cruiser. Slip through that opening and another police cruiser
will crash through the padlocked gate.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
COLLECTABLE #35
Behind that police cruiser that crashed through h the gate are two cargo
containers. Use your creeping dark power to get on top of them to retrieve
the collectable.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Head to the stairs behind those two cargo containers and enter the Whitefish
Pool Hall (you’ll zone to Hunterspoint Alley when you enter the building).
Go through the pool hall and out the back.
*******************************************************************************
Part One
Section 6
Dutch Oven Harry
*******************************************************************************
Achievement: Ghandi (10 Points)
Collectable: #8
Collectable: #97
Collectable: #9
Collectable: #57
Collectable: #58
Collectable: #59
Darkling Suit: #2 - Jungle Outfit
Darkness Level 3 - 55 Hearts
This area is not repeatable, so make sure you get everything the first time or
you’ll have to replay this level.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
COLLECTABLE #8
As soon as you leave the pool hall you will see this on the ground right
outside the door.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Talk to Matty Forehand; ask him about Dutch Oven Harry to get the password.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
COLLECTABLE #97
Look at the left wall beside Matty Forehand. There will be a white door with
a grate above it. Use your creeping dark power and go through the grating.
Get down to the floor and head right into the next room. It’s on the floor.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
DARKLING SUIT #2 - Jungle Outfit
It’s in the same room as collectable #97. Just go to the back wall and smash
the glass to get the Jungle Outfit.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Now to the right of this alley is a dumpster. Jump over it and head down the
stairs to the right. Make sure your guns are holstered and walk up to the door
to start a conversation. Tell him what he wants to hear and he’ll let you in.
Make sure to keep your guns holster for now.
Walk forward into the room with the 3 guys watching tv, then turn left and head
up that hallway. Go all the way to the end to talk to roach who is sitting on a
chair. Talk to the Roach and ask about Harry.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACHIEVEMENT: GHANDI
If you made it to the Roach without drawing your guns or killing people you've
earned this achievement.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
COLLECTABLE: #9
On the floor directly to the right of where the Roach was sitting is the
collectable.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Kill the roach and the 7 others in here now. Then push the button on the wall
to the left of where The Roach was sitting. Then head out the door back to the
alley where you came from. Go up the stairs and look at the fire escape to the
left. There will be mobsters on this shooting at you. Take them out and head up
the fire escape.
As you go up the fire escape you will see an open window. Head in and you’ll be
in the bedroom. There are 3 mobsters in this apartment in the living room just
down the hallway.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
COLLECTABLE: #57
After you take out the three mobsters in the apartment, head in to the kitchen
that is too the right. On the floor in front of the stove is the flashy paper.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Head out the front door and be careful of the mobster on the stairwell waiting
for you.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
COLLECTABLE: #58
This one is a bit tricky. As soon as you head out of the door of the apartment,
but before you go up the stairs, look right. It’s a dead end. Shoot out the
light above you and you will see a little bit of light coming from the wall.
Move up to that light and look down. You will see the flashy paper on the
ground behind the plywood barricade. Pick it up.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Go all the way up the stairs and into the room at the end of the hallway. Clear
out the mobsters in here and head up the stairs in the next room to go to the
roof. Jump down to the tracks and eat his heart.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
COLLECTABLE: #59
Right beside Dutch Oven Harry’s corpse on the train tracks.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Then summon a gunner darkling, after he does his thing head down the tracks.
You should have received your level 3 darkness in this level.
*******************************************************************************
Part One
Section 7
Canal Street Station and Fulton Street Station
*******************************************************************************
Achievement: Gatherer (5 Points)
Collectable: #39
Collectable: #41
Collectable: #10
Collectable: #42
SIDEQUEST: #2 - George Hadel
SIDEQUEST: #3 - Ingrid Pulanski
SIDEQUEST: #4 - Charlene Warburton
Head up on to the platform and head to the phone down here to make some calls.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
COLLECTABLE: #39
SIDEQUEST: #2 - George Hadel
Head up to the stairs leading to the Chinatown exit. Once you reach the top of
the first set of stairs talk to George Hadel. Talk about his problem, then head
back down the stairs and look to your right. You will see Compton Scaar leaning
against a pillar. Talk to him about the harmonica-player, then go back up and
talk to George Hadel again.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Hop on the next train to Fulton station.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
COLLECTABLE: #41
SIDEQUEST: #3 - Ingrid Pulanski
As soon as you get off the train you will see an old woman wearing a brown
jacket. Walk up to her and she tells you that she lost the bracelet her husband
gave to her. If you are looking at the train track you’ll see a pillar directly
to the left of Ingrid Pulanski. Now, in the middle, between that pillar and the
pillar to the left of it you will find the bracelet down on the tracks. Be sure
to hop out quick or get nailed by a train.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
COLLECTABLE: #95
Go into the men’s bathroom behind Ingrid Pulanski here in Fulton Station and go
to the last stall, it’s on the floor.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
COLLECTABLE: #10
Walk to the other side of the platform and you will hear some loud music and
some people break dancing. Look across the tracks a little farther up from them
and there and you will see the flashing paper.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACHIEVEMENT: GATHERER
If you have turned in ever collectable so far you have earned this achievement.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
COLLECTABLE: #42
SIDEQUEST: #4 - Charlene Warburton
By the tracks where you grabbed collectable #10 you will see a woman wearing
a red hat. Talk to her and she will throw for coins down onto the tracks. Just
jump down before she throws them and spam the A button until you get them all.
Watch out for the train.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Head up the exit to St. Mary’s Orphanage, head all the way to the exit. Once
the conversations are over and you have gone through all the dialog options go
back down to the platform and out the other exit to Grinder’s Lane.
*******************************************************************************
Part One
Section 8
Grinder’s Lane
*******************************************************************************
Collectable # 60
Collectable # 62
Collectable #36
Collectable #11
Head forward and talk to the man there to get an idea of how to get in. Move
left down the street and around the corner. You’ll hear some mobster talking,
look up at the wall and you’ll see the large sign on top of the wall for
Grinder’s Lane Abattoir. Send your creeping dark up this and down the other
side and smash the electrical box, which will open the gate.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
COLLECTABLE: #60
As soon as you are done talking to the man turn around and look above the
subway entrance. You’ll see three windows and the glass is breakable. Send
yours creeping dark up to the far right window after you shoot it out. On the
floor is the collectable.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Enter through the gate and kill the two guards in the court yard. Head up the
right side of this area and you will see a door with a Flammable Materials sign
beside it. Go in and grab the gasoline. Leave the room, and use the button on
the door to your right to open it.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
COLLECTABLE: #62
As you exit the room where you picked up the gas can look up. There is a tin
roof /overhang here. Send your creeping dark up the wall and up onto of it.
Up there you will find the flashy paper towards the back.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Go through and head through the door on the right, then through the next door
to the left. In this room take out the light and summon a darkling. Through
this next door is 2 more summoning pits and a bunch of enemies. Clear them out
and head to the door at towards the back of the room on the left side.
There are more mobsters behind this door too. Once you have taken care of
them go to the door at the back of the room on the right side. You’ll see a
glass window and some mobsters inside guarding a big pile of money. Use yours
creeping dark to get in and open the door. After they are all dead set the
money on fire.
If you are having problems getting through that small window without getting
shot, head through the locker-room door on the left. Follow the path and you
will see three vending machines. Head through the door to the right and take
an immediate right. Go through the door and you will see a vent on the bottom
of the wall in front of you. Shoot it out and send your creeping dark through
here. Take out the electrical box at the end to open the door. Now backtrack
to that room again and the door is opened for you. Light the money on fire.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
COLLECTABLE: #36
This is in the vent where you sent your creeping dark through to smash the
electrical box. If you go through full speed you’ll miss it. If you opted to
go through the glass on the door, look up and to the left to see the vent.
Send your creeping dark up there to grab the note.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Regardless of what way you chose, head back through the locker room door. At
the door by the vending machines turn left instead. There is one guy with
headphones who can’t hear you coming behind the first door on the right.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
COLLECTABLE: #11
Behind the second door on the right side you will enter an office. There is
a white board on the right wall and a computer desk on the left. The flashing
paper is on the floor by the chair at the computer desk.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Follow this way till you see the two bathrooms and exit out the left door
back to the courtyard. Head back down to the subway station and go all the
way through it to the other side to where you were talking to Jimmy and Jenney.
Talk to Jimmy here and then go past him and out the subway exit to St. Mary’s
Orphanage.
*******************************************************************************
Part One
Section 9
St. Mary’s Orphanage
*******************************************************************************
Achievement: Beginnings (25 Points)
Collectable: #12
Collectable: #98
Collectable: #100
Collectable: #99
Stay on the stairs and listen to the mobsters. Continue up and kill the three
of them when they are done talking.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
COLLECTABLE# 12
Go all the way down to the end of the street. Look to your right and you will
see a ramp. Use your creeping dark to go under the ramp and grab the
collectable.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Head through the archway and towards St. Mary’s Orphanage.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
COLLECTABLE: #98
Before you go inside St. Mary’s Orphanage use your creeping dark to get to the
balcony above the main entrance. Up there in front of the main door is the
collectable.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Go through the main doors of the Orphanage.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
COLLECTABLE: #100
Instead of going right go to the left through the doors first. Go up to the
landing on the left and look behind the desks.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Head through the doors to the right and up the stairs, you’ll enter a burnt out
area. Take the door to the left to enter the kitchen and keep going through the
next door to the freezer. Watch the scene, then back track to the burnt out
area. Go to the open door to the back right and up the stairs. At the top there
will be two doors. Stand here and watch the scene.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
COLLECTABLE: #99
Enter through the right door and hop across all the gaps to the door to your
right. Look on the floor.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Enter through the left door, watch the next scene and head through the right
door, then the left door.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACHIEVEMENT: BEGINNINGS
Earn this for finishing the first part of the game.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
*******************************************************************************
Part Two
Section 1
The Trenches
*******************************************************************************
Achievement: No Man’s Land (25 Points)
Achievement: Ripper (25 Points)
Collectable: #14
Collectable: #13
Collectable: #63
Collectable: #38
Wake up and grab the guns to your left. Then proceed forward through the
trenches taking out all the enemies. As you move forward you will be given the
Demon Arm power. Use this to clear out the rubble in the way. You call also
spear enemies and objects with it. If you hold down the RB button you can
carry them around as well.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACHIEVEMENT: NO MAN'S LAND
You earn this achievement for gaining the Demon Arm power.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACHIEVEMENT: RIPPER
Just kill 30 enemies using the Demon Arm power.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
As you are proceeding forward an airplane will crash in front of you blocking
your path. Eat the heart of the dead Nazi in front of the crash. Doing so
allows you to now summon Kamikaze darklings. Summon one to clear a path to the
left. Crouch down and continue through to the end of the trenches. Once the
trenches end you’ll walk up into no man’s land. There are enemies scattered
through out here.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
COLLECTABLE# 14
As soon as you leave the trenches turn right and follow the trenches above
ground. Follow it all the way past the crashed airplane and to the barbed wire
fence. Turn right at the end of the barbwire to enter a bombed out structure
above the trenches. Go all the way to the end and look to the right. You will
see the letter on the floor. Head back to where you exited the trenches.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
COLLECTABLE# 13
Go straight forward from the trenches and you’ll see the remnants of a
building. Go in and look at the ground; you’ll see a wooden trap door. Shoot it
out and go down the ladder. By the dead Nazi you’ll see collectable. Go back
up the ladder.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Head forward all the way to the canyon. Turn right, follow it and you will come
to another bombed out building. Go towards the hill with the crucified man up
top. Be careful, every 30 seconds or so he will cover the hill in his
pestilence which will kill you.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
COLLECTABLE# 63
The man at the top of the hill has a letter laying at his feet.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
There is a wooden bridge on the right side of this hill, follow it. Once across
kill the two Nazi’s and follow the path around to the bunker. You won’t be
able to enter through the metal door, so use your creeping dark to head in the
window to the right. Kill the Nazi and continue down the hall. Once the hall
opens up to the main room look directly to the left. You’ll see the metal door,
move to it and unlock it.
Head in through the metal door with Jackie and clear out the Nazi’s. There will
be a locked door just to your right when you entered. Use your creeping dark
again and go through the small square opening just above the door. Drop down
and unlock the door for yourself, kill the Nazi and head on through. Go left
and summon a Kamikaze darkling, he’ll run to the end and blow a hole through
the wall. Head out through the opening.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
COLLECTABLE# 38
As soon as you exit through the hole yours darkling blew open turn around and
use your creeping dark power. Head up the wall of the bunker, over the top and
look down the opposite side. You’ll have move to the left a bit, but keep
looking over the side and you’ll see the flashy paper on a ledge.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Just go straight forwards and keep walking through No Man’s Land. You’ll
see the British Flag in the distance. Head to it.
*****************************************
Part Two
Section 2
The Passage Way and the Village
*****************************************
Almost done all of part two while writing this.
Mercredi 19 septembre 2007
3
19
/09
/2007
00:09
-
Recommander
-
Par yagami
-
Ecrire un commentaire
Publié dans : xbox 360 guides - Voir les 0 commentaires
*****************************************************************************
LOS MUERTOS
*****************************************************************************
=============
Juan Martinez
=============
Start at the Hillside Housing supply point. From there, head towards the boss
symbol on your mini-map. Go to the opposite side of the building from the
supply point and jump onto the ledge of the next building.
Then jump down to the roof of the building on the right, and head towards the
top of the stairs. Go right up to the edge of the roof, and you should see
the building Martinez is on ahead of you. You may even catch a glimpse of him.
Turn to the right and you should see an agility orb in the corner, if you
haven't already collected it. Either way, go to that corner and jump down to
the landing below.
Head towards Martinez's building, across the narrow strip with the explosive
barrels. Press X to switch to your Colby EAR50. On a side note, if you haven't
already collected a shotgun, look for an enemy with one and swap it for your
pistol after you kill him. Use the shotgun for close quarters combat and the
EAR50 at farther distances. Once you're across the narrow strip and up the
steps at the end of it, start firing at the thugs ahead.
There will also be thugs coming down the stairs on the right, but try not to
worry about them too much because they will keep coming and coming. After
clearing the path in front of you, continue in that direction until you go
down some steps into a wider area.
Kill the thug out there, then swing around to the right till you see a
staircase. If there are any thugs on the staircase, kill them. This should
give you an opportunity to regenerate if your shields or health are low.
Now head up the stairs and kill the three or four thugs on the landing at the
top.
You should see a staircase ahead and to the left. Martinez will either be on
that staircase or on the roof at the top of them. Whichever is the case, get
to Martinez's location and take out anyone else that is protecting him, so
that it is just you and him. When this is the case, use RB to lob grenade
after grenade at him. If the grenades don't kill him, finish him off with
your guns.
===========
Jose Guerra
===========
Start from the Royal Vista supply point, equipped with a shotgun. Go around
the building to the other side and you'll be able to see Guerra's nightclub
in the distance.
You'll now need to make your way carefully down to street level. There should
be a landing just below you now. Jump down to that. Now head to the right,
then turn left and you should see another landing below. Jump down to that.
From here you should be able to jump down to the street, though it will take
away most of your shield. Once you are on the street, look for a large purple
beam of light representing a road race, and head in that direction. Go past
the purple light to the sea and jump in the water.
Swim to the right, hugging the rocks, until you come to a flat rock that is
level with the water. Stand on this rock, then turn to the right where you
should see a section of the rocks that you can climb up.
Climb up those rocks till you reach the top of them, then turn to the right
and head in that direction. You should see a blue hidden orb ahead. Collect
the orb. Just beyond it, there should be an opening above that you can climb
out of.
Once you climb out, you will be directly underneath a staircase. Head to the
bottom of the staircase, then go up the stairs. Turn to the right and you
will see another set of stairs. Go up those, running past any Los Muertos.
When you reach the top of those, turn to the left and you will see some steps
leading up to the platform where Guerra is. Go onto the platform and run up
to each of his bodyguards and blast them away with your shotgun. Then go up
to Guerra and knock him out with a kick.
Then get to a safe distance and start throwing grenades at him. If he gets up
before he dies, run up to him (make sure all the grenades you threw have
already detonated) and finish him off with the shotgun.
===========
Rafael Diaz
===========
Before you begin this hit, you should have at least a 1-star agility rating.
Start from the Radio 410 Tower supply point. Head south toward the boss
symbol on your mini-map. Go around the left side of the building in front of
you, under the walkway, then jump onto the rocks.
You should see a small path ahead, surrounded by rocks on either side. Turn
right and go to the rocks on the right side of the path. Continue jumping
along these rocks, toward the large domed building ahead. When you reach the
building, jump onto its roof.
Then turn left and head in that direction until you reach some steps. Go down
the steps, across the wooden plank, across a metal platform, down some brown
steps, then down a longer set of brown steps.
When you reach the bottom of those, turn right and jump off the ledge to the
inside of the building, and down in the sand below. Then turn around and you
should see a garage with lots of cars.
Run to the nearest car and get in. Drive out of the room and turn right,
toward Diaz's location. You'll be driving in sand, so it will be very
difficult to steer the car. Diaz will be in another garage but this one will
have a door. If the door is still closed when you get to it, drive off away
from the gunfire and try to keep safe until the door opens. When the door is
open drive your car into the garage and run Diaz over with it. He should die
immediately.
===============
Rodrigo Alvarez
===============
Start at the Hillside Housing supply point. Turn to the right, then head
forward and jump off the ledge to the rooftop below.
From that rooftop, jump down to the freeway bridge. Travel along the freeway
toward Alvarez's location. The road will curve to the left. Continue along
this curve until there are rocks to your right.
Jump from the road onto the rocks. Travel along the rocks until you get to
the beach on your left. Jump down to the beach, then run towards Alvarez.
You probably still won't be able to see him at this point, so follow his
symbol on your map. When you get to him, simply blast him several times with
your shotgun.
================
Violetta Sanchez
================
Start from the Social Security supply point. Go to the south side of the
building and look down. You should see a building, just to the left of the
freeway, with three Los Muertos on the roof. Kill the Los Muertos, then jump
down to the roof.
Go straight, to the other end of the roof, and jump onto the higher landing.
Use its height to jump to the next building. Go straight to the other end of
that roof. Look down and you should see a very narrow, brown walkway bridging
two buildings. Jump down to that and cross it to the next roof.
Go straight to the other end of this roof and you will come to the side of a
blue building. Use the windows to climb up it.
The roof of this building sticks out a bit, so it's a little tricky getting
to the top. When you're hanging off the last window and you jump up, you'll
have to come away from the building ever so slightly, then go back towards it.
This may take some practice, but it's a useful skill to have as it will come
in handy in similar situations later. Once you reach the sloped, shingled
part of the roof, you will find that you still have to go one level higher to
get to the very top of the building. Jump up to this level and kill the gang
member there.
Go to the edge of the roof, facing the direction of the Sanchez's boss symbol
on your mini-map, and you should see two gang members on the roof below. Jump
down to their level and kill them as quick as you can, as they won't hesitate
to lob several grenades at you. After they are dead, jump onto the grey ledge
straight ahead, and then up to the next level.
Go around the structure to the right and you should find Sanchez. Run up to
her and knock her down with a kick. Then back up and lob all the grenades you
got at her. If this doesn't kill her, finish her off with your shotgun.
==============
Ramon Gonzalez
==============
Start at the Radio 410 Tower supply point. Turn around and jump onto the roof
of the building behind the supply point.
Jump onto the rocks behind the building. From there, look for the long blue
bridge, a little to the left, and jump down onto that. There will be a blue
hidden orb on the bridge. Collect the orb, then continue crossing the bridge
and kill the gang member at the end of it.
Then go down the stone slope to the right and kill the gang members there.
One of them will drop a Harlington HMG-90. Pick this up and return immediately
to the supply point in order to save this weapon. This is probably the best
weapon in the game and should be your primary firearm for the rest of the
game. Before you exit the supply point, make sure you equip it.
Now retrace your steps to where you collected it - past the bridge and down
the stone slope to the right. Continue climbing down the rocks until you see
a dirt path crossing in front of you. Beyond the path should be more rocks,
and there should be an explosive barrel on top of them. There should also be
a couple Los Muertos thugs on the left - kill them from where you are.
Just to the left of you and ahead, you will see that the path forks - one
fork is the continuation of the dirt that goes left, and the other fork is a
grassy slope, going more in the direction you are facing. The grassy slope is
where you need to go.
As you go up it, you will see three Los Muertos thugs on a balcony to your
left. Don't bother trying to kill them - more thugs will replace them. The
path will also fork again at this spot. Take the right fork. You will then
come to a wall that juts out slightly from the rocks. Go to the right of this
wall.
After doing so, if you look up at the lighthouse, you will be able to see the
ledge that Gonzalez is on, and you might even see him. What you need to do is
to climb up the rocks ahead so that you are to the right of the lighthouse
(from the direction you are facing now).
Once you reach the top of the rocks, you are ready to rub out Gonzalez.
Grenades won't work here because it's very difficult to get them to actually
land on the balcony he is on. You will be using your new toy, the Harlington
HMG-90 to do the job. Standing on the rocks, you won't be quite at the angle
needed to hit him, but jumping in the air solves this problem. Simply lock
onto Gonzalez and jump up repeatedly, firing at him with your HMG-90 while in
the air. He will go down quickly.
==================
Don Domingo Garcia
==================
Start at the Garcia Point supply point. Head northwest, past the two trucks,
and continue in that direction through the forest.
Continue on until you get to the edge of a cliff and you can see Domingo's
island estate in the distance. Make your way carefully down the cliff to the
dirt below.
Then go towards the rocks ahead of you and make your way carefully down to
the beach below. Turn to the right, and make your way across the sand, going
under the brown and yellow bridge.
Now go into the water and swim to the rocks on the right side of Domingo's
estate.
You should see the beginning of a yellow-orange wall fence coming out of the
side of the house at the top of the rocks. The rocky path leading up to it is
where you should climb. Climb the rocks and jump over the fence.
You should see some stairs ahead that go up, then to the left. Go up those
stairs. When you reach the top, you will see some steps ahead of you at an
angle, with a walkway overhead. Go up those steps, and turn to the right.
Then head forward and jump onto the level above, either to the left or right
of the walkway.
The small building ahead is where Garcia is at. Go in the building and take
out his henchmen.
If there are any standing near him, go ahead and toss a grenade at them. When
the room is clear, start throwing all your grenades at Garcia, then finish
him off with your HMG-90 if necessary.
*****************************************************************************
THE VOLK
*****************************************************************************
=================
Natalya Gryzunova
=================
Start at the Maxim's Arch supply point. Turn a little to the right, toward
Gryzunova's location, and go to the corner of the building. Jump down to the
street below (you must have at least a 2-star agility rating or you won't
survive this fall).
Head toward the armored trucks that are on the left side of the building that
Gryzunova is in.
Get in one of the trucks and head just a little further down the street, then
turn to the right to find an opening.
Go through the opening, then look at your mini-map to see where Gryzunova is
now in relation to you. Head towards her and run her over with the truck. If
she doesn't die immediately, back up a little and run her over again.
============
Igor Biragov
============
Start from the Hi-Power Tower supply point.
Head forward to the edge of the building. In the distance, a little to the
left, you should see a large complex with yellow roofs. This is where Biragov
is hiding. Below you should be a landing with blue-green tiles. In the corner
of this landing should be a red piece of metal laying on the ground and a
Volk thug nearby it. Jump down to this landing and kill the thug.
Go to the corner and look to the nearest corner of the complex. There should
be another Volk standing guard on it. Target him, then jump in the air to get
a clean shot, and take him out. Then jump over to where he was standing.
Go to the left, then to the right, going around the yellow dome. Go into the
long, enclosed hallway on the left. There will be several explosive barrels
in this hallway. While you are still at a safe distance, shoot one of them to
make them all explode. This will prevent them from getting hit by a stray
bullet and exploding while you are passing them.
When you get to the end of the hall, turn right. There will be a few Volk
members ahead of you. Take them out, retreating back into the other hall if
you need to regenerate. Then head through the opening on the left, and take
cover behind one of the grey columns (on whichever side Biragov is on).
Come out from behind the column long enough to throw some grenades at Biragov.
Then target him with your HMG-90 and get behind cover while the target closes
in on him. Once you have a good lock, come out from behind the column and
pump him full of bullets until you need to reload or need to regenerate.
Repeat this process with the HMG-90 until he is dead.
=============
Olga Romanova
=============
Start from the Hi-Power Tower supply point. Head foward to the edge of the
building. Jump down to the landing below.
Turn left and head to that edge. Jump down to the street below. Head forward,
going all the way to the intersection.
Turn left at the intersection. Go in that direction until you get to the
rocks and the Dodge Caliber billboard on your right.
Climb to the top of the rocks. You should see a factory ahead. Turn to the
right, so that the factory is on your left, and head in that direction along
the rocks. Continue following the rocks as they curve to the left. When you
get to the last rock, jump down, and head forward towards the two cylindrical
buildings that have another mountain of rocks behind them.
You will be fired upon from the left, but just run past the gunfire and don't
bother trying to kill anyone. Go behind the cylindrical buildings, and travel
along those rocks.
Eventually, the mountain will curve to the right and you'll be forced to go
down to ground level. Continue forward, hugging the mountain to the right.
There will be two Volk thugs on the next level up in the distance. Take them
out while still running forward.
Now for the hardest part of this mission. As the path curves left, you will
see several Volk members in the distance, around some armored trucks. Try to
take these thugs out from a distance too. Then go up to that area and use the
rocks near the trucks to get up to the next level.
There will be several more Volks up there too, so watch out. After killing
them, turn to the right so that the mountain is to your left, and head in
that direction (you should be heading the opposite way you came, but one
level higher). Continue in that direction, killing the thugs as they come
into range. Watch out for one thug because he will have a Watson HE99 Hothead
rocket launcher. When you kill him, switch out your secondary weapon for the
Hothead.
Continue in that direction until you can go no further. To your left will be
the entrance to the cave Romanova is in. Approach the cave with caution. When
Romanova and her bodyguards see you, you will be attacked by several rocket
launchers and some grenades. Plus, there are several explosive crates and
barrels nearby. Try going up to the entrance till they see you, then hurry
back out. They will hopefully explode most of the explosives near the
entrance. Equip the hothead, then go back to the entrance and fire it at the
thickest crowd of Volks. This should hopefully take most of them out. Then
wipe out the rest of Romanova's guards. When it is just you and her, hit her
once with the Hothead, then switch to your HMG-90 and finish her off with
that.
After she is dead, go back out of the cave, turn right, head forward, and
look for another cave to your right. There are several caves in the wall, but
the one you are looking for will be the first one you come to. Go into the
cave. There will be two weapons inside. One of them is a Watson HE79 Grenader.
Replace your HMG-90 with the Grenader. Now go back to the cave where you
killed Romanova. If any more Volks have shown up, keep your distance and try
taking them all out with the Grenader.
Now head to the opposite side of the cave towards the opening. Jump down to
the street below. Steal a car and drive it back to the Hi-Power Tower supply
point.
Enter the supply point to save the Hothead and the Grenader. The Grenader is
especially useful and should now become your secondary weapon.
===============
Sergei Sovetnik
===============
Start from The Keep supply point (at Agency HQ). Equip the HMG-90 and the
Grenader. Go to the purple sphere and choose a vehicle. Get into the vehicle,
go forward, then turn left towards bay door 2. Go through bay door 2 and
through the tunnel.
After exiting the tunnel, turn right, go under the bronze pipe, and head in
that direction till you get to a brick wall.
Get out of the car, and leap over the wall on your right. Sovetnik is in the
main building of this factory, but there is no way to get to him, so you will
have to force him out. You will have to destroy three pressure switches to
force him to the roof of the building. After leaping over the wall, you
should see several yellow cylinders, laying on their side, all in a row, in
the distance. Near the beginning of this row will be the foot of a walkway
going up like a ramp. Run through all the gunfire to this ramp.
Go up the ramp, and around its turns, until it straightens out. Run across
this walkway, killing any enemies on it ahead. You will see that at some
point ahead, part of the walkway turns to the right, while the rest continues
in the same direction. At the end of the part that goes to the right will be
the first pressure switch. You will recognize it, and the other two, because
there will be a red circle, with a red exclamation point inside, next to it.
As soon as you see it, target it and shoot it till it explodes.
Now run up to where it just was. Ahead of you, you will see red pipe going
into a structure ahead. Jump to the ground and run behind this structure.
While back there, you should have some time to regenerate. After regenerating,
look for the large bronze pipe coming out of the ground.
Jump onto the pipe, then jump to the ledge of building ahead. Immediately to
your left should be a ramped walkway. Go up the ramp and kill the Volk at the
top. Next to him you will see the second pressure switch. From a safe
distance, shoot the switch until it explodes.
Now go to the edge where the switch was and carefully jump up and grab onto
the next ledge. Now jump from ledge to ledge until you reach the top. As
quick as you can, turn right and kill the Volk ahead. There are tons of
explosives on this landing, so one stray bullet and you're dead.
Now look for the final switch on the edge of this landing, and destroy it.
After all the explosions, jump to the building ahead, and climb to the roof.
Run around the sides, using your HMG-90 to kill all of Sovetnik's guards.
Then, at a safe distance from him, use your Grenader to launch a few grenades
at Sovetnik. Then switch back to your HMG-90 and finish him off with that.
=================
Viktor Rabotnikov
=================
Start at the Storage Facility supply point, equipped with the HMG-90 and the
Grenader. Head east, climbing over the fence, and jumping onto the roof of
the building with the orange trim around its top.
Continue going east, and go to the other side of the roof. Jump down to the
ground below. Continue in the same direction, going under the bronze pipes
and to the rocks ahead.
Jump onto the rocks, then into the sea. Head for the shallow areas ahead that
make tiny islands within the water. Follow them to the right and behind the
large rocks.
You will come to a large sandy area leading up to Rabotnikov's estate on your
left. This isn't the way you wan't to go however. Follow along the line where
the sand meets the water and go around the right side of the rocks ahead.
You will now be in the water again. Swim around the rocks, hugging them on
your left. You will get to a small patch of sand again. Continue past the
sand and back into the water.
You will swim past one of the towers of Rabotnikov's estate on your left. If
you continued to swim, you would come to a second tower on your left. What
you need to find though, is a place in the rocks about halfway between these
two towers that you can climb up. It is a place where two large rocks meet.
You need to climb to the top of the rock on the right. From here, you will be
able to see the second tower and one of the explosive crates on it. Shoot
this explosive crate from here to detonate them all - that way they won't
detonate if and when you are next to them.
Now jump up to the higher rock on the left, and from there, jump onto the top
of the second tower where you just detonated the explosives. Turn to face the
direction of Rabotnikov and his gunmen. You will be blocked from the gunfire
of most of them from the large rock ahead, but that won't stop them from
lobbing grenades at you, so watch out. Use your HMG-90 to kill the gunmen
closest to you, on the right side of the rock ahead.
Then go along this walkway where you just killed the men, toward Rabotnikov.
Switch to your Grenader. When you can see Rabotnikov, target him and start
firing grenades at him with the Grenader. If there are any gunmen giving you
problems that aren't getting hit by the blasts, start targeting them with the
Grenader. When the Grenader runs out of ammo, finish Rabotnikov off with your
HMG-90.
===============
Boris Mikhailov
===============
Start from The Retreat supply point equipped with the HMG-90 and Grenader.
Turn around and jump onto the roof behind the supply point. Go to the other
end of this roof, then jump down to the landing below.
Go around the building, continue in that direction, then go around the next
building, and to the edge. Beyond the wall at the edge, will be a small ledge
sticking out from the building. Jump onto this ledge and go to the far-left
corner of it. You will see a building to the left with several grey
rectangular columns coming out of the roof. Jump over to the roof of this
building.
Then go to the other edge of this roof, where the green agility orb is. Now
jump down to the street below. Go under the freeway, towards the long stretch
of fence ahead. Head more to the left as you do this.
Go to the part of the fence where there are brown buildings just behind it.
Climb the fence and hop down to the other side. The top of the fence comes
out a bit, so it will be tricky getting over. When you jump, you will have to
come slightly out first, then go back towards the fence. Once you're over,
make sure your HMG-90 is ready, and prepare to fight. Kill all the enemies
that come at you, using all the storage bins around for cover.
After they're dead, face the direction you were facing when climbing the
fence. You should see a couple of tall structures ahead, made out of yellow
metal beams. Head towards these. As you do, more enemies will approach in
vehicles. Stop to take out these enemies.
After they're dead, go to the closest of the yellow structures. Go "within"
it and go to the far-right corner. Jump onto the low beam there. Use that to
jump onto the next highest beam above it.
From here, when facing the boat, there will be another beam right in front of
you. Back up away from this beam, then face to the left of it, towards the
boat. Jump to the boat from here. After landing on the boat, there will be a
walkway just above you. Jump onto it.
Now turn left, and run forward and down the steps to the left side of the
building. (If you're wondering why it was necessary to jump on the walkway -
if you don't some enemies will have spotted you already). You will see some
metal stairs ahead, attached to the building. Go to these stairs and ascend
them. At the very top will be several Volks. Before you get to the top,
switch to the Grenader and lob a couple grenades at the Volks.
Then switch to your HMG-90 and finish going up the stairs. Shoot any other
Volks at the top. If your shield gets low, turn to the left and go around the
left side of the building and hide in the corner under another set of metal
stairs there. Make sure there aren't any Volks around who can shoot you
there, then wait for your shield to regenerate. Also make sure to reload your
HMG-90.
Now go past the stairs around to the other side of the building. Shoot and
kill the guard there, then switch to your Grenader.
Now look for a doorway on the right leading into the building. Go to the
doorway and start firing grenades at Mikhailov and the other guards inside.
If any guards start attacking you on the outside, switch back to your HMG-90
and kill them. Finish off any guards inside the building, then finish off
Mikhailov with the HMG-90.
===============
Vladimir Golyak
===============
Start from the Storage Facility supply point. If you look ahead and a little
left, you should be able to see the oil rig Golyak is on even from here. Head
forward to the rocks and jump onto them.
Then jump into the water and swim towards the rig. Swim towards the farthest,
and tallest, part of it. You should come to a rusty walkway, about level with
the water. Jump onto this walkway.
Head forward a little and shoot the Volk standing guard. Then go to the large
opening on the left, and shoot kill all the Volk guards inside. Now turn left,
just inside the opening, and jump to the black ledge ahead.
Facing the same way, jump up to the broken brown ledge above. Now jump to the
next brown ledge ahead and above.
You will now be directly under the next ledge you need to get to, so go to
the edge of the one you're on, and jump and grab on to the edge of the one
above. Pull yourself up, then go out the opening ahead on the left.
Turn right and head in that direction. Kill the Volk guard, then jump up to
the next ledge ahead. Continue in that direction, then jump to the next
ledge, then the next.
Continue going that way till you get to a staircase. Go up the stairs, then
turn completely around and head that way towards the back of another
staircase.
Kill the Volks that come down those stairs, then go up them, then head in
that direction till you come to two black and silver ramps help up by cables.
Go up the right one, then turn and go up the stairs at the top of it. Turn
left and you will see an opening into a hallway. Instead of going in the
hallway, look up and climb up the wall, past the windows, and up onto the
next level.
Turn left and you will see a large, blue, cylindrical tank. Jump onto the
tank, then use it to jump onto the next level above. Now look around for
another black and silver ramp held with cables nearby.
Go up the ramp, then turn left and look for a staircase ahead. Go up the
stairs, turn left, and go up the second set of the stairs. If you need to
regenerate, regenerate here before going further.
Now turn left towards the wall there and climb the wall to the next level.
You will now be on a small landing and it will be just you, Golyak, and some
explosive barrels. Try to keep clear of the barrels and run right up to
Golyak and knock him out with a kick. While he's down, pump him full of
bullets from the HMG-90. If he gets up, kick him again, then continue firing.
Do this until he is no more.
***************************************************************
SHAI-GEN
***************************************************************
================
Melissa Fang-Yin
================
Start from the Intellicenter supply point. Turn around and jump onto the roof
of the building behind the supply point.
Go forward to the edge of the roof, in front of the billboard. You will see a
donut-shaped building in front of you. Jump onto the roof of that building.
Head to the right edge of it. Below you will see a long walkway leading up
into the distance. Jump down to the walkway.
Turn to face the upward direction of the walkway. At the end of the walkway
ahead, and to the left of it, you will see two buildings with windows in them.
A green building, and a taller blue building. Look for an enemy at the top of
the taller blue building. He will have a Hothead rocket launcher, so kill him
first.
Now head up the walkway and kill the enemies as you see them. There will be
two explosive barrels at the top of the walkway, so before you get to them,
shoot and detonate them at a safe distance. That way, they won't get hit by a
stray bullet and detonate when you pass them.
When you get to the top, to the area with the satellite dish, kill the
Shai-Gen guard there. Then turn left, head to the building ahead, and jump on
top of it. Head forward to the edge of the roof and kill the guards ahead.
Then jump to the top of the ramp ahead, where the entrance to the glass,
sphere building is. Stand in front of the doorway and start killing the
guards on the ground inside.
If you need to get to cover and regenerate, simply move to the right of the
doorway. Then go in and start killing the guards on the landing above.
If you can't shoot them from the ground, go up the stairs to their level and
kill them from there.
Once everyone is dead except for Fang-Yin, go up to her level and use your
Grenader to launch some grenades at her. From there you can simply continue
to lob grenades until she is dead, or start throwing cluster grenades to
finish her off quicker, or finish her off with your HMG-90 so you don't
accidentally blow yourself up.
===========
Mrs. Timbol
===========
Start from the Intellicenter supply point. Turn left (to the west) and head
to the edge of the building. Jump over to the next roof.
Ahead and to the right, on the same roof, will be a taller black structure.
Jump onto that. Head to the west edge of that roof. In the distance you will
see a roof with a taller building, with a red sign, to the left of it. Jump
over to the lower roof.
Head foward, past the three air conditioner units on the left, then turn left
and go that way. If you go all the way to the edge, then directly on your
right will be the ledge you need to jump onto. Jump onto that ledge, then
turn left so that you are facing the complex with the Shai-Gen guards on the
roofs. Kill the guard on the roof ahead of you, then the guard to the right.
Jump forward to the roof that the first guard was on.
Continue forward, all the way to the other side, crossing the two walkways
(the first on the left, the second on the right). When you get to the other
side, turn right and go to that edge. Look below and you will see a white,
ramped walkway.
Jump down onto the walkway, then turn completely around and head into the
room ahead. Head forward and turn left into the opening. Watch for Shai-Gen
guards to come through the doorway ahead. Kill them with your HMG-90, then
switch to your Grenader.
Then turn back around and go to the top of the white walkway. Timbol and her
guards will be in the room at the bottom of the walkway. Start launching your
grenades at all of them.
When you get Timbol on the ground, start throwing cluster grenades at her
until she's dead. If you need to regenerate at any point you can retreat back
into the room behind you.
==============
Vitaly Rzeznik
==============
Start at the Intellicenter supply point. Head forward to the edge of the roof.
On a roof in the distance, you will see a group of Shai-Gen thugs standing
together. Use your Grenader to take them all out at once. After they are dead,
jump over to the roof they were on.
Turn right and jump over to the roof of the next building. Go to the corner
of that building and jump into the water below.
Swim to the right, going around the right side of the rocks. Hug the rocks on
your left as they curve to the left towards the building. Swim up to the
building and jump up into it.
Head towards the right side of the room to the ramped walkway. Go up the
walkway. As you go up it you will see another walkway to your left, going up
the opposite direction. When it becomes low enough for you to jump onto, jump
onto it, turn around and go up it.
There will then be another walkway on your left. Jump onto that when you can.
Repeat this process over and over again, ignoring all the enemies, until
there are no more walkways. At this point you will see in the distance a
large doorway surrounded by glass, with metal stairs beyond that. Head to the
stairs.
Equip your Grenader, then go up the stairs. When you reach the top you will
see a group of guards in the room ahead. Use your Grenader to take them out.
Then go into the room and go up the stairs on either side. You will now be in
a room with Rzeznik and one guard. Take out the guard with your HMG-90.
Then switch back to your Grenader and launch a few grenades at Rzeznik. Once
he's on the ground, throw a few cluster grenades at him to finish him off.
=======================
Dr. Balthazar Czernenko
=======================
Start from the Comfortitude, LTD supply point. Head to the right edge of the
roof and jump down to the street below.
You will see the PCN Institute of Research ahead. Go past the left side of
the Institute. You will see two circular buildings ahead, with a tree in the
middle where they meet. Go towards and past this tree to the wall ahead.
Climb the wall up to the roof above.
Shoot and kill the guards that attack you. Go forward to the circular dome.
When you get to the outer edge of the dome, head along that edge to the right.
You will pass a walkway on the right. When you come to a second walkway on
the right (it will be the northeast area of the dome), jump down to the
ground below.
Look for a large group of boxes. Between the boxes will be the path into the
building. Shoot the guards around this area, then follow the path into the
building. Head diagonally forward and to the right, towards the area with
jail cells containing Czernenko's "freaks".
Jump from ledge to ledge till you get to the top one. Then turn left and look
for stairs leading up to a large glass door. Since it's completely glass with
no handles or anything, it may simply look like a large doorway opening. Use
your Grenader to launch a couple grenades at it.
When it comes loose enough for you to squeeze inside, go into the room, then
immediately run to the left, towards Czernenko, but then turn right into the
hallway there.
Go down the hall, then to the right or left. From here you will be able to
regenerate your health and shields.
When you are fully regenerated, go back into the hallway and prepare to
attack. You can do two things here. You can either try to kill all of
Czernenko's guards first, or just try to go right after him. Either way, take
him out the same way we've been taking out most of the bosses. Lob a few
grenades with your Grenader, then finish him off with cluster grenades or
your HMG-90. If you need to regenerate, simply run back down the hallway into
the safe area.
===============
Thadeous Oakley
===============
Start at The Block supply point. Go around the right side of the structure
that is behind the supply point. Go to the very edge of the roof. Jump to the
roof of the building ahead.
Head to the right edge of that roof. You should see the PCN Expo Center from
here. Jump from the roof down to the street. Now turn a little left and head
for the entrance to the Expo Center.
Go into and through the long hallway of the center. There will be guards
lining the hall on either side, but as long as you don't attack them, they
won't attack you. When you get to the end of the hall, go up the stairs on
the right.
You will now be in a large room with a dome in the middle. The guards won't
attack you in this room either. Go up to the edge of the dome and go around
it counter-clockwise (go around the dome keeping it on your left) until you
come to a walkway that leads into the dome.
Jump onto the walkway and go into the dome. You will hear an alarm sound and,
as you may have guessed, the guards will attack you now. After you enter the
dome, turn left and use your HMG-90 to shoot and kill the guards that come
out of the door ahead. Watch out for guards to come into the dome and attack
you from behind as well. After everybody is dead, go through the doorway
ahead into the next room. Shoot and kill the two guards the come out of the
next doorway. After they are dead, go into the next room and kill the three
guards in there.
Now switch to your Grenader, go into the next room, turn right and take out
the group of guards there. Then go into the doorway and up the winding red
stairs.
When you get to the top, go through the doorway ahead and jump up to the
higher level ahead.
Turn right and shoot and kill the guard there. Keep going in that direction
and kill the next guard ahead. Keep going until you come to a gap in the
walkway. Jump into that gap for a place to hide and regenerate.
Then come back out and start killing all the guards in the room, going back
into the hiding spot if you need to regenerate. Once all the guards are dead,
wait for three guards to come into the room from the other side. Three guards
will continue to come periodically from there, but if you kill them
immediately you will have the window you need.
So kill those three guards, then look up and you will see a ledge above that
you need to jump up to. Even with a three-star agility rating this can be
difficult, so jump onto the railing on the edge of the walkway first, then
jump up to the ledge.
Jump over the obstacle on the ledge to get to Oakley, then knock him out with
a kick. Don't try to use any explosives because there's not enough space.
Also, there are barriers on that ledge that can protect you from gunfire from
below, so make sure to position yourself behind those. So from that position,
shoot the unconscious Oakley with your HMG-90. When he gets up, knock him out
again with another kick, then continue shooting him. Do this until he is dead.
====================
Colonel Axton Cowell
====================
Start from the Stripey's Cafe supply point. Turn right and go around the
structure behind the supply point (so to the left of the structure when
facing it). Go to the corner and jump down to the landing below on the left.
Go to the corner of that landing, then jump down, not to the street, but to
the raised area with the blue tiles next to the street. Wait to regenerate,
then head towards the front door of the Central Point building. Use your
Grenader to take out the group of guards guarding the door.
Then run up to one of the doors and kick it until it comes down and you can
get into the building. As soon as you enter, there will be a circular
platform ahead of you. Run around either side of this platform to the back of
the room, ignoring the enemies.
When you get to the back of the room, use your Grenader on the enemies
standing by the elevator doors. Then run up to the blue circle on the ground
to open the elevator doors. Two guards will come out of each door. Use the
Grenader on each pair, then run into the elevator. Collect the hidden orb,
then stand on the blue circle and press [[Image:smbutton_y.png]] to activate
the elevator.
When the elevator stops and the doors open, go out the left door, turn left,
and go up the ramped walkway ahead. When the walkway flattens out, you will
then have a choice to continue up another ramp ahead, or up a ramp going the
opposite way. Choose the latter. So you are basically going up to the flat
part, then turning around and going the opposite direction up another ramp.
After reaching the top of this second ramp, continue forward to the next set
of ramps and repeat the process. After doing this four times since leaving
the elevator, you will be on the right floor. Also, as you do this, you can
shoot enemies, but only if you don't stop running. So when you're on the
fourth floor from the elevator, look for a large opening to the outside.
Outside of the opening, on both sides, will be tall structres with several
grey ledges in them. Jump onto the highest ledge you can, in only one jump,
of the structure on the left.
Get into the corner where the enemies still inside the building can't shoot
you. Look up, to the top of the opposite structure, and shoot and detonate
the explosive barrels there. Then jump over to one of the ledges of that
structure, turn around, and shoot the explosive barrels at the top of the
other one.
Then jump up to there - to where the barrels just were. Kill any enemies that
are up there, then turn left and jump and climb to the top of the corkscrew
shaped structure.
You should now be on a roof with a domed area in the middle. Go around the
dome until you find one of the doorways to it. Stay at an angle to the
doorway and kill any guards just on the inside with your HMG-90.
Then face the doorway head-on and use your Grenader to launch one grenade at
each enemy in the room. Then target Cowell specifically with the Grenader.
While he is on the ground burning, start throwing cluster grenades at him
until he dies.
==============
Zuang Lun Wang
==============
Before taking on Wang, you should have a 4-star agility rating. Start from
the Stripey's Cafe supply point. Turn left and go around the structure behind
the supply point (so to the right of the structure when facing it). Go the
corner of the roof, then jump down all the way to the street below.
Go forward, then go up the stairs on the right up to the front of Wang's
skyscraper (the building with the window panes at the bottom that together
create a triangle). Then turn left and head to the front of the Epicenter
building. Climb up the windows to the right of the Epicenter sign.
When you reach the top, turn a little to the right and you will see a corner
where two grey walls meet. Go over to that corner and jump to the top of the
grey wall on the left and use it to jump over to the grey wall on the right.
You will now be on a roof. Head forward to the corner of that roof, which is
nearly touching Wang's building. From there, you will have to lightly jump
over to the ledge of Wang's building. If you jump too high, you'll hit the
wall above the ledge, then fall all the way back down to the ground.
Once you make it to the ledge, turn right, then go forward, collecting the
hidden orb. Continue forward till you're forced to go left, then turn left
(obviously) and go up to the railing ahead. Kill the guard ahead, then jump
over the railing and into the building.
Go up the staircase there, then turn left and shoot the two enemies ahead.
Turn left again and take cover behind the grey wall ahead if you need to
regenerate. Now look forward and you'll see the back of a staircase ahead. Go
forward, then turn around to go up those stairs. When you reach the top, kill
the two enemies ahead.
Then continue forward and go up the next staircase you come to. When you
reach the top of those, turn completely around and kill the enemy there.
Then turn back around again, go forward, and kill the two enemies ahead of
you. Go forward, then turn the corner to the right and kill the enemy in the
distance. Then go that direction and jump up to the walkway above.
Turn around to the left and go up that staircase, then down the short walkway
and up the next sets of stairs. When you get to the top, turn to the left and
you will see a grey, rectangular structure coming up from the ground. Jump
onto that, then over onto the walkway.
Turn left and go up the stairs. When you get to the top, turn left and go
around the circular structure in the middle of the room, and into a room with
a staircase on either side, shooting any enemies along the way. Go up either
set of stairs, and into the room with the bottoms of yellow, cylindrical
structures in it.
The walkway you need to get to is a little high up, behind the top of the
stairs you just came up. If you can't jump up to it directly, use the grey
trim on the walls to get some extra height.
When you get up to it, there will be lots of enemies up there for you to kill.
After they are dead, go up the staircase on either end of the hall, up to the
next level. Run around this level and look for the yellow cylinder with the
blue orb on it.
You can only see it from one direction, so if you go around the whole level
without finding it, go around again the opposite way. Once you find the orb,
jump onto the yellow thing it's on, collect it, then jump up to the next
walkway.
Turn left and go up the stairs ahead. You will now be in a room with lots of
explosive boxes. Go counter-clockwise around the room till you get to a
staircase going up.
Go up those stairs, turn left, and go up to the circular doorway ahead. Kill
the enemies in the distance, and the two that are just beyond the doorway to
the left. Watch out for those two because one of them has a rocket launcher.
Now go through the second circular doorway and into that room. Kill any
enemies there, then turn right and go through to the next room. There will be
several enemies in this room. If you need to regenerate, go into the enclosed
area surrounded by the walls with the neon, light-blue rectangles.
After killing all the enemies, go up the stairs that are on the left,
immediately after passing the enclosed, light-blue area.
After going up the stairs, you will find yourself outside and it will be time
for the final battle. Once you reach the top, turn to the right and go around
the rock there till you are facing the building. To the right of the building
will be a grey wall/platform. Head towards this and jump onto it.
Then turn left so you are facing the building. You need to jump from here
onto the ledge above where Wang is. This can be tricky because the ledge has
red trim that sticks out just a bit, and will prevent you from getting up
there for most of your jumps. You need to be far enough away from the ledge
when you jump, that you will jump completely over this trim.
But meanwhile, while you are trying to get this right, there will be several
enemies shooting at you and draining your health quickly. So if you need time
to regenerate, walk to the opposite edge of the platform from where you
jumped onto it from, and carefully walk off the edge so that you will grab it
and hang there. You will be able to hang here as long as you want, which
means you can regenerate fully.
Once you do make it onto the ledge above, hit Wang with your Grenader, or the
Firefly if you have it, then throw cluster grenades at him until he's dead.
Congratulations! You've just beat Crackdown!
LOS MUERTOS
*****************************************************************************
=============
Juan Martinez
=============
Start at the Hillside Housing supply point. From there, head towards the boss
symbol on your mini-map. Go to the opposite side of the building from the
supply point and jump onto the ledge of the next building.
Then jump down to the roof of the building on the right, and head towards the
top of the stairs. Go right up to the edge of the roof, and you should see
the building Martinez is on ahead of you. You may even catch a glimpse of him.
Turn to the right and you should see an agility orb in the corner, if you
haven't already collected it. Either way, go to that corner and jump down to
the landing below.
Head towards Martinez's building, across the narrow strip with the explosive
barrels. Press X to switch to your Colby EAR50. On a side note, if you haven't
already collected a shotgun, look for an enemy with one and swap it for your
pistol after you kill him. Use the shotgun for close quarters combat and the
EAR50 at farther distances. Once you're across the narrow strip and up the
steps at the end of it, start firing at the thugs ahead.
There will also be thugs coming down the stairs on the right, but try not to
worry about them too much because they will keep coming and coming. After
clearing the path in front of you, continue in that direction until you go
down some steps into a wider area.
Kill the thug out there, then swing around to the right till you see a
staircase. If there are any thugs on the staircase, kill them. This should
give you an opportunity to regenerate if your shields or health are low.
Now head up the stairs and kill the three or four thugs on the landing at the
top.
You should see a staircase ahead and to the left. Martinez will either be on
that staircase or on the roof at the top of them. Whichever is the case, get
to Martinez's location and take out anyone else that is protecting him, so
that it is just you and him. When this is the case, use RB to lob grenade
after grenade at him. If the grenades don't kill him, finish him off with
your guns.
===========
Jose Guerra
===========
Start from the Royal Vista supply point, equipped with a shotgun. Go around
the building to the other side and you'll be able to see Guerra's nightclub
in the distance.
You'll now need to make your way carefully down to street level. There should
be a landing just below you now. Jump down to that. Now head to the right,
then turn left and you should see another landing below. Jump down to that.
From here you should be able to jump down to the street, though it will take
away most of your shield. Once you are on the street, look for a large purple
beam of light representing a road race, and head in that direction. Go past
the purple light to the sea and jump in the water.
Swim to the right, hugging the rocks, until you come to a flat rock that is
level with the water. Stand on this rock, then turn to the right where you
should see a section of the rocks that you can climb up.
Climb up those rocks till you reach the top of them, then turn to the right
and head in that direction. You should see a blue hidden orb ahead. Collect
the orb. Just beyond it, there should be an opening above that you can climb
out of.
Once you climb out, you will be directly underneath a staircase. Head to the
bottom of the staircase, then go up the stairs. Turn to the right and you
will see another set of stairs. Go up those, running past any Los Muertos.
When you reach the top of those, turn to the left and you will see some steps
leading up to the platform where Guerra is. Go onto the platform and run up
to each of his bodyguards and blast them away with your shotgun. Then go up
to Guerra and knock him out with a kick.
Then get to a safe distance and start throwing grenades at him. If he gets up
before he dies, run up to him (make sure all the grenades you threw have
already detonated) and finish him off with the shotgun.
===========
Rafael Diaz
===========
Before you begin this hit, you should have at least a 1-star agility rating.
Start from the Radio 410 Tower supply point. Head south toward the boss
symbol on your mini-map. Go around the left side of the building in front of
you, under the walkway, then jump onto the rocks.
You should see a small path ahead, surrounded by rocks on either side. Turn
right and go to the rocks on the right side of the path. Continue jumping
along these rocks, toward the large domed building ahead. When you reach the
building, jump onto its roof.
Then turn left and head in that direction until you reach some steps. Go down
the steps, across the wooden plank, across a metal platform, down some brown
steps, then down a longer set of brown steps.
When you reach the bottom of those, turn right and jump off the ledge to the
inside of the building, and down in the sand below. Then turn around and you
should see a garage with lots of cars.
Run to the nearest car and get in. Drive out of the room and turn right,
toward Diaz's location. You'll be driving in sand, so it will be very
difficult to steer the car. Diaz will be in another garage but this one will
have a door. If the door is still closed when you get to it, drive off away
from the gunfire and try to keep safe until the door opens. When the door is
open drive your car into the garage and run Diaz over with it. He should die
immediately.
===============
Rodrigo Alvarez
===============
Start at the Hillside Housing supply point. Turn to the right, then head
forward and jump off the ledge to the rooftop below.
From that rooftop, jump down to the freeway bridge. Travel along the freeway
toward Alvarez's location. The road will curve to the left. Continue along
this curve until there are rocks to your right.
Jump from the road onto the rocks. Travel along the rocks until you get to
the beach on your left. Jump down to the beach, then run towards Alvarez.
You probably still won't be able to see him at this point, so follow his
symbol on your map. When you get to him, simply blast him several times with
your shotgun.
================
Violetta Sanchez
================
Start from the Social Security supply point. Go to the south side of the
building and look down. You should see a building, just to the left of the
freeway, with three Los Muertos on the roof. Kill the Los Muertos, then jump
down to the roof.
Go straight, to the other end of the roof, and jump onto the higher landing.
Use its height to jump to the next building. Go straight to the other end of
that roof. Look down and you should see a very narrow, brown walkway bridging
two buildings. Jump down to that and cross it to the next roof.
Go straight to the other end of this roof and you will come to the side of a
blue building. Use the windows to climb up it.
The roof of this building sticks out a bit, so it's a little tricky getting
to the top. When you're hanging off the last window and you jump up, you'll
have to come away from the building ever so slightly, then go back towards it.
This may take some practice, but it's a useful skill to have as it will come
in handy in similar situations later. Once you reach the sloped, shingled
part of the roof, you will find that you still have to go one level higher to
get to the very top of the building. Jump up to this level and kill the gang
member there.
Go to the edge of the roof, facing the direction of the Sanchez's boss symbol
on your mini-map, and you should see two gang members on the roof below. Jump
down to their level and kill them as quick as you can, as they won't hesitate
to lob several grenades at you. After they are dead, jump onto the grey ledge
straight ahead, and then up to the next level.
Go around the structure to the right and you should find Sanchez. Run up to
her and knock her down with a kick. Then back up and lob all the grenades you
got at her. If this doesn't kill her, finish her off with your shotgun.
==============
Ramon Gonzalez
==============
Start at the Radio 410 Tower supply point. Turn around and jump onto the roof
of the building behind the supply point.
Jump onto the rocks behind the building. From there, look for the long blue
bridge, a little to the left, and jump down onto that. There will be a blue
hidden orb on the bridge. Collect the orb, then continue crossing the bridge
and kill the gang member at the end of it.
Then go down the stone slope to the right and kill the gang members there.
One of them will drop a Harlington HMG-90. Pick this up and return immediately
to the supply point in order to save this weapon. This is probably the best
weapon in the game and should be your primary firearm for the rest of the
game. Before you exit the supply point, make sure you equip it.
Now retrace your steps to where you collected it - past the bridge and down
the stone slope to the right. Continue climbing down the rocks until you see
a dirt path crossing in front of you. Beyond the path should be more rocks,
and there should be an explosive barrel on top of them. There should also be
a couple Los Muertos thugs on the left - kill them from where you are.
Just to the left of you and ahead, you will see that the path forks - one
fork is the continuation of the dirt that goes left, and the other fork is a
grassy slope, going more in the direction you are facing. The grassy slope is
where you need to go.
As you go up it, you will see three Los Muertos thugs on a balcony to your
left. Don't bother trying to kill them - more thugs will replace them. The
path will also fork again at this spot. Take the right fork. You will then
come to a wall that juts out slightly from the rocks. Go to the right of this
wall.
After doing so, if you look up at the lighthouse, you will be able to see the
ledge that Gonzalez is on, and you might even see him. What you need to do is
to climb up the rocks ahead so that you are to the right of the lighthouse
(from the direction you are facing now).
Once you reach the top of the rocks, you are ready to rub out Gonzalez.
Grenades won't work here because it's very difficult to get them to actually
land on the balcony he is on. You will be using your new toy, the Harlington
HMG-90 to do the job. Standing on the rocks, you won't be quite at the angle
needed to hit him, but jumping in the air solves this problem. Simply lock
onto Gonzalez and jump up repeatedly, firing at him with your HMG-90 while in
the air. He will go down quickly.
==================
Don Domingo Garcia
==================
Start at the Garcia Point supply point. Head northwest, past the two trucks,
and continue in that direction through the forest.
Continue on until you get to the edge of a cliff and you can see Domingo's
island estate in the distance. Make your way carefully down the cliff to the
dirt below.
Then go towards the rocks ahead of you and make your way carefully down to
the beach below. Turn to the right, and make your way across the sand, going
under the brown and yellow bridge.
Now go into the water and swim to the rocks on the right side of Domingo's
estate.
You should see the beginning of a yellow-orange wall fence coming out of the
side of the house at the top of the rocks. The rocky path leading up to it is
where you should climb. Climb the rocks and jump over the fence.
You should see some stairs ahead that go up, then to the left. Go up those
stairs. When you reach the top, you will see some steps ahead of you at an
angle, with a walkway overhead. Go up those steps, and turn to the right.
Then head forward and jump onto the level above, either to the left or right
of the walkway.
The small building ahead is where Garcia is at. Go in the building and take
out his henchmen.
If there are any standing near him, go ahead and toss a grenade at them. When
the room is clear, start throwing all your grenades at Garcia, then finish
him off with your HMG-90 if necessary.
*****************************************************************************
THE VOLK
*****************************************************************************
=================
Natalya Gryzunova
=================
Start at the Maxim's Arch supply point. Turn a little to the right, toward
Gryzunova's location, and go to the corner of the building. Jump down to the
street below (you must have at least a 2-star agility rating or you won't
survive this fall).
Head toward the armored trucks that are on the left side of the building that
Gryzunova is in.
Get in one of the trucks and head just a little further down the street, then
turn to the right to find an opening.
Go through the opening, then look at your mini-map to see where Gryzunova is
now in relation to you. Head towards her and run her over with the truck. If
she doesn't die immediately, back up a little and run her over again.
============
Igor Biragov
============
Start from the Hi-Power Tower supply point.
Head forward to the edge of the building. In the distance, a little to the
left, you should see a large complex with yellow roofs. This is where Biragov
is hiding. Below you should be a landing with blue-green tiles. In the corner
of this landing should be a red piece of metal laying on the ground and a
Volk thug nearby it. Jump down to this landing and kill the thug.
Go to the corner and look to the nearest corner of the complex. There should
be another Volk standing guard on it. Target him, then jump in the air to get
a clean shot, and take him out. Then jump over to where he was standing.
Go to the left, then to the right, going around the yellow dome. Go into the
long, enclosed hallway on the left. There will be several explosive barrels
in this hallway. While you are still at a safe distance, shoot one of them to
make them all explode. This will prevent them from getting hit by a stray
bullet and exploding while you are passing them.
When you get to the end of the hall, turn right. There will be a few Volk
members ahead of you. Take them out, retreating back into the other hall if
you need to regenerate. Then head through the opening on the left, and take
cover behind one of the grey columns (on whichever side Biragov is on).
Come out from behind the column long enough to throw some grenades at Biragov.
Then target him with your HMG-90 and get behind cover while the target closes
in on him. Once you have a good lock, come out from behind the column and
pump him full of bullets until you need to reload or need to regenerate.
Repeat this process with the HMG-90 until he is dead.
=============
Olga Romanova
=============
Start from the Hi-Power Tower supply point. Head foward to the edge of the
building. Jump down to the landing below.
Turn left and head to that edge. Jump down to the street below. Head forward,
going all the way to the intersection.
Turn left at the intersection. Go in that direction until you get to the
rocks and the Dodge Caliber billboard on your right.
Climb to the top of the rocks. You should see a factory ahead. Turn to the
right, so that the factory is on your left, and head in that direction along
the rocks. Continue following the rocks as they curve to the left. When you
get to the last rock, jump down, and head forward towards the two cylindrical
buildings that have another mountain of rocks behind them.
You will be fired upon from the left, but just run past the gunfire and don't
bother trying to kill anyone. Go behind the cylindrical buildings, and travel
along those rocks.
Eventually, the mountain will curve to the right and you'll be forced to go
down to ground level. Continue forward, hugging the mountain to the right.
There will be two Volk thugs on the next level up in the distance. Take them
out while still running forward.
Now for the hardest part of this mission. As the path curves left, you will
see several Volk members in the distance, around some armored trucks. Try to
take these thugs out from a distance too. Then go up to that area and use the
rocks near the trucks to get up to the next level.
There will be several more Volks up there too, so watch out. After killing
them, turn to the right so that the mountain is to your left, and head in
that direction (you should be heading the opposite way you came, but one
level higher). Continue in that direction, killing the thugs as they come
into range. Watch out for one thug because he will have a Watson HE99 Hothead
rocket launcher. When you kill him, switch out your secondary weapon for the
Hothead.
Continue in that direction until you can go no further. To your left will be
the entrance to the cave Romanova is in. Approach the cave with caution. When
Romanova and her bodyguards see you, you will be attacked by several rocket
launchers and some grenades. Plus, there are several explosive crates and
barrels nearby. Try going up to the entrance till they see you, then hurry
back out. They will hopefully explode most of the explosives near the
entrance. Equip the hothead, then go back to the entrance and fire it at the
thickest crowd of Volks. This should hopefully take most of them out. Then
wipe out the rest of Romanova's guards. When it is just you and her, hit her
once with the Hothead, then switch to your HMG-90 and finish her off with
that.
After she is dead, go back out of the cave, turn right, head forward, and
look for another cave to your right. There are several caves in the wall, but
the one you are looking for will be the first one you come to. Go into the
cave. There will be two weapons inside. One of them is a Watson HE79 Grenader.
Replace your HMG-90 with the Grenader. Now go back to the cave where you
killed Romanova. If any more Volks have shown up, keep your distance and try
taking them all out with the Grenader.
Now head to the opposite side of the cave towards the opening. Jump down to
the street below. Steal a car and drive it back to the Hi-Power Tower supply
point.
Enter the supply point to save the Hothead and the Grenader. The Grenader is
especially useful and should now become your secondary weapon.
===============
Sergei Sovetnik
===============
Start from The Keep supply point (at Agency HQ). Equip the HMG-90 and the
Grenader. Go to the purple sphere and choose a vehicle. Get into the vehicle,
go forward, then turn left towards bay door 2. Go through bay door 2 and
through the tunnel.
After exiting the tunnel, turn right, go under the bronze pipe, and head in
that direction till you get to a brick wall.
Get out of the car, and leap over the wall on your right. Sovetnik is in the
main building of this factory, but there is no way to get to him, so you will
have to force him out. You will have to destroy three pressure switches to
force him to the roof of the building. After leaping over the wall, you
should see several yellow cylinders, laying on their side, all in a row, in
the distance. Near the beginning of this row will be the foot of a walkway
going up like a ramp. Run through all the gunfire to this ramp.
Go up the ramp, and around its turns, until it straightens out. Run across
this walkway, killing any enemies on it ahead. You will see that at some
point ahead, part of the walkway turns to the right, while the rest continues
in the same direction. At the end of the part that goes to the right will be
the first pressure switch. You will recognize it, and the other two, because
there will be a red circle, with a red exclamation point inside, next to it.
As soon as you see it, target it and shoot it till it explodes.
Now run up to where it just was. Ahead of you, you will see red pipe going
into a structure ahead. Jump to the ground and run behind this structure.
While back there, you should have some time to regenerate. After regenerating,
look for the large bronze pipe coming out of the ground.
Jump onto the pipe, then jump to the ledge of building ahead. Immediately to
your left should be a ramped walkway. Go up the ramp and kill the Volk at the
top. Next to him you will see the second pressure switch. From a safe
distance, shoot the switch until it explodes.
Now go to the edge where the switch was and carefully jump up and grab onto
the next ledge. Now jump from ledge to ledge until you reach the top. As
quick as you can, turn right and kill the Volk ahead. There are tons of
explosives on this landing, so one stray bullet and you're dead.
Now look for the final switch on the edge of this landing, and destroy it.
After all the explosions, jump to the building ahead, and climb to the roof.
Run around the sides, using your HMG-90 to kill all of Sovetnik's guards.
Then, at a safe distance from him, use your Grenader to launch a few grenades
at Sovetnik. Then switch back to your HMG-90 and finish him off with that.
=================
Viktor Rabotnikov
=================
Start at the Storage Facility supply point, equipped with the HMG-90 and the
Grenader. Head east, climbing over the fence, and jumping onto the roof of
the building with the orange trim around its top.
Continue going east, and go to the other side of the roof. Jump down to the
ground below. Continue in the same direction, going under the bronze pipes
and to the rocks ahead.
Jump onto the rocks, then into the sea. Head for the shallow areas ahead that
make tiny islands within the water. Follow them to the right and behind the
large rocks.
You will come to a large sandy area leading up to Rabotnikov's estate on your
left. This isn't the way you wan't to go however. Follow along the line where
the sand meets the water and go around the right side of the rocks ahead.
You will now be in the water again. Swim around the rocks, hugging them on
your left. You will get to a small patch of sand again. Continue past the
sand and back into the water.
You will swim past one of the towers of Rabotnikov's estate on your left. If
you continued to swim, you would come to a second tower on your left. What
you need to find though, is a place in the rocks about halfway between these
two towers that you can climb up. It is a place where two large rocks meet.
You need to climb to the top of the rock on the right. From here, you will be
able to see the second tower and one of the explosive crates on it. Shoot
this explosive crate from here to detonate them all - that way they won't
detonate if and when you are next to them.
Now jump up to the higher rock on the left, and from there, jump onto the top
of the second tower where you just detonated the explosives. Turn to face the
direction of Rabotnikov and his gunmen. You will be blocked from the gunfire
of most of them from the large rock ahead, but that won't stop them from
lobbing grenades at you, so watch out. Use your HMG-90 to kill the gunmen
closest to you, on the right side of the rock ahead.
Then go along this walkway where you just killed the men, toward Rabotnikov.
Switch to your Grenader. When you can see Rabotnikov, target him and start
firing grenades at him with the Grenader. If there are any gunmen giving you
problems that aren't getting hit by the blasts, start targeting them with the
Grenader. When the Grenader runs out of ammo, finish Rabotnikov off with your
HMG-90.
===============
Boris Mikhailov
===============
Start from The Retreat supply point equipped with the HMG-90 and Grenader.
Turn around and jump onto the roof behind the supply point. Go to the other
end of this roof, then jump down to the landing below.
Go around the building, continue in that direction, then go around the next
building, and to the edge. Beyond the wall at the edge, will be a small ledge
sticking out from the building. Jump onto this ledge and go to the far-left
corner of it. You will see a building to the left with several grey
rectangular columns coming out of the roof. Jump over to the roof of this
building.
Then go to the other edge of this roof, where the green agility orb is. Now
jump down to the street below. Go under the freeway, towards the long stretch
of fence ahead. Head more to the left as you do this.
Go to the part of the fence where there are brown buildings just behind it.
Climb the fence and hop down to the other side. The top of the fence comes
out a bit, so it will be tricky getting over. When you jump, you will have to
come slightly out first, then go back towards the fence. Once you're over,
make sure your HMG-90 is ready, and prepare to fight. Kill all the enemies
that come at you, using all the storage bins around for cover.
After they're dead, face the direction you were facing when climbing the
fence. You should see a couple of tall structures ahead, made out of yellow
metal beams. Head towards these. As you do, more enemies will approach in
vehicles. Stop to take out these enemies.
After they're dead, go to the closest of the yellow structures. Go "within"
it and go to the far-right corner. Jump onto the low beam there. Use that to
jump onto the next highest beam above it.
From here, when facing the boat, there will be another beam right in front of
you. Back up away from this beam, then face to the left of it, towards the
boat. Jump to the boat from here. After landing on the boat, there will be a
walkway just above you. Jump onto it.
Now turn left, and run forward and down the steps to the left side of the
building. (If you're wondering why it was necessary to jump on the walkway -
if you don't some enemies will have spotted you already). You will see some
metal stairs ahead, attached to the building. Go to these stairs and ascend
them. At the very top will be several Volks. Before you get to the top,
switch to the Grenader and lob a couple grenades at the Volks.
Then switch to your HMG-90 and finish going up the stairs. Shoot any other
Volks at the top. If your shield gets low, turn to the left and go around the
left side of the building and hide in the corner under another set of metal
stairs there. Make sure there aren't any Volks around who can shoot you
there, then wait for your shield to regenerate. Also make sure to reload your
HMG-90.
Now go past the stairs around to the other side of the building. Shoot and
kill the guard there, then switch to your Grenader.
Now look for a doorway on the right leading into the building. Go to the
doorway and start firing grenades at Mikhailov and the other guards inside.
If any guards start attacking you on the outside, switch back to your HMG-90
and kill them. Finish off any guards inside the building, then finish off
Mikhailov with the HMG-90.
===============
Vladimir Golyak
===============
Start from the Storage Facility supply point. If you look ahead and a little
left, you should be able to see the oil rig Golyak is on even from here. Head
forward to the rocks and jump onto them.
Then jump into the water and swim towards the rig. Swim towards the farthest,
and tallest, part of it. You should come to a rusty walkway, about level with
the water. Jump onto this walkway.
Head forward a little and shoot the Volk standing guard. Then go to the large
opening on the left, and shoot kill all the Volk guards inside. Now turn left,
just inside the opening, and jump to the black ledge ahead.
Facing the same way, jump up to the broken brown ledge above. Now jump to the
next brown ledge ahead and above.
You will now be directly under the next ledge you need to get to, so go to
the edge of the one you're on, and jump and grab on to the edge of the one
above. Pull yourself up, then go out the opening ahead on the left.
Turn right and head in that direction. Kill the Volk guard, then jump up to
the next ledge ahead. Continue in that direction, then jump to the next
ledge, then the next.
Continue going that way till you get to a staircase. Go up the stairs, then
turn completely around and head that way towards the back of another
staircase.
Kill the Volks that come down those stairs, then go up them, then head in
that direction till you come to two black and silver ramps help up by cables.
Go up the right one, then turn and go up the stairs at the top of it. Turn
left and you will see an opening into a hallway. Instead of going in the
hallway, look up and climb up the wall, past the windows, and up onto the
next level.
Turn left and you will see a large, blue, cylindrical tank. Jump onto the
tank, then use it to jump onto the next level above. Now look around for
another black and silver ramp held with cables nearby.
Go up the ramp, then turn left and look for a staircase ahead. Go up the
stairs, turn left, and go up the second set of the stairs. If you need to
regenerate, regenerate here before going further.
Now turn left towards the wall there and climb the wall to the next level.
You will now be on a small landing and it will be just you, Golyak, and some
explosive barrels. Try to keep clear of the barrels and run right up to
Golyak and knock him out with a kick. While he's down, pump him full of
bullets from the HMG-90. If he gets up, kick him again, then continue firing.
Do this until he is no more.
***************************************************************
SHAI-GEN
***************************************************************
================
Melissa Fang-Yin
================
Start from the Intellicenter supply point. Turn around and jump onto the roof
of the building behind the supply point.
Go forward to the edge of the roof, in front of the billboard. You will see a
donut-shaped building in front of you. Jump onto the roof of that building.
Head to the right edge of it. Below you will see a long walkway leading up
into the distance. Jump down to the walkway.
Turn to face the upward direction of the walkway. At the end of the walkway
ahead, and to the left of it, you will see two buildings with windows in them.
A green building, and a taller blue building. Look for an enemy at the top of
the taller blue building. He will have a Hothead rocket launcher, so kill him
first.
Now head up the walkway and kill the enemies as you see them. There will be
two explosive barrels at the top of the walkway, so before you get to them,
shoot and detonate them at a safe distance. That way, they won't get hit by a
stray bullet and detonate when you pass them.
When you get to the top, to the area with the satellite dish, kill the
Shai-Gen guard there. Then turn left, head to the building ahead, and jump on
top of it. Head forward to the edge of the roof and kill the guards ahead.
Then jump to the top of the ramp ahead, where the entrance to the glass,
sphere building is. Stand in front of the doorway and start killing the
guards on the ground inside.
If you need to get to cover and regenerate, simply move to the right of the
doorway. Then go in and start killing the guards on the landing above.
If you can't shoot them from the ground, go up the stairs to their level and
kill them from there.
Once everyone is dead except for Fang-Yin, go up to her level and use your
Grenader to launch some grenades at her. From there you can simply continue
to lob grenades until she is dead, or start throwing cluster grenades to
finish her off quicker, or finish her off with your HMG-90 so you don't
accidentally blow yourself up.
===========
Mrs. Timbol
===========
Start from the Intellicenter supply point. Turn left (to the west) and head
to the edge of the building. Jump over to the next roof.
Ahead and to the right, on the same roof, will be a taller black structure.
Jump onto that. Head to the west edge of that roof. In the distance you will
see a roof with a taller building, with a red sign, to the left of it. Jump
over to the lower roof.
Head foward, past the three air conditioner units on the left, then turn left
and go that way. If you go all the way to the edge, then directly on your
right will be the ledge you need to jump onto. Jump onto that ledge, then
turn left so that you are facing the complex with the Shai-Gen guards on the
roofs. Kill the guard on the roof ahead of you, then the guard to the right.
Jump forward to the roof that the first guard was on.
Continue forward, all the way to the other side, crossing the two walkways
(the first on the left, the second on the right). When you get to the other
side, turn right and go to that edge. Look below and you will see a white,
ramped walkway.
Jump down onto the walkway, then turn completely around and head into the
room ahead. Head forward and turn left into the opening. Watch for Shai-Gen
guards to come through the doorway ahead. Kill them with your HMG-90, then
switch to your Grenader.
Then turn back around and go to the top of the white walkway. Timbol and her
guards will be in the room at the bottom of the walkway. Start launching your
grenades at all of them.
When you get Timbol on the ground, start throwing cluster grenades at her
until she's dead. If you need to regenerate at any point you can retreat back
into the room behind you.
==============
Vitaly Rzeznik
==============
Start at the Intellicenter supply point. Head forward to the edge of the roof.
On a roof in the distance, you will see a group of Shai-Gen thugs standing
together. Use your Grenader to take them all out at once. After they are dead,
jump over to the roof they were on.
Turn right and jump over to the roof of the next building. Go to the corner
of that building and jump into the water below.
Swim to the right, going around the right side of the rocks. Hug the rocks on
your left as they curve to the left towards the building. Swim up to the
building and jump up into it.
Head towards the right side of the room to the ramped walkway. Go up the
walkway. As you go up it you will see another walkway to your left, going up
the opposite direction. When it becomes low enough for you to jump onto, jump
onto it, turn around and go up it.
There will then be another walkway on your left. Jump onto that when you can.
Repeat this process over and over again, ignoring all the enemies, until
there are no more walkways. At this point you will see in the distance a
large doorway surrounded by glass, with metal stairs beyond that. Head to the
stairs.
Equip your Grenader, then go up the stairs. When you reach the top you will
see a group of guards in the room ahead. Use your Grenader to take them out.
Then go into the room and go up the stairs on either side. You will now be in
a room with Rzeznik and one guard. Take out the guard with your HMG-90.
Then switch back to your Grenader and launch a few grenades at Rzeznik. Once
he's on the ground, throw a few cluster grenades at him to finish him off.
=======================
Dr. Balthazar Czernenko
=======================
Start from the Comfortitude, LTD supply point. Head to the right edge of the
roof and jump down to the street below.
You will see the PCN Institute of Research ahead. Go past the left side of
the Institute. You will see two circular buildings ahead, with a tree in the
middle where they meet. Go towards and past this tree to the wall ahead.
Climb the wall up to the roof above.
Shoot and kill the guards that attack you. Go forward to the circular dome.
When you get to the outer edge of the dome, head along that edge to the right.
You will pass a walkway on the right. When you come to a second walkway on
the right (it will be the northeast area of the dome), jump down to the
ground below.
Look for a large group of boxes. Between the boxes will be the path into the
building. Shoot the guards around this area, then follow the path into the
building. Head diagonally forward and to the right, towards the area with
jail cells containing Czernenko's "freaks".
Jump from ledge to ledge till you get to the top one. Then turn left and look
for stairs leading up to a large glass door. Since it's completely glass with
no handles or anything, it may simply look like a large doorway opening. Use
your Grenader to launch a couple grenades at it.
When it comes loose enough for you to squeeze inside, go into the room, then
immediately run to the left, towards Czernenko, but then turn right into the
hallway there.
Go down the hall, then to the right or left. From here you will be able to
regenerate your health and shields.
When you are fully regenerated, go back into the hallway and prepare to
attack. You can do two things here. You can either try to kill all of
Czernenko's guards first, or just try to go right after him. Either way, take
him out the same way we've been taking out most of the bosses. Lob a few
grenades with your Grenader, then finish him off with cluster grenades or
your HMG-90. If you need to regenerate, simply run back down the hallway into
the safe area.
===============
Thadeous Oakley
===============
Start at The Block supply point. Go around the right side of the structure
that is behind the supply point. Go to the very edge of the roof. Jump to the
roof of the building ahead.
Head to the right edge of that roof. You should see the PCN Expo Center from
here. Jump from the roof down to the street. Now turn a little left and head
for the entrance to the Expo Center.
Go into and through the long hallway of the center. There will be guards
lining the hall on either side, but as long as you don't attack them, they
won't attack you. When you get to the end of the hall, go up the stairs on
the right.
You will now be in a large room with a dome in the middle. The guards won't
attack you in this room either. Go up to the edge of the dome and go around
it counter-clockwise (go around the dome keeping it on your left) until you
come to a walkway that leads into the dome.
Jump onto the walkway and go into the dome. You will hear an alarm sound and,
as you may have guessed, the guards will attack you now. After you enter the
dome, turn left and use your HMG-90 to shoot and kill the guards that come
out of the door ahead. Watch out for guards to come into the dome and attack
you from behind as well. After everybody is dead, go through the doorway
ahead into the next room. Shoot and kill the two guards the come out of the
next doorway. After they are dead, go into the next room and kill the three
guards in there.
Now switch to your Grenader, go into the next room, turn right and take out
the group of guards there. Then go into the doorway and up the winding red
stairs.
When you get to the top, go through the doorway ahead and jump up to the
higher level ahead.
Turn right and shoot and kill the guard there. Keep going in that direction
and kill the next guard ahead. Keep going until you come to a gap in the
walkway. Jump into that gap for a place to hide and regenerate.
Then come back out and start killing all the guards in the room, going back
into the hiding spot if you need to regenerate. Once all the guards are dead,
wait for three guards to come into the room from the other side. Three guards
will continue to come periodically from there, but if you kill them
immediately you will have the window you need.
So kill those three guards, then look up and you will see a ledge above that
you need to jump up to. Even with a three-star agility rating this can be
difficult, so jump onto the railing on the edge of the walkway first, then
jump up to the ledge.
Jump over the obstacle on the ledge to get to Oakley, then knock him out with
a kick. Don't try to use any explosives because there's not enough space.
Also, there are barriers on that ledge that can protect you from gunfire from
below, so make sure to position yourself behind those. So from that position,
shoot the unconscious Oakley with your HMG-90. When he gets up, knock him out
again with another kick, then continue shooting him. Do this until he is dead.
====================
Colonel Axton Cowell
====================
Start from the Stripey's Cafe supply point. Turn right and go around the
structure behind the supply point (so to the left of the structure when
facing it). Go to the corner and jump down to the landing below on the left.
Go to the corner of that landing, then jump down, not to the street, but to
the raised area with the blue tiles next to the street. Wait to regenerate,
then head towards the front door of the Central Point building. Use your
Grenader to take out the group of guards guarding the door.
Then run up to one of the doors and kick it until it comes down and you can
get into the building. As soon as you enter, there will be a circular
platform ahead of you. Run around either side of this platform to the back of
the room, ignoring the enemies.
When you get to the back of the room, use your Grenader on the enemies
standing by the elevator doors. Then run up to the blue circle on the ground
to open the elevator doors. Two guards will come out of each door. Use the
Grenader on each pair, then run into the elevator. Collect the hidden orb,
then stand on the blue circle and press [[Image:smbutton_y.png]] to activate
the elevator.
When the elevator stops and the doors open, go out the left door, turn left,
and go up the ramped walkway ahead. When the walkway flattens out, you will
then have a choice to continue up another ramp ahead, or up a ramp going the
opposite way. Choose the latter. So you are basically going up to the flat
part, then turning around and going the opposite direction up another ramp.
After reaching the top of this second ramp, continue forward to the next set
of ramps and repeat the process. After doing this four times since leaving
the elevator, you will be on the right floor. Also, as you do this, you can
shoot enemies, but only if you don't stop running. So when you're on the
fourth floor from the elevator, look for a large opening to the outside.
Outside of the opening, on both sides, will be tall structres with several
grey ledges in them. Jump onto the highest ledge you can, in only one jump,
of the structure on the left.
Get into the corner where the enemies still inside the building can't shoot
you. Look up, to the top of the opposite structure, and shoot and detonate
the explosive barrels there. Then jump over to one of the ledges of that
structure, turn around, and shoot the explosive barrels at the top of the
other one.
Then jump up to there - to where the barrels just were. Kill any enemies that
are up there, then turn left and jump and climb to the top of the corkscrew
shaped structure.
You should now be on a roof with a domed area in the middle. Go around the
dome until you find one of the doorways to it. Stay at an angle to the
doorway and kill any guards just on the inside with your HMG-90.
Then face the doorway head-on and use your Grenader to launch one grenade at
each enemy in the room. Then target Cowell specifically with the Grenader.
While he is on the ground burning, start throwing cluster grenades at him
until he dies.
==============
Zuang Lun Wang
==============
Before taking on Wang, you should have a 4-star agility rating. Start from
the Stripey's Cafe supply point. Turn left and go around the structure behind
the supply point (so to the right of the structure when facing it). Go the
corner of the roof, then jump down all the way to the street below.
Go forward, then go up the stairs on the right up to the front of Wang's
skyscraper (the building with the window panes at the bottom that together
create a triangle). Then turn left and head to the front of the Epicenter
building. Climb up the windows to the right of the Epicenter sign.
When you reach the top, turn a little to the right and you will see a corner
where two grey walls meet. Go over to that corner and jump to the top of the
grey wall on the left and use it to jump over to the grey wall on the right.
You will now be on a roof. Head forward to the corner of that roof, which is
nearly touching Wang's building. From there, you will have to lightly jump
over to the ledge of Wang's building. If you jump too high, you'll hit the
wall above the ledge, then fall all the way back down to the ground.
Once you make it to the ledge, turn right, then go forward, collecting the
hidden orb. Continue forward till you're forced to go left, then turn left
(obviously) and go up to the railing ahead. Kill the guard ahead, then jump
over the railing and into the building.
Go up the staircase there, then turn left and shoot the two enemies ahead.
Turn left again and take cover behind the grey wall ahead if you need to
regenerate. Now look forward and you'll see the back of a staircase ahead. Go
forward, then turn around to go up those stairs. When you reach the top, kill
the two enemies ahead.
Then continue forward and go up the next staircase you come to. When you
reach the top of those, turn completely around and kill the enemy there.
Then turn back around again, go forward, and kill the two enemies ahead of
you. Go forward, then turn the corner to the right and kill the enemy in the
distance. Then go that direction and jump up to the walkway above.
Turn around to the left and go up that staircase, then down the short walkway
and up the next sets of stairs. When you get to the top, turn to the left and
you will see a grey, rectangular structure coming up from the ground. Jump
onto that, then over onto the walkway.
Turn left and go up the stairs. When you get to the top, turn left and go
around the circular structure in the middle of the room, and into a room with
a staircase on either side, shooting any enemies along the way. Go up either
set of stairs, and into the room with the bottoms of yellow, cylindrical
structures in it.
The walkway you need to get to is a little high up, behind the top of the
stairs you just came up. If you can't jump up to it directly, use the grey
trim on the walls to get some extra height.
When you get up to it, there will be lots of enemies up there for you to kill.
After they are dead, go up the staircase on either end of the hall, up to the
next level. Run around this level and look for the yellow cylinder with the
blue orb on it.
You can only see it from one direction, so if you go around the whole level
without finding it, go around again the opposite way. Once you find the orb,
jump onto the yellow thing it's on, collect it, then jump up to the next
walkway.
Turn left and go up the stairs ahead. You will now be in a room with lots of
explosive boxes. Go counter-clockwise around the room till you get to a
staircase going up.
Go up those stairs, turn left, and go up to the circular doorway ahead. Kill
the enemies in the distance, and the two that are just beyond the doorway to
the left. Watch out for those two because one of them has a rocket launcher.
Now go through the second circular doorway and into that room. Kill any
enemies there, then turn right and go through to the next room. There will be
several enemies in this room. If you need to regenerate, go into the enclosed
area surrounded by the walls with the neon, light-blue rectangles.
After killing all the enemies, go up the stairs that are on the left,
immediately after passing the enclosed, light-blue area.
After going up the stairs, you will find yourself outside and it will be time
for the final battle. Once you reach the top, turn to the right and go around
the rock there till you are facing the building. To the right of the building
will be a grey wall/platform. Head towards this and jump onto it.
Then turn left so you are facing the building. You need to jump from here
onto the ledge above where Wang is. This can be tricky because the ledge has
red trim that sticks out just a bit, and will prevent you from getting up
there for most of your jumps. You need to be far enough away from the ledge
when you jump, that you will jump completely over this trim.
But meanwhile, while you are trying to get this right, there will be several
enemies shooting at you and draining your health quickly. So if you need time
to regenerate, walk to the opposite edge of the platform from where you
jumped onto it from, and carefully walk off the edge so that you will grab it
and hang there. You will be able to hang here as long as you want, which
means you can regenerate fully.
Once you do make it onto the ledge above, hit Wang with your Grenader, or the
Firefly if you have it, then throw cluster grenades at him until he's dead.
Congratulations! You've just beat Crackdown!
Mercredi 19 septembre 2007
3
19
/09
/2007
00:04
-
Recommander
-
Par yagami
-
Ecrire un commentaire
Publié dans : xbox 360 guides - Voir les 0 commentaires
*******************************************************************************
General Information
*******************
Chromehounds
By: Sega, From Software
For: Xbox 360
Players: 1(offline), 1-20(on Xbox Live)
Rated: T for teen (Mild Language, Violence)
Release Info: Jun 29, 2006 (Japan)
Jul 7, 2006 (Europe)
Jul 11, 2006 (North America)
Genre: Shooter, Mech Simulator
*******************************************************************************
Contents
********
0.0 Greeting
1.0 Basic Game Information
2.0 Demo Walkthrough
3.0 Full Game Walkthrough
4.0 Xbox Live Walkthrough **Coming Soon**
5.0 Hound Building Walkthrough **Coming Soon**
6.0 Parts List
7.0 Achievements and Other Special Information
8.0 FAQ **Coming Soon**
9.0 Version History
10.0 Legal and Policy Information
*******************************************************************************
0.0 Greeting
*************
Welcome to my guide for the Xbox 360 game Chromehounds. I felt the need to do
this guide for myself as much as for all the people who may need help besides
me. It is my hope that I can provide you with a one stop source of information
on this game and can help you not only to beat this game but also get all the
enjoyment possible from it in both the offline and online modes. I have
provided my email for those who have questions either unanswered or more
in-detail into the game. Please do read the warnings at the end of this FAQ
for I do have limits to my kindness.
*******************************************************************************
1.0 Basic Game Information
**************************
************
1.1 Story
************
In the world of Chromehounds the world is a drastically different place then
the world today. After two great superpowers clash and the world is torn apart
by war a new weapon emerges as the face of battle, the "hound". The hound
takes center stage in a world where planes and ballistic missiles are rendered
useless and new laws of war are written.
Twenty years have passed since the wars begun and you have known nothing else.
Now you must prove yourself a valuble member of a mercenary force known as the
Rafzakael and eventually choose who you will fight for in the region of
Neroimus. The choice is yours, but make it quick...Your hound awaits.
************
1.2 Controls
************
Left Analog - Move you hound (click for light)
Right Analog - Turn, Look (click to change from 3rd person POV to gun
camera and back)
D-Pad - Give commands (right to start, then up and down to find
command, then right to move on...continue
adding commands until you finish the string...
left to back up)
A Button - Commander Use
B Button - Commander Use
X Button - Zoom map
Y Button - Open/Close map
Left Trigger - Assists
Left Bumper - Assists
Right Trigger - Fire Weapon
Right Bumper - Change Weapon
Select - Self destruct hound
Start - Pause
**************
1.3 Game Types
**************
Story - Each hound type of hound has a campaign of progressively harder
levels. Here you learn the story and master each hound type. See
section 3.0 for more.
Xbox Live - This is where you show of your creations to the world. Play your
standard online game types as well as some just for this game.
This is where each hound type is truly needed and teamwork is a
must. Create 20 person squads and fight with up to 6 people a
side. There is also a persistent battle between the three warring
nations in which the battles you play determine gains/losses of
land and money for your chosen nation. See section 4.0 for more.
***************
1.4 Hound Types
***************
In Chromehounds every team member has a specific role to play. Failing to
follow that role will almost certainly spell defeat for you and your team. No
one role is unneeded so no matter which you choose to play at any time you will
be needed.
Soldier - Just what you would expect from the name. This hound is
responsible for bringing the fight to the enemy. You are
well rounded with speed, power, and defense. The key for
you to remember is to keep a distance from quick units like
scouts and move in close to hulks like defenders. Remember
you should be the main damage dealer for your team against
other hounds so keep a good assortment of high damage
weapons on you.
Scout - This aptly named hound is responsible for capturing COMBAS
(communication towers) and making sure that your team can
stay in touch with each other. You need to pack some fast
legs and be super light so you can grab a COMBA before the
other teams scout can get there first. Damage dealing
should not be your concern as weapons only make you weigh
more and move slower, avoid confrontation at all costs, but
keep a good machine gun on you just in case.
Defender - Your job as the defender is to soak up the damage for your
team and protect your teams COMBAS. A sturdy set of legs
and heavy armor are a must for you, as well as some good
medium range heavy guns. Remember to build your hound for
a beating but don't skimp on guns, often the more damage
you do the bigger you become a target...which is just what
you want.
Heavy Gunner - If making explosions is your favorite hobby then here is
the hound for you. Your main job as heavy gunner is to
destroy the enemy base and lay down suppressive fire. It
should be obvious that super strong legs and super powerful
guns are a must. Always use all four weapon fire slots as
big guns have big reload times and cycling through one or
two guns at a time is better then waiting for all 6 guns to
reload at once. And always...always keep your distance
because you move like a glacier.
Sniper - You like the heavy gunner love to strike from afar. But
what he does with loud, super visible, attention getting
guns...you do with a quick pinpoint accurate shot from a
concealed position. You are the master of the one shot
kill and can aid your team in everything from herding the
enemy to your teams soldiers, to doing the dirty work
yourself and make the enemy wonder what just destroyed
their hound.
Tactics Commander - You could be called the brains of the group, and that would
be an apt description of your role. You choose radar and
com units instead of guns and rockets. You alone can see
the entirety of your teams control area and you know all
that goes on within it, be it friendly or otherwise. It is
up to you to coordinate your team to be the ruthless pack
of hounds that you are. Remember to pack as much
communications supplies as possible so even without a
COMBA you can "see". Just don't forget a gun for those
close encounters.
*******************************************************************************
2.0 Demo Walkthrough
*******************
Demo is currently available over Xbox Live in the marketplace to all regions
other then North America. This is more then likely due to the fact that a
magazine has exclusive rights to the demo in that region. Please do not email
me about how to trick the marketplace into thinking you are somewhere you are
not so you can get the demo. Just search for it online.
Note that there is no customization in the demo so the hounds I show are what
you get. Also note that the rank provided is what I got and I am not sure
where the cutoffs for each rank are.
*************************
2.1 Front Line Specialist
*************************
Hound Type - Soldier
Hound Equipment - Legs - RFZ-TL-1
Cockpit - RFZ-CK-A2
Generator - RFZ-GE-A1
Weapons - 3x RFZ-WSG-2 (shotgun)
3x RFZ-WHT-2 (anti-hound rocket)
2x RFZ-WAR-3 (rifle)
Map - Upstream Of Gorge
Mission Name - Wipe Out Rebels
Mission Description - Attack the rebel base camp.
Due to steep gradients the attack route will follow
the river North-South.
The objective is to destroy the enemy base camp.
Eliminate all resistance with extreme prejudice.
That is all
Mission Walkthrough - Move to F-4 destroying the few tanks and weak hounds in
your way.
From F-4 move to the enemy base camp at C-2 destroying
everything from as great a distance as possible while
still going as fast as possible.
Mission Tips - Use the shotgun against the tanks because they are easier
to hit with it and it kills them with one hit.
Use your rifle against the small hounds near the start of
the mission as it makes short work of their weak armor.
Use the rockets against the larger hounds near the base
and against the base itself. Just remember that when
firing from a distance you need to aim above the target
as the rockets lose altitude at a distance.
Finishing Rank - S rank - Time - 6'21
Enemies destroyed - 100%
Average Attack Distance - 267m
Other - All Enemies Destroyed
Friendly Scout
Survives
*********************
2.2 Sniper Specialist
*********************
Hound Type - Sniper
Hound Equipment - Legs - RFZ-RU-2
Cockpit - RFZ-CK-A3
Generator - RFZ-GE-81
Weapons - 2x RFZ-WSC-1 (sniper cannon)
3x RFZ-WSR-1 (sniper rifle)
2x RFZ-WAR-2 (rifle)
Map - Kilmore Highlands
Mission Name - Border Patrol 3
Mission Description - Lie in wait for the fleeing enemy and annihilate them.
The enemy is wounded, but they can be expected to put
up a desperate fight.
To avoid hitting your allies bringing up the rear,
attack the flank of the fleeing units.
That is all.
Mission Walkthrough - Move to either E-3 facing the road to the North or to D-4
facing the road to the Northwest.
Destroy all hounds and tanks you see.
Mission Tips - Aim at the enemies in the order that they come in sight
on the road.
Use the sniper cannon and sniper rifle in alternating
shots.
Destroy all units before they get past you.
Finishing Rank - A Rank - Time - 5'41
Accuracy - 50%
Average Attack Distance - 427m
Other - All Allies Survive
Stop the Enemy by D-2
*******************************************************************************
3.0 Full Game Walkthrough
*************************
This section of the game is where you hone your skills and gain new parts for
your hound.
***********************
3.1 Soldier Walkthrough
***********************
*********************
3.2 Scout Walkthrough
*********************
************************
3.3 Defender WalkThrough
************************
****************************
3.4 Heavy Gunner Walkthrough
****************************
**********************
3.5 Sniper Walkthrough
**********************
*********************************
3.6 Tactics Commander Walkthrough
*********************************
*******************************************************************************
4.0 Xbox Live Walkthrough
*************************
COMING SOON
*******************************************************************************
5.0 Hound Building Walkthrough
******************************
COMING SOON
*******************************************************************************
6.0 Parts List
**************
***********
6.1 Chassis
***********
************
6.2 Cockpits
************
**************
6.3 Generators
**************
***********
6.4 Weapons
***********
*********
6.5 Other
*********
*******************************************************************************
7.0 Achievements and Other Special Information
*********************************************
Name GS Points How to
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Soldier Complete 20 Complete Soldier Story Mode
Sniper Complete 20 Complete Sniper Story Mode
Scout Complete 20 Complete Scout Story Mode
Gunner Complete 20 Complete Gunner Story Mode
Command Complete 20 Complete Command Story Mode
Defense Complete 20 Complete Defense Story Mode
All Tact. Complete 20 Complete All Story Mode
Tact. Instructor 20 S Rank On All Story Mode Missions
Soldier Valor 20 Soldier Exp. Level Max
Sniper Valor 20 Sniper Exp. Level Max
Scout Valor 20 Scout Exp. Level Max
Gunner Valor 20 Gunner Exp. Level Max
Command Valor 20 Commander Exp. Level Max
Defense Valor 20 Defender Exp. Level Max
Biped Specialist 20 Use Biped 50 Chassis Times
Hover Specialist 20 Use Hover Chassis 50 Times
Inverse Specialist 20 Use Inverse Chassis 50 Times
Tread Specialist 20 Use Tread Chassis 50 Times
Wheel Specialist 20 Use Wheel Chassis 50 Times
Bronze Flag 20 Secure COMBAS 100 Times
Silver Flag 20 Secure COMBAS 300 Times
Bronze Hammer 20 Destroy Enemy HQ and Win 50 Times
Silver Hammer 20 Destroy Enemy HQ and Win 100 Times
Bronze Wing 20 Destroy 50 Enemy Hounds
Silver Wing 20 Destroy 100 Enemy Hounds
Bronze Patriot 20 Stay With Same Nation For 3 season
Capital Occupation 20 Affiliated Nation Destroys Another
Nataion Resurrector 20 Revive Affiliated Nation
Neroimus War Medal 40 Affiliated Nation Wins Neroimus War
Crushing Award 20 Wipe Out Enemy And Survive 100 Times
Gold Cross 20 #1 In Seasonal Fame
Gold Eagle 20 #1 In Fame At A Point
Gold Hexagon 20 #1 In Average Seasonal Fame
Gold Lion 20 #1 In Seasonal Conquest Points
Gold Sword Cross 20 #1 In Conquest Points At A Point
Gold Wing 20 #1 In Average Fame
Marching Service 20 Move 1,000,000m Total
Military Service 20 Deploy 300 Times
Red Flag 20 Win 100 Times
Storming Award 20 First Strike 30 Times
Survival Award 20 Live 10 Times In A Row
More Still Unknown 260
General Information
*******************
Chromehounds
By: Sega, From Software
For: Xbox 360
Players: 1(offline), 1-20(on Xbox Live)
Rated: T for teen (Mild Language, Violence)
Release Info: Jun 29, 2006 (Japan)
Jul 7, 2006 (Europe)
Jul 11, 2006 (North America)
Genre: Shooter, Mech Simulator
*******************************************************************************
Contents
********
0.0 Greeting
1.0 Basic Game Information
2.0 Demo Walkthrough
3.0 Full Game Walkthrough
4.0 Xbox Live Walkthrough **Coming Soon**
5.0 Hound Building Walkthrough **Coming Soon**
6.0 Parts List
7.0 Achievements and Other Special Information
8.0 FAQ **Coming Soon**
9.0 Version History
10.0 Legal and Policy Information
*******************************************************************************
0.0 Greeting
*************
Welcome to my guide for the Xbox 360 game Chromehounds. I felt the need to do
this guide for myself as much as for all the people who may need help besides
me. It is my hope that I can provide you with a one stop source of information
on this game and can help you not only to beat this game but also get all the
enjoyment possible from it in both the offline and online modes. I have
provided my email for those who have questions either unanswered or more
in-detail into the game. Please do read the warnings at the end of this FAQ
for I do have limits to my kindness.
*******************************************************************************
1.0 Basic Game Information
**************************
************
1.1 Story
************
In the world of Chromehounds the world is a drastically different place then
the world today. After two great superpowers clash and the world is torn apart
by war a new weapon emerges as the face of battle, the "hound". The hound
takes center stage in a world where planes and ballistic missiles are rendered
useless and new laws of war are written.
Twenty years have passed since the wars begun and you have known nothing else.
Now you must prove yourself a valuble member of a mercenary force known as the
Rafzakael and eventually choose who you will fight for in the region of
Neroimus. The choice is yours, but make it quick...Your hound awaits.
************
1.2 Controls
************
Left Analog - Move you hound (click for light)
Right Analog - Turn, Look (click to change from 3rd person POV to gun
camera and back)
D-Pad - Give commands (right to start, then up and down to find
command, then right to move on...continue
adding commands until you finish the string...
left to back up)
A Button - Commander Use
B Button - Commander Use
X Button - Zoom map
Y Button - Open/Close map
Left Trigger - Assists
Left Bumper - Assists
Right Trigger - Fire Weapon
Right Bumper - Change Weapon
Select - Self destruct hound
Start - Pause
**************
1.3 Game Types
**************
Story - Each hound type of hound has a campaign of progressively harder
levels. Here you learn the story and master each hound type. See
section 3.0 for more.
Xbox Live - This is where you show of your creations to the world. Play your
standard online game types as well as some just for this game.
This is where each hound type is truly needed and teamwork is a
must. Create 20 person squads and fight with up to 6 people a
side. There is also a persistent battle between the three warring
nations in which the battles you play determine gains/losses of
land and money for your chosen nation. See section 4.0 for more.
***************
1.4 Hound Types
***************
In Chromehounds every team member has a specific role to play. Failing to
follow that role will almost certainly spell defeat for you and your team. No
one role is unneeded so no matter which you choose to play at any time you will
be needed.
Soldier - Just what you would expect from the name. This hound is
responsible for bringing the fight to the enemy. You are
well rounded with speed, power, and defense. The key for
you to remember is to keep a distance from quick units like
scouts and move in close to hulks like defenders. Remember
you should be the main damage dealer for your team against
other hounds so keep a good assortment of high damage
weapons on you.
Scout - This aptly named hound is responsible for capturing COMBAS
(communication towers) and making sure that your team can
stay in touch with each other. You need to pack some fast
legs and be super light so you can grab a COMBA before the
other teams scout can get there first. Damage dealing
should not be your concern as weapons only make you weigh
more and move slower, avoid confrontation at all costs, but
keep a good machine gun on you just in case.
Defender - Your job as the defender is to soak up the damage for your
team and protect your teams COMBAS. A sturdy set of legs
and heavy armor are a must for you, as well as some good
medium range heavy guns. Remember to build your hound for
a beating but don't skimp on guns, often the more damage
you do the bigger you become a target...which is just what
you want.
Heavy Gunner - If making explosions is your favorite hobby then here is
the hound for you. Your main job as heavy gunner is to
destroy the enemy base and lay down suppressive fire. It
should be obvious that super strong legs and super powerful
guns are a must. Always use all four weapon fire slots as
big guns have big reload times and cycling through one or
two guns at a time is better then waiting for all 6 guns to
reload at once. And always...always keep your distance
because you move like a glacier.
Sniper - You like the heavy gunner love to strike from afar. But
what he does with loud, super visible, attention getting
guns...you do with a quick pinpoint accurate shot from a
concealed position. You are the master of the one shot
kill and can aid your team in everything from herding the
enemy to your teams soldiers, to doing the dirty work
yourself and make the enemy wonder what just destroyed
their hound.
Tactics Commander - You could be called the brains of the group, and that would
be an apt description of your role. You choose radar and
com units instead of guns and rockets. You alone can see
the entirety of your teams control area and you know all
that goes on within it, be it friendly or otherwise. It is
up to you to coordinate your team to be the ruthless pack
of hounds that you are. Remember to pack as much
communications supplies as possible so even without a
COMBA you can "see". Just don't forget a gun for those
close encounters.
*******************************************************************************
2.0 Demo Walkthrough
*******************
Demo is currently available over Xbox Live in the marketplace to all regions
other then North America. This is more then likely due to the fact that a
magazine has exclusive rights to the demo in that region. Please do not email
me about how to trick the marketplace into thinking you are somewhere you are
not so you can get the demo. Just search for it online.
Note that there is no customization in the demo so the hounds I show are what
you get. Also note that the rank provided is what I got and I am not sure
where the cutoffs for each rank are.
*************************
2.1 Front Line Specialist
*************************
Hound Type - Soldier
Hound Equipment - Legs - RFZ-TL-1
Cockpit - RFZ-CK-A2
Generator - RFZ-GE-A1
Weapons - 3x RFZ-WSG-2 (shotgun)
3x RFZ-WHT-2 (anti-hound rocket)
2x RFZ-WAR-3 (rifle)
Map - Upstream Of Gorge
Mission Name - Wipe Out Rebels
Mission Description - Attack the rebel base camp.
Due to steep gradients the attack route will follow
the river North-South.
The objective is to destroy the enemy base camp.
Eliminate all resistance with extreme prejudice.
That is all
Mission Walkthrough - Move to F-4 destroying the few tanks and weak hounds in
your way.
From F-4 move to the enemy base camp at C-2 destroying
everything from as great a distance as possible while
still going as fast as possible.
Mission Tips - Use the shotgun against the tanks because they are easier
to hit with it and it kills them with one hit.
Use your rifle against the small hounds near the start of
the mission as it makes short work of their weak armor.
Use the rockets against the larger hounds near the base
and against the base itself. Just remember that when
firing from a distance you need to aim above the target
as the rockets lose altitude at a distance.
Finishing Rank - S rank - Time - 6'21
Enemies destroyed - 100%
Average Attack Distance - 267m
Other - All Enemies Destroyed
Friendly Scout
Survives
*********************
2.2 Sniper Specialist
*********************
Hound Type - Sniper
Hound Equipment - Legs - RFZ-RU-2
Cockpit - RFZ-CK-A3
Generator - RFZ-GE-81
Weapons - 2x RFZ-WSC-1 (sniper cannon)
3x RFZ-WSR-1 (sniper rifle)
2x RFZ-WAR-2 (rifle)
Map - Kilmore Highlands
Mission Name - Border Patrol 3
Mission Description - Lie in wait for the fleeing enemy and annihilate them.
The enemy is wounded, but they can be expected to put
up a desperate fight.
To avoid hitting your allies bringing up the rear,
attack the flank of the fleeing units.
That is all.
Mission Walkthrough - Move to either E-3 facing the road to the North or to D-4
facing the road to the Northwest.
Destroy all hounds and tanks you see.
Mission Tips - Aim at the enemies in the order that they come in sight
on the road.
Use the sniper cannon and sniper rifle in alternating
shots.
Destroy all units before they get past you.
Finishing Rank - A Rank - Time - 5'41
Accuracy - 50%
Average Attack Distance - 427m
Other - All Allies Survive
Stop the Enemy by D-2
*******************************************************************************
3.0 Full Game Walkthrough
*************************
This section of the game is where you hone your skills and gain new parts for
your hound.
***********************
3.1 Soldier Walkthrough
***********************
*********************
3.2 Scout Walkthrough
*********************
************************
3.3 Defender WalkThrough
************************
****************************
3.4 Heavy Gunner Walkthrough
****************************
**********************
3.5 Sniper Walkthrough
**********************
*********************************
3.6 Tactics Commander Walkthrough
*********************************
*******************************************************************************
4.0 Xbox Live Walkthrough
*************************
COMING SOON
*******************************************************************************
5.0 Hound Building Walkthrough
******************************
COMING SOON
*******************************************************************************
6.0 Parts List
**************
***********
6.1 Chassis
***********
************
6.2 Cockpits
************
**************
6.3 Generators
**************
***********
6.4 Weapons
***********
*********
6.5 Other
*********
*******************************************************************************
7.0 Achievements and Other Special Information
*********************************************
Name GS Points How to
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Soldier Complete 20 Complete Soldier Story Mode
Sniper Complete 20 Complete Sniper Story Mode
Scout Complete 20 Complete Scout Story Mode
Gunner Complete 20 Complete Gunner Story Mode
Command Complete 20 Complete Command Story Mode
Defense Complete 20 Complete Defense Story Mode
All Tact. Complete 20 Complete All Story Mode
Tact. Instructor 20 S Rank On All Story Mode Missions
Soldier Valor 20 Soldier Exp. Level Max
Sniper Valor 20 Sniper Exp. Level Max
Scout Valor 20 Scout Exp. Level Max
Gunner Valor 20 Gunner Exp. Level Max
Command Valor 20 Commander Exp. Level Max
Defense Valor 20 Defender Exp. Level Max
Biped Specialist 20 Use Biped 50 Chassis Times
Hover Specialist 20 Use Hover Chassis 50 Times
Inverse Specialist 20 Use Inverse Chassis 50 Times
Tread Specialist 20 Use Tread Chassis 50 Times
Wheel Specialist 20 Use Wheel Chassis 50 Times
Bronze Flag 20 Secure COMBAS 100 Times
Silver Flag 20 Secure COMBAS 300 Times
Bronze Hammer 20 Destroy Enemy HQ and Win 50 Times
Silver Hammer 20 Destroy Enemy HQ and Win 100 Times
Bronze Wing 20 Destroy 50 Enemy Hounds
Silver Wing 20 Destroy 100 Enemy Hounds
Bronze Patriot 20 Stay With Same Nation For 3 season
Capital Occupation 20 Affiliated Nation Destroys Another
Nataion Resurrector 20 Revive Affiliated Nation
Neroimus War Medal 40 Affiliated Nation Wins Neroimus War
Crushing Award 20 Wipe Out Enemy And Survive 100 Times
Gold Cross 20 #1 In Seasonal Fame
Gold Eagle 20 #1 In Fame At A Point
Gold Hexagon 20 #1 In Average Seasonal Fame
Gold Lion 20 #1 In Seasonal Conquest Points
Gold Sword Cross 20 #1 In Conquest Points At A Point
Gold Wing 20 #1 In Average Fame
Marching Service 20 Move 1,000,000m Total
Military Service 20 Deploy 300 Times
Red Flag 20 Win 100 Times
Storming Award 20 First Strike 30 Times
Survival Award 20 Live 10 Times In A Row
More Still Unknown 260
Mercredi 19 septembre 2007
3
19
/09
/2007
00:03
-
Recommander
-
Par yagami
-
Ecrire un commentaire
Publié dans : xbox 360 guides - Voir les 0 commentaires
---------------------------------------------------------------------
Table of Contents
---------------------------------------------------------------------
I. Version History
II. Achievement List
III. Vehicles
IV. Mission Walkthroughs
1) Arrival
2) Invasion
3) Melee
4) Landing
5) Search
6) Airforce
7) Takedown
8) Mobilization
9) Tsugawa
10) Arms
11) Infiltration
12) Reinforcement
13) Retaliation
14) Fortress
15) Blockade
16) Multiplication
17) Nesting
18) Dino-mech
19) Umbra
20) Artillery
21) Crimson
22) Trapped
23) Expansion
24) Interception
25) Descent 1
25) Descent 2
27) Descent 3
28) Descent 4
29) Assault
30) Anchored
31) Advance
32) March
33) Surprise
34) Breach
35) Sweep
36) Thunder
37) Eruption
38) Surrounded
39) Legion
40) Return
41) Occupation
42) King
43) Spearhead
44) Extermination 1
45) Extermination 2
46) Extermination 3
47) Uprising
48) Wrath
49) Elite
50) Unkown
51) Convergence
52) Inferno
53) Starship
---------------------------------------------------------------------
I. Version History
---------------------------------------------------------------------
1.0 - Finally, the FAQ is made! This is my first time ever making a FAQ, so
please let me know what you think, both good and bad!
---------------------------------------------------------------------
II. Achievement List
---------------------------------------------------------------------
The achievements in EDF 2017 are actually all quite simple. Just beat all the
difficulties for the first 5 achievements, and collect every weapon for the
sixth. By the time you've beaten all the missions on every difficulty, you'll
definitely have all the weapons.
1) All Stages Cleared (Easy) 50 Points
2) All Stages Cleared (Normal) 100 Points
3) All Stages Cleared (Hard) 150 Points
4) All Stages Cleared (Hardest) 200 Points
5) All Stages Cleared (Inferno) 300 Points
6) All Weapons Acquired 200 Points
---------------------------------------------------------------------
III. Vehicles
---------------------------------------------------------------------
To tell the truth, I found the vehicles in this game completely useless. I
still included which vehicles are available in each level, however, just in
case any of you enjoy using the vehicles.
Battle Machine Vegalta (Mech)
SDL2 Airbikev (Bike)
EF24 Combat Helicopter Bazelato (Chopper)
E551 Combat Vehicle Gigantus (Tank)
---------------------------------------------------------------------
IV. Mission Walkthroughs
---------------------------------------------------------------------
IV.1) Arrival
Reommended Weapons: Assault Rifle & Rocket Launcher
Available vehicles: None
Basically your standard tutorial-type mission. This mission is both
straightforward and easy to complete. The only enemies you will face here are
black ants.. Simply run & gun, getting used to the controls. Once you start run
straight down the street until you run into your first group of enemies. Once
you get in range with your rocket launher, start firing. Keep at it with the
rocket launcher until they get close, then finish off the remaining stragglers
with your assault rifle.
After defeating the first group, a second group will appear on your radar.
Simply follow your radar until you run into them. This group begins firing acid
at you, so be prepared. Still, even with the added attack option these enemies
are weak and small enough in numbers that they are easy to take down.
After you beat the second group, a third and final group will appear. Open up
with the rocket launcher and you can kill most of them before they even get to
you. Be sure to aim at the buildings they are crawling on as you can kill many
of them this way.
Congratulations, you're well on your way to becoming a valued EDF soldier!
IV.2) Invasion
Reommended Weapons: Assault Rifle & Rocket Launcher
Available vehicles: None
This mission opens with up three groups of enemies, all located more or less
straight ahead of you. Head down the street firing with your rocket launcher to
thin theyr ranks before you get there. Be careful not to move too far in as the
three groups will converge on pretty much one spot. After you beat this initial
wave... Good job! Mission finished.
IV.3) Melee
Reommended Weapons: Assault Rifle & Rocket Launcher
Available vehicles: None
First head towards the small group of allies (blue dots) on your screen. There
are just a few ants here and once you kill them the EDF members will join you.
After that just move through the city, following your radar, and kiling
anything you see. Not too many surprised here, what you see on your radar in
the beginning is pretty much what you'll be facing. I reccomend fighting your
way to your comrades first, as it's easier to fight with more people on your
side. Also, remember to blow up plenty of buildings here, as it prevents the
enemies attacking from above.
IV.4) Landing
Recommended Weapons: Assault Rifle & Rocket Launcher
Available vehicles: None
This mission is pretty straightforward. There are three groups of black ants.
Follow your radar and kill them all. After this, two alien dropships will
appear in the sky above you. They'll each drop off a group of ants. Don't waste
your ammo on the ships - at this point in the game you're not meant to bring
them down. After you wipe out the dropped ants, the mission ends.
IV.5) Search
Recommended Weapons: Assault Rifle & Rocket Launcher
Available vehicles: None
This stage opens up with a large groups of ants more or less in front of you.
Head along the road and a small portion of them will come to meet you. After
beating them you can either continue along the road you're on with the current
group of EDF members you're with, or head left along the street and move in
with a second group. There's no way to join them together, as they aren't the
type of NPC's that will "join" you. Either road pretty much leads to the same
thing: the rest of the ants.
After you finish off all the ants, you'll hear over the radio that the entire
air force has been wiped out like sissies, and that all the alien gunships are
heading your way. HQ tells you to retreat. You end up having to fight all the
gunships anyway, but make sure to move along with your group of NPC's as it
will make the fight much easier. Feel free to take shots with your rocket
launcher until they get close. Once they get close switch to your assault
rifle, as gunships drop like flies after only short bursts of fire from a
decent rifle. Mission's over, enjoy your brief break.
IV.6) Airforce
Recommended Weapons: Assault Rifle & Missle
Available vehicles: None
This will be your first mission where your primary enemy is something besides
an ant. While I still recommend using the assault rifle against the gunships,
some people prefer thr multi-missle launchers (such as the MLRA series Missles)
because of their tracking ability.
This is perhaps the most straightforward mission in the entire game. You fight
three waves of gunships, and you're done. You don't even move, you sit in the
same square and fight. The only two pieces of advice I can offer are: 1) Ignore
the mothership, you can't hurt it and 2) Keep moving. Gunships are, in mu
opinion, probably the wasiest enemies in the game. They have relatively low
damage and pretty bad accuracy, just keep moving around and firing with your
weapon of choie and you'll have these stage beat in no time at all.
IV.7) Takedown
Recommended Weapons: Assault Rifle & Rocket Launcher
Available vehicles: None
This is the first mission you will be able to take down the Ravager UFO's. Just
aim your rocket at the underside of the craft when it opens the hatch, and they
go down relatively easy. ALWAYS focus on destroying the UFO's before taking out
the enemies on the ground, as they'll just keep spawning new enemies until you
take them down.
There are two UFO's that you start pretty much right next to. Take them out and
then mop up all the ants they dropped, and you've finished the mission.
Straightforward and simple, this mission shouldn't offer any trouble. Depending
on your difficulty, UFO's can do down in just a few shots with some of the more
powerful rocket launchers.
Another alternative for this mission is to leave the UFO's alone and simple
keep killing the ants they drop until you get tired of it. This is an excellent
mission to collect weapons and armor upgrades, as the enemies are weak and not
very plentiful.
IV.8) Mobilization
Recommended Weapons: Assault Rifle & Rocket Launcher
Available vehicles: None
As the mission opens up, you'll noticed a large number of red dots on your
radar pretty much directly in front of you. What are you waiting for? Head
towards them. You have two choices here, either wait until you get close and
take them on assault-rifle style, or open up from long range with your rockets
and risk killing the group of EDF members in their midst. After defeating all
the bugs in this group, another swarm will spawn further into the city, and HQ
will tell you to move on to meet up with Ranger 5 to defeat the incoming UFO's.
Head over and wipe out that groups of ants. While fighting you'll notice a 3rd
group of ants fighting Ranger 6. Kill all the ants in both groups, and you'll
hear a message over the radio about the mothership coming (which is strange,
since it never shows up). Two UFO's come flying in. As usual, take them down
with your rocket launcher first then mop up whatever ants remain. Keep moving
at this point, because they drop a LOT of ants in. After killing everything on
the screen, this mission is finished!
IV.9) Tsugawa
Recommended Weapons: Assault Rifle & Sniper Rifle
Available vehicles: Tank & Chopper
This is another one of the straightforward missions. (They pretty much offer
these every time a new enemy type is introduced). You'll start up on the hill
ooverlooking the ocean where the enemy is coming from. Use this to your
advantage and snipe all the Walking Arms robots before they can get to you. I
like using any of the high-powered, low-capacity sniper rifles, but if you
don't have any decent ones consider using a slow-firing but high-damage missle
instead (the Air Tortoise, for example). There are only a few of the small
enemy gunships that will approach you during the fight. Just switch to your
assault rifle and they drop in seconds.
IV.10) Arms
Recommended Weapons: Rocket Launcher & Sniper Rifle
Available vehicles: None
A group of the huge robots (called Hectors in the game from this point on) is
tearing up the city, and of course they call upon you to stop them. I highly
recommend just sitting at the starting point in this map, as the enemy will all
come to you. Use a high-powered sniper rifle on them while they are far away to
inflict the big damage, and if they get close use the rocket launcher. I
recommend using whichever rocket launcher you have with the highest capacity,
even if the damage is less. Why? Because every time you hit the Hectors with
the rocket it throws their aim off. (Besides, the sniper should pretty much
take care of them before they get too close to you.) If the several of the
enemy gets close, just run to a safe distance and start sniping again. The
hectors are slow and relatively easy to get away from. These are the only enemy
for this mission. Congratulations!
IV.11) Infiltration
Recommended Weapons: Bound Gun (Special Weapon) & Rocket Launcher
Available vehicles: None
I usuAlly replace my trusty assault rifle with any of the bound guns for all
the nest missions. This handy weapon ricochets its bullets off walls, making it
extremely effective in the narrow tunnels of these types of missions. The
rocket launcher also works well, but make sure you don't use it in a tight
situation. If the enemy is close when you use it you'll kill not only the ants,
but probably yourself as well as your allies in the enclosed space.
You start off with the first group of ants coming right in front og you. Use
the rocket launcher near the opening of the tunnel and very few will be able to
make it through the blast radius. Keep an eye on the ceiling for the ones that
manage to make it through. After the first wave another large group will spawn
on your radar. Follow through the tunnel the first wave came from mand follow
your radar to the second group.
The second group is in a huge cavern and come down at you from above. Do not go
all the way into the chamber. Get their attention and then withdraw slightly
and kill them as they enter the tunnel you are standing in. Remember, bugs are
stupid, and you can always use a tactical advantage against them. As you're
killing this wave you'll hear over the radio that everyone got their butts
kicked and that the mission is cancelled. Mop up whatever enemy is left (don't
forget to get all the goodies before you kill the very last one) and that will
end the mission.
IV.12) Reinforcement
Recommended Weapons: Assault Rifle & Rocket Launcher
Available vehicles: Tank
Ahhhh the spiders. I hate spdiers, both in the game and in real life. These
are, in my opinion, the most terrible enemies in the game. Granted, they are
realtively weak in terms of defense as they go down pretty quickly, but they
have pretty high attack power and extremely long range. Plus, they leap like
freaks all over the place. Finally.... they are spiders. <Shudder>
Anyhow, you start off in the middle of the street and guess what's in front of
you? Start shooting. Use your rocket launchers and lay waste to the city,
because the spiders often hide on the tops of buildings and snipe you with
their webs. Kill everything on your radar, and you're done. Another of the
simple, introductory missions.
IV.13) Retaliation
Recommended Weapons: Assault Rifle & Rocket Launcher
Available vehicles: Mech & Bike
You start off with two groups in front, a group in back, and one UFO to your
left. Move forward and rescue the EDF group directly in front of you. They'll
join up, offering a bit more firepower for the upcoming fights. After this,
head to your left (opposite where the UFO is heading) and defeat that group of
spiders to add another EDF group to your little army. After this, head down the
street following where the UFO went.
Defeat the group surrounding the 3rd group of EDF and then the group the UFO
drops. Ignore the UFO. It will drop one final group of spdiers, and then fly
away. Just kill all the remaining spiders to finish the mission up.
IV.14) Fortress
Recommended Weapons: Assault Rifle & Sniper Rifle
Available vehicles: None
Ignore both the mothership and the walking fortress, you can't kill either at
this point in time.
Once the fortress starts moving, it will deploy enemy gunships. Take them out
with your assault rifle, then put some distance between yourself and the
fortress. It will start shooting everything in sight with laser cannons. Use
your sniper rifle to take out some of the laser cannons until it begins
deploying Hetors. Now run to the high ground.
Another group of gunships will deploy from the fortress in the meantime. Once
you get atop the mountain and are out of the HEctors' range, kill all the
gunships with the assault rifle, then turn back and finish off all the Hectors.
IV.15) Blockade
Recommended Weapons: Assault Rifle & Sniper Rifle
Available vehicles: None
Once again, there is no stopping the fortress in this mission, so don't waste
your bullets.
This mission an be EXTREMELY difficult until you figure out the pattern to
defeating the enemies. Always kill them in this order:
1) Hectors with machine gun
2) Hectors without machine gun
3) Gunships
The machine gun Hectors do a LOT of damage once you get stuck in their fire.
Focus on them first, even if you are surrounded by gunships. The gunships do
very little damage and are relatively easy to dodge. Use the sniper and kill as
many Hectors as possible. If you find yourself stuck in enemy Hector fire, use
the assault rifle on him as it will cause his aim to be off and you can
manuever to a better position.
There is little in the way of strategy or a step-by-step procedure other than
this. Keep moving and stay as far away from the fortress as possible. Focus on
the enemies in the above order and you should do fine.
IV.16) Multiplication
Recommended Weapons: Assault Rifle & Rocket Launcher
Available vehicles: Mech
Right off the bat, there's a huge group of ants fighting a large group of EDF
forces straight in front of you. While the EDF keeps the ants busy, destroy the
hole the ants are coming out of with your rockets, then take care of the
remaining ants with the assault rifle. After you beat this first wave, a second
wave appears off in the distance as a Scout team yells they found another hole
over the radio.
You should be able to see the next hole from where you are standing. (Hint:
Look in the diretion of the huge red blotch on your radar). Take care of the
enemies here, and a third hole opens up. Again, snipe irom where you are. Guess
what happens when you defeat this group? You got it! There's the fourth one.
This one spawns spiders, but again just snipe the hole from afar and then kill
the spiders as they come close. Make sure you destroy the hole quickly, or so
many spiders will spawn you'll die before you know it because the webs damage
you so heavily. Finally, after the fourth hole the mission is over.
IV.17) Nesting
Recommended Weapons: Bound Gun (Special Weapon) & Rocket Launcher
Available vehicles: None
You start off surrounded... joy. As crazy as it sounds, once the mission
starts, rush forward into the crowd of bugs in front of you. The idea is to
break through the first wave so you can keep all enemies on one side instead of
getting surrounded. As soon as you hit this point (you'll probably be lost
somewhere in the tunnels, but no big deal) just turn around and fire like
crazy. Use the assault rifle to clear a path, then use the rocket to take out
big chunks of enemies at a time.
After you finally clear out everything that chased you, head back cautiously
towards the starting area. By this time all the EDF members are dead, so shoot
as soon as you see anything. Once you get back out to the starting point,
finish of all the first group (those that started in front of you) then move on
towards the second large group. Luckily no more groups spawn, so the mission is
up once you finish everything on the screen.
IV.18) Dino-mech
Recommended Weapons: Sniper Rifle & Rocket Launcher
Available vehicles: Tank & Chopper
This is the first "boss" type monster you encounter. It's just you (and a few
dozen EDF members> versus him. Basically, just hide back and use the sniper
rifle on him. If he rushes you throw him off balance with the rocket. This boss
is actually very easy as he spends most of his time fighting the EDF or running
through buildings, leaving you free to just stand and shoot.
IV.19) Umbra
Recommended Weapons: Assault Rifle & Rocket Launcher
Available vehicles: Bike, Tank, Chopper
There's two UFO's and several spiders to clear out on this stage. Start off
running backwards, targeting the closest UFO. You should be able to destroy it
just as the spiders kill off all the other EDF members in front of you. Now
turn around and run like a sissy until you find the path up to higher ground.
Keep climbing and once you're able, take out the other UFO. The remaining
spiders shouldn't post much of a problem since they'll now be broken into
smaller groups as they usually only make it up the mountain a few at a time.
All done. Easy, right?
IV.20) Artillery
Recommended Weapons: Sniper Rifle & Assault Rifle
Available vehicles: Tank (Blow up raised highway to gain access) & Mech
You fight a new type of Hector here, equipped with a plasma cannon. These are
actually probably the easiest of all the Hectors, as the plasma cannons are
extremely easy to dodge. Just take them all out with your sniper rifle.
Of course, it couldn't be THAT easy, now could it? Eventually, gunships will
appear all over the place and you're informed it's a trap. As soon as this
happens rush straight for one group of gunships. The reasoning here is to try
to obliterate one half of the enemy before they can converge on you in their
entirety. Concetrate on them as it's easy to dodge the Hector's plasma cannons.
Oh by the way, more Hectors appear at this time as well. Once you finish the
gunships turn you attention to the Hectors and they go down easily with a
sniper rifle. Overall, this is actually a very easy mission compared to most.
IV.21) Crimson
Recommended Weapons: Assault Rifle & Rocket Launcher
Available vehicles: Tank
There are 3 waves of the new red ants enemies, each spawning only after you
kill the previous group. The first is straight ahead of you, the second spawns
behind where you started, and the third comes rolling down over the large hills.
Not much in the way of true strategy here. Use your rocket launcher to attack
when they are far away to thin their numbers. Aim for the big groups to
maximize your damage. When they get close let loose with the assault rifle
while running backwards so they don't get a chance to hit you.
NOTE: If you're having trouble with this mission, try using this glitch/cheat.
Head out into the water deep enough that the red ants are almost completely
submerged. They'll try to attack you but are unable to actually damage you. The
sheer mass of bodies in the water underneath you will actually continuusly
propel you upwards, allowing you to shoot down into the enemies below. It takes
a while to kill them with this method, but it is one way to go about it if
you're having trouble.
IV.22) Trapped
Recommended Weapons: Assault Rifle & Rocket Launcher
Available vehicles: Mech & Tank
You start out with Hectors and ants on all sides. Not the best odds in the
world, eh? Run like a sissy, you need to find some high ground. Just keep
running for this level. Luckily no new enemies spawn, but there's plenty to
deal with as is. Just keep running into the mountains and using them as cover
from the Hectors while you defeat the ants, then take out the Hectors one by
one.
IV.23) Expansion
Recommended Weapons: Assault Rifle & Rocket Launcher
Available vehicles: Bike & Chopper
Head down the street until you get next to the park area. From here you should
be able to start attacking the enemy. Concentrate on the hole while the ants
are busy with the other EDF members. Don't worry about stopping to finish off
the remaining enemies, your task is to destroy the holes first. Keep heading
straight down the street until you run into another hole, this one spewing red
ants. Take it out. At this point, go ahead and clear out some of the enemies
and gather up some health, I'm assuming you need it because of the freaking
spiders.
Next, head down the nearest street on your right and take out the hole spewing
the giant spiders. If you time your rocket shots well, you can kill nerly all
the enemies aas they spawn, making life much easier. Head towards the next red
spot on your radar and you'll find the fourth hole, red ants. Duck in between
all the buildings here and keep manuvering back and forth to break the enemy
into smaller, confused chunks. Once you destroy this hole take care of the
remaining bugs to get a quick breather before moving on to the final hole.
Clean out this group of ants and teh mission is complete.
IV.24) Interception
Recommended Weapons: Assault Rifle & Sniper Rifle
Available vehicles: Tank & Mech
Gunships over the ocean and Hectors behind. Turn around and take out all the
Hectors first. Not only will this make your life easier, but also help keep
more EDF members around to help you with the gunships. The gunships will go
down quickly with all your men turned on them, and the second wave will appear.
The second wave consists of more gunships and a few more Hectors which come
from out at sea. You should be able tp snipe the Hectors long before they are
close enough to you to inflict damage, and again the gunships go down quickly.
(Though by this time most of the EDF is probably gone on the harder modes)
After the second wave, you're done. Thankfully this is a FAR easier mission
than the previous one.
IV.25) Descent 1
Recommended Weapons: Bound Gun & Rocket Launcher
Available vehicles: None
The first of four missions that take place in the bugs' nest. In this mission
you start off at the top of a long tunnel heading down, with plenty of enemies
on screen. This is actually a very simple mission, just work your way down
slowly, killing everything as you go. By the time you reach the bottom there
should only be a few enemies left. Take care of them and you're done.
NOTE: Be especially careful not to fall if you're playing on anything other
than easy. You'll be swarmed and killed very quickly.
IV.26) Descent 2
Recommended Weapons: Bound Gun & Rocket Launcher
Available vehicles: None
You start off with a trmendously huge group of ants directly in front of you
getting ready to devour some hapless EDF members. Use your rocket launcher (be
careful to aim away from the EDF guys) and you can take out significant chunks
of the enemy. Finish off the stragglers with your bound gun and get any
surviving EDF members to join you.
Move into the adjacant cavern where the ants where coming from. It's a bit
confusing as to where to go from here, because of the mae-like tunnel system.
Stay on the bottom floor and head towards the red part of your radar. You don't
be able to go straight there, but near the area where you can begin climbing up
is a large tunnel that will curve around to where the remaining enemies are.
Take them all out. (Remember, let them come to you so you can bottlneck them
and use your rocket launcher)
One more group. Head down the narrow, spiral tunnel to encounter the final
group of bugs. Use your radar to find any stragglers and mission over.
IV.27) Descent 3
Recommended Weapons: Bound Gun & Rocket Launcher
Available vehicles: None
This is the most difficult of the "Descent" missions. As soon as you start, you
are completely surrounded. Ignore everything else and rush forward into the
tunnel directly in front of you. When you hit a Y in the tunnels turn right,
then at the second Y turn left. You'l hit a dead end. Now turn around, kill
anything close to you with your bound gun, and keep firing with your rocket
launcher. Don't even think about stopping until you are sure there's no more
enemies coming down the tunnel. At this point, most of the enemy should be
dead, now just go finish up the last few and you'vwe got an easy victory.
This is the ONLY way I've been able to beat this mission on anything above
normal.
IV.28) Descent 4
Recommended Weapons: Bound Gun & Rocket Launcher
Available vehicles: None
The last of the descent missions, you get to fight the leaders of the ants.
Start of by heading forward into the tunnel in front of you, meeting up with a
Ranger team who joins you. Now keep firing rokets down the tunnel in front of
you. If you hear a bug die, it's a good sign, so keep firing until you don't
hear it anymore. After this group dies, another spawns. Follow the tunnel
system until you run into another team who again joins you. Move forward just
enough to kill your first bug, then fall back and bottleneck them all at once.
Once again, another group of enemies spawn off in the distance after these ones
are defeated. Follow the tunnels (Stick to the left) If you've got a large
enough army, you can go ahead and try to save the next group as they are
besiged by spiders. Otherwise, hang back and unload with rockets. Another group
of enemies spawn. Follow the tunnels down. This group is pretty easy as they
come at you in a narrow tunnel. Use a volley of rockets and wipe them out.
Now head towards the blue part of the Radar. Join up with a large group of EDF
members, and follow them as they all rush down into the tunnels. Once you see
the enemy open up with your rockets and clear out as many as you can. As soon
as acid starts flowing up the tunnel, rush in. You can't dodge the acid in the
tunnel, but you can as soon as you break through into the queen's hambers. Kill
everything in the room and you can finally get out of these tunnels.
IV.29) Assault
Recommended Weapons: Sniper Rifle & Rocket Launcher
Available vehicles: Tank & Mech
Two UFO's in front, one in back. Concentrate on them first while the EDF keeps
the Hectors busy. This mission is easy if you're able to take down the UFO's
quickly. The mini-Hectors aren't all that difficult, either. Just keep an eye
out for the ones wielding machine guns, as they can still deal a decent amount
of damage. Kill them while the UFO's are closed, then revert your attention
back to the UFO's. As is the norm for all missions introducing new enemy types,
this is a quick, simple mission. After taking down the UFO's clean up the
remaining enemies and it's over.
IV.30) Anchored
Recommended Weapons: Assault Rifle & Rocket Launcher
Available vehicles: Tank, Mech, Bike
You can't destroy the mothership, don't waste your time.
First, head to the beach. Two UFO's, gunships, and ants. Nothing really to
worry about here so take care of business then start moving up the hill towards
the mothership. There are a total of three UFO's up in the mountains. It's
easier to take out the two furthest from the mothership first (they drop ants &
gunships) and then move on to the one next to the mothership (drops spiders).
After you take out the three UFO's, do the usual clean up to end the mission.
IV.31) Advance
Recommended Weapons: Rocket Launher & Sniper Rifle
Available vehicles: Tank & Mech
Destroy the four Hectors around the starting point first. After this, start
sniping the remaining Hectors off in the distance. This mission is relatively
easy as long as you prioritize: kill the large Hectors first, especially those
with machine guns. Then work your way down to the smallest threat: small
hectors with no machine guns. As long as you can kill all the machine-gun
toting Hectors before they get to you, there should be no problems at all with
this simple mission.
IV.32) March
Recommended Weapons: ZE-Gun (Special Weapon) & Rocket Launcher
Available vehicles: Tank & Bike
This is a very diffiult mission. Make sure you stay with your group at first,
as they provide both firepower and a meatshield for when the spiders come. If
you notice you are down to only a small handful of EDF, run the other way. I
like using the ZE Gun's here, in a triangle-like formation around the snipers.
Use whichever one you have that has the highest rate of fire... there's a lot
of spiders. Concentrate of blowing apart the large chunks of spiders, leaving
your snipers to pick off the individual enemies.
There are a total of three waves. The first from the front, the second from the
left, and the final from the back. If you can survive through them all, victory
is yours.
IV.33) Surprise
Recommended Weapons: Assault Rifle & Rocket Launcher
Available vehicles: None
This is another mission where you cannot actually destroy the fortress, so
don't waste your time with it.
From where you start, you should be able to take down the first of two UFO's.
Do so and then kill whatever enemies come your way.
After this, move to a better position and take down the second UFO. Again,
quickly clean up the enemies that are left.
You'll get the order to attack the fortress as it moves to life. Ignore this,
since we both secretly know you can't kill it (until next mission!) but feel
free to hang back and attack its laser cannons if you'd like. Once it starts
deplyoing bugs, concentrate on taking them out. Shortly after it deploys the
bugs, it will drop off some gunships. Swith your attention to these now. One
more group of bugs will drop from the fortress. After cleaning up all the
enemies, the order is given to retreat, ending the mission.
IV.34) Breach
Recommended Weapons: Assault Rifle & Rocket Launcher
Available vehicles: Bike & Mech
Your first task is to move in and destroy the cannon near the backside of the
fortress. This will help keep the other EDF members alive far longer than they
otherwise would. Now, start shooting your rocket into his weak point. The weak
point on the fortress, like on the UFO's, is when the hatch underneath opens up
when it goes to drop enemies. Make sure you stay just behind the fortress and
near the center so it doesn't step on you, and aim accordingly.
When the bugs are dropped from the fortress, ignore them for the most part.
Keep shooting the fortress. Once the hatch closes, turn your attention to
quickly killing the bugs and gathering any health they may drop.
The fortress will start deplyoing Hectors as well as firing at you with its
laser cannons. At this point, fall back some and take out first the Hectors,
then the cannons. Once you are able to clear everything out, focus on the
fortress itself again. Keep this up until you bring down the fortress. The real
key to success in this battle is to quickly defeat whatever the fortress drops
so you are not overwhelmed between enemy attacks and the fortress' cannons.
IV.35) Sweep
Recommended Weapons: Assault Rifle & Rocket Launcher
Available vehicles: Tank & Chopper
You start off with a few EDF members and basically three split groups of
enemies. Move forward and grab another few EDF members by the vehicles, then
start with the group on your left. This is the easiest group, consisting solely
of black ants. After this move in a straight line over to the next group of
bugs (originally the group in the right, red ants). Feel free to start shooting
rokets as soon as you see them, you're bound to at least take a few down before
you reah them.
Regroup, grab any items, and head over to the last group, the furthest away.
Mostly spiders and red ants in this group. After you finish them off, the
mission is over.
IV.36) Thunder
Recommended Weapons: Assault Rifle & Rocket Launcher
Available vehicles: Chopper
Guess what? You can't kill the mothership! Save your ammo for the real enemies.
I reccomend taking out the Hector at the street first. Continue moving down the
street, taking out the smaller enemies as you go until the first street is
clear. Turn left at the big intersection and you'll see a Hector standing at
the end of the street. Engage it from where you are. Enemies will start rushing
down the street at you, so kill all of them.
The mothership will deploy enemy gunships (during which time you have a
terrible point of view and cannot fight properly, so keep dodging. Confirm the
Hector is dead first, then take on the gunships. You'll get a second terrible
view as the mothership deploys its gun (again, keep dodging) and pretty much
kills everything. After this, everything pretty goes badly and the remaining
enemies all converge on you. Fall back, firing first at the Hectors and then at
the bugs,
Eventually, after destroying half the city, the motership will start spitting
out gunships again. Hopefully by this time all the other enemies are dead so
you can focus on these. Finishing them off, you'll hear that Europe is about to
be destroyed, and the mission ends.
IV.37) Eruption
Recommended Weapons: Assault Rifle & Missle
Available vehicles: Bike & Tank
You start off with a huge number of EDF members. Of ourse... they're all going
to die anyway, but still...
There are a total of four hole in this mission, and they are all located
extremely close together, right next to that first hole. If you have a missle
launcher with a good blast area, you can just hide where you start and keep
launching missles in the direction of the nest. If you get lucky you'll be able
to destroy everything while the enemy is still fighting the other EDF members.
A second tactic which works just as well is to replace the missle with a sniper
rifle and just manuever about until you can get a decent shot on the nest. You
have to be quick here, though. Once the enemy wipes out the EDF they'll attack
you en masse and without any sort of explosive weaponry it could prove to be
diffiult to defeat them.
That's it for this mission! An easy one before the next mission...
IV.38) Surrounded
Recommended Weapons: Assault Rifle & Sniper Rifle
Available vehicles: Bike, Mech, Tank
This mission can be either very easy or extremely difficult. Use whatever
weapon you have that can do the most damage the fastest. (I like the Lysander
sniper rifle. It does good damage and can fire quickly) Take out the UFO's as
soon as you can. If you're able to take out the UFO's before your forces are
overwhelmed by the bugs, then it's relatively easy to mop up remaining enemies
and win the mission.
If you are unable to defeat the UFO's in a timely manner your forces are
quickly overrun and it's you versus an entire army. Good luck. The only tactic
available when the EDF is almost gone is to run like a sissy shooting as you
go. Make sure to keep the enemies on one side of you. Kill all the spiders
after you, then concetrate on sniping the UFO's, then move to any ants directly
on top of you. Another good tactic is to grab just one group of EDF members
before you run, leaving the rest as sacrifices. The few men with you should be
able to keep the ants off you if you can kill the spiders, leaving you free to
take out the UFO's.
IV.39) Legion
Recommended Weapons: Rocket Launcher & Sniper Rifle
Available vehicles: Bike, Mech, Tank, Chopper
Use pretty muh the same tactic as described in the "Dino-Mech" mission. Just
stay far, far away from the enemy and snipe them. You can use the chopper to
get on top of a faraway building for a better sniping point. (Fly above the
building then just jump out, falls won't hurt you.) Concentrate on taking out
one Dino-Mech at a time. Use your sniper as your primary damage-dealer, and
save your rockets to throw them off balance when they breath fire. If you can
keep your EDF members alive with this tactic (especially those with the laser
rifles) they will go down much more quickly.
IV.40) Return
Recommended Weapons: Assault Rifle & Rocket Launcher
Available vehicles: None
This mission is straightforward, but can be difficult on the higher levels. As
soon as the mission starts, turn around and start running until you find the
path to higher ground. Feel free to run backwards shooting at the enemy as you
go. There are 5 total groups that appear over the course of the level.Luckily,
the spawn on opposute sides of the river, so you'll only be fighting half of
the enemy at a time if you followed my advice to get to high ground. This makes
this mission far easier, and you shouldn't have many issues except on the
highest difficulty levels. (Though by this time, you should have insanely high
health and some very powerful weapons!)
IV.41) Occupation
Recommended Weapons: Assault Rifle & Rocket Launcher
Available vehicles: Chopper & Tank
You can kill two of the four UFO's from your starting point on the roof, take
them out. After this, jump to the ground (or to be really manly, blow up the
building you're standing on) and then head left along the street. Remember,
spiders are more dangerous than the gunships or ants, so take them out first to
save your health. After a moment you'll see a UFO at the end of the street.
Clear out a building or two along the way to get a better shot, and destroy it
quickly. Clear up the enemies around you and you should be able to see your
next target UFO across some buildings.
Make your way to that UFO and destroy it, then mop up the remaining enemies.
More than likely you'll be spending some time trying to hit a few gunships who
for some reason just randomly fly about extremely high up in the air, making
them very diffiult to hit. Feel free to nab all the items in the level before
finishing these rather pointless enemies off.
IV.42) King
Recommended Weapons: Sniper Rifle & Rocket Launcher
Available vehicles: None
Ahhh... as if the normal spiders weren't bad enough, now we have the really,
REALLY big Spiders. There are a total of three "Kings" in this level, each
leading his own distinct group of spiders. Each group (other than the first)
will only attack you once you attack them, so fight them one at a time.
You start off with just a few enemies behind you, and a large group (including
the Kings) in front. Move back and take care of the small group behind you
first, then turn back around and take care of the first King in front of you.
The key to victory on this stage is to simply stay far, far away from the
enemy. I like to take care of the smaller spiders first and then concentrate on
the King, he will go down fairly quickly with a high-powered sniper rifle.
However, do not underestimate the range of the King's webs.
Once you take care of the first group, gather any items dropped and then attack
the next group of your choosing. (Either the left or the right, they're
basically the same) Again, kill the smaller spiders then take out the King.
Repeat one more time on the last remaining group
IV.43) Spearhead
Recommended Weapons: Assault Rifle & Rocket Launcher
Available vehicles: 2 Mechs, Tank
There is a hole very near the starting point, just past the tank. Go ahead and
take care of that one, then turn left. Take care of the Hector just peeking
over the mountain and the hole he was standing near from where you are at.
After this, turn now to your right in the direction the spiders are coming
from. Just keep following the spiders as they come. You'll have to go across a
fairly big hill, then look down into the ravine and you'll see the hole.
Destroy it from above, then turn right following the road.
As you come around the bend, you'll see a Hector across the ravine. Take him
out as you're running, he shouldn't provide much of a challenge from this
distance. The only enemy left at this point are the black ants, so the last leg
of the mission is pretty easy. Head to the bridge and cross the ravine, moving
towards where you first saw the Hector. Pretty much straight up the hill from
the bridge you'll find the hole. Destroy it. Do some cleanup and the mission is
over.
IV.44) Extermination 1
Recommended Weapons: Assault Rifle & Missle
Available vehicles: None
Back into the nest area. Luckily, these three Extermination missions are the
last time you have to head underground to the enemy's lair.
This particular mission is very much like the first Descent mission. Just stay
as high as possible and kill everything below you. There's a lot of spiders
down there, so whatever you do don't fall and try to stay away from the sides.
I like using the multi-shot missle launchers. Just stand near the edge, fire
out, and let the missle do all the tracking work. Keep your AR ready in case
any of the enemies work their way up to you. Once you notice the enemies'
numbers starting to thin, just slowly work your way down the tunnel, killing
anything you see along the way. By the time you reach the bottom, nearly
everything should already be dead. Finish off whatever is left.
IV.45) Extermination 2
Recommended Weapons: Assault Rifle & Rocket Launcher
Now you basically go right back up. Follow the person who wacts as your guide
up the walkways. It's pretty difficult to get mixed up in this stage unless you
fall. Most of the enemies will be busy dealing with the large group of EDF
below, so just take out anything in your parth, as well as any spiders you see.
You will encounter a total of three holes on your way up the path. After the
third hole, you're at the top of the path, so just turn around, kill whatever
is left, and you've finished up this short, relatively easy mission.
Available vehicles: None
IV.46) Extermination 3
Recommended Weapons: Assault Rifle & Rocket Launcher
Available vehicles: None
The final nest-type mission of the game! Breathe a sigh of relief. Now, as soon
as the mission starts turn around and run into the smaller enemy group behind
you. At the Y in the tunnel, go right, and then bear left as you follow the
path up. This will bring you into a large room with a high ceiling. Head a bit
further into the room and then turn around, getting your rocket launcher ready.
If you keep an eye on your radar you should be able to tell where the enemy is
coming from, and take care of all the spiders without too much difficulty.
Since the EDF members all have flamethrowers, concentrate of the enemies at mid
and long range, and let them take are of anything right on top of you.
IV.47) Uprising
Recommended Weapons: Assault Rifle & Sniper Rifle
Available vehicles: Tank & Bike
MOve quickly forward next to the EDF members so they will join you instead of
rush off. Much lke the "King" mission, focus on one leader and his group of
enemies at a time. The first is the ant leader on the huge building that looks
like the space needle, directly in front of you. After this, pick and choose
your targets. Make sure to take your shots carefully, as you don't want to
cause multiple groups to attack at once. There are six total groups, three led
by giant spiders, three by giant ants.
Concentrate your fire mostly on the leaders, breaking off only to defeat any
spiders that get close. Your men should have no problems defeating any of the
ants that come your way. As long as you engage only one group at a time, you
should be able to take care of this mission pretty easily even on the higher
difficulties.
IV.48) Wrath
Recommended Weapons: Assault Rifle & Rocket Launcher
Available vehicles: Mech & Tank
The enemy comes at you in three waves. The first wave is visible as soon as you
start, with everything coming at you from the front. The second wave they come
at you in two directions, and the third from three diretions.
For the first wave stay near the center of the map along with your men.
Prioritize your targets: kill all the spiders first, then on to red ants, and
finally the black ones. You should be able to defeat the first wave without too
much problem and still have a few EDF members alive. For the second and third
waves, I reccomend rushing one group of enemies each time. This will make it
easier as you're only fighting one group at a time, instead of letting them
converge on you. In anything but easy the EDF will mostly be dead, so after you
defeat the group you rushed at turn and use long-range rocket attacks on the
other groups.
This mission can be very difficult, especially because of the lack of a true
strategy or cover. If you're having a hard time, I suggest going to an earlier
mission on Easy mode and stocking up on some more life, then returning to try
again.
IV.49) Elite
Recommended Weapons: Assault Rifle & Missle
Available vehicles: Chopper & Bike
Do not underestimate the red gunships. They are far more powerful than their
pathetic silver counterparts. However, there aren't a huge amount of them in
this mission, so if you keep your head you can win. Just unleash with the
missles and focus on one gunship at a time. Fire the missles until you run out
of ammo, then just keep dodging while you reload. I reccomend fighting them in
one of the many open, grassy areas in the town so you can dodge easily without
worrying about getting caught on a building or piece of fence.
IV.50) Unkown
Recommended Weapons: Sniper Rifle & Rocket Launcher
Available vehicles: Mech, Bike, Tank
This boss is very easy to bit. Simply use the sniper rifle on him to inflict
damage while he's messing around with the EDF. Whenever he eventually turns his
attentions to you, just get your rocket launcher ready. It's all about the
timing. If you hit him with a powerful rocket just as he begins to attack (not
when he's charging, as he actually begins to fire) the rocket will cause him to
reel back, sending his shots harmlessly into the air. All you have to do is
make sure you don't get stepped on, and this boss is a piece of cake.
IV.51) Convergence
Recommended Weapons: Assault Rifle & Rocket Launcher
Available vehicles: Tank
There's not much in the way of strategy in this mission, it's most just all-out
war. It's you versus an army in a ruined city landscape. About the only piece
of advice really applicable is make sure yuo prioritize targets. Kill the UFO's
as soon as possible, so you will only have a few bugs to deal with. Hectors
after that, remaining bugs, and then finally the worthless gunships. The
mission is relatively easy if you can take out the UFO's quickly, otherwise
it's pretty easy to get overwhelmed.
IV.52) Inferno
Recommended Weapons: Assault Rifle & Rocket Launcher
Available vehicles: Tank, 2 Mechs
Even thous this mission looks insanely difficult, it's really not that bad.
Start off by shooting at everything coming towards you. Do not fall back until
the enemy gets close, then switch to your AR and run backwards. Just keep
running straight backwards firing with the assault rifle, and nothing should
really prove a problem because of the terrible aim of the enemies. Once you
finish off everything that is chasing you, move forward and take care of all
the Hectors.
After you clear the first wave, a second wave appears. Quickly take out the
UFO's and then start running backwards again, using the same tactic as before.
This second wave is relatively easy though, as several EDF members with laser
rifles back you up from afar, and make pretty short work of the black ants
chasing you, leaving you free to kill the Queen Ant and the elite gunships.
That's it! One more mission to completing the game!
IV.53) Starship
Recommended Weapons: Assault Rifle & Rocket Launcher
Available vehicles: Chopper & Bike
Finally, you are able to destroy the Mothership and save Earth!
First thing, take out the two UFO's. Next, move on to any Hectors you can find.
You cannot hurt the mothership until it lowers its cannon, so ignore it for now
and clean up as many Hectors as possible. As soon as the cannon opens up and
starts to glow, shoot it! If you have a powerful enough weapon, you can destroy
it before it gets a short off.
Now clear up some gunships, you have a free moment before you can hurt the
Mothership again. Now it finally goes into true battle mode as 200 cannons
appear around the Mothership. Don't worry too much about them, there's no way
you're going to be able to destroy all 200 cannons. Instead, shoot at the big
glowing spot on the underside of the Mothership.
After you damage it enough, it once again changes. At this point there so many
weapons firing it is ridiculous. Just concentrate on the glowing weak point of
the Mothership. Keep hammering it, and eventually it will fall.
Congratulations, now just go back through and beat all the harder modes!
Table of Contents
---------------------------------------------------------------------
I. Version History
II. Achievement List
III. Vehicles
IV. Mission Walkthroughs
1) Arrival
2) Invasion
3) Melee
4) Landing
5) Search
6) Airforce
7) Takedown
8) Mobilization
9) Tsugawa
10) Arms
11) Infiltration
12) Reinforcement
13) Retaliation
14) Fortress
15) Blockade
16) Multiplication
17) Nesting
18) Dino-mech
19) Umbra
20) Artillery
21) Crimson
22) Trapped
23) Expansion
24) Interception
25) Descent 1
25) Descent 2
27) Descent 3
28) Descent 4
29) Assault
30) Anchored
31) Advance
32) March
33) Surprise
34) Breach
35) Sweep
36) Thunder
37) Eruption
38) Surrounded
39) Legion
40) Return
41) Occupation
42) King
43) Spearhead
44) Extermination 1
45) Extermination 2
46) Extermination 3
47) Uprising
48) Wrath
49) Elite
50) Unkown
51) Convergence
52) Inferno
53) Starship
---------------------------------------------------------------------
I. Version History
---------------------------------------------------------------------
1.0 - Finally, the FAQ is made! This is my first time ever making a FAQ, so
please let me know what you think, both good and bad!
---------------------------------------------------------------------
II. Achievement List
---------------------------------------------------------------------
The achievements in EDF 2017 are actually all quite simple. Just beat all the
difficulties for the first 5 achievements, and collect every weapon for the
sixth. By the time you've beaten all the missions on every difficulty, you'll
definitely have all the weapons.
1) All Stages Cleared (Easy) 50 Points
2) All Stages Cleared (Normal) 100 Points
3) All Stages Cleared (Hard) 150 Points
4) All Stages Cleared (Hardest) 200 Points
5) All Stages Cleared (Inferno) 300 Points
6) All Weapons Acquired 200 Points
---------------------------------------------------------------------
III. Vehicles
---------------------------------------------------------------------
To tell the truth, I found the vehicles in this game completely useless. I
still included which vehicles are available in each level, however, just in
case any of you enjoy using the vehicles.
Battle Machine Vegalta (Mech)
SDL2 Airbikev (Bike)
EF24 Combat Helicopter Bazelato (Chopper)
E551 Combat Vehicle Gigantus (Tank)
---------------------------------------------------------------------
IV. Mission Walkthroughs
---------------------------------------------------------------------
IV.1) Arrival
Reommended Weapons: Assault Rifle & Rocket Launcher
Available vehicles: None
Basically your standard tutorial-type mission. This mission is both
straightforward and easy to complete. The only enemies you will face here are
black ants.. Simply run & gun, getting used to the controls. Once you start run
straight down the street until you run into your first group of enemies. Once
you get in range with your rocket launher, start firing. Keep at it with the
rocket launcher until they get close, then finish off the remaining stragglers
with your assault rifle.
After defeating the first group, a second group will appear on your radar.
Simply follow your radar until you run into them. This group begins firing acid
at you, so be prepared. Still, even with the added attack option these enemies
are weak and small enough in numbers that they are easy to take down.
After you beat the second group, a third and final group will appear. Open up
with the rocket launcher and you can kill most of them before they even get to
you. Be sure to aim at the buildings they are crawling on as you can kill many
of them this way.
Congratulations, you're well on your way to becoming a valued EDF soldier!
IV.2) Invasion
Reommended Weapons: Assault Rifle & Rocket Launcher
Available vehicles: None
This mission opens with up three groups of enemies, all located more or less
straight ahead of you. Head down the street firing with your rocket launcher to
thin theyr ranks before you get there. Be careful not to move too far in as the
three groups will converge on pretty much one spot. After you beat this initial
wave... Good job! Mission finished.
IV.3) Melee
Reommended Weapons: Assault Rifle & Rocket Launcher
Available vehicles: None
First head towards the small group of allies (blue dots) on your screen. There
are just a few ants here and once you kill them the EDF members will join you.
After that just move through the city, following your radar, and kiling
anything you see. Not too many surprised here, what you see on your radar in
the beginning is pretty much what you'll be facing. I reccomend fighting your
way to your comrades first, as it's easier to fight with more people on your
side. Also, remember to blow up plenty of buildings here, as it prevents the
enemies attacking from above.
IV.4) Landing
Recommended Weapons: Assault Rifle & Rocket Launcher
Available vehicles: None
This mission is pretty straightforward. There are three groups of black ants.
Follow your radar and kill them all. After this, two alien dropships will
appear in the sky above you. They'll each drop off a group of ants. Don't waste
your ammo on the ships - at this point in the game you're not meant to bring
them down. After you wipe out the dropped ants, the mission ends.
IV.5) Search
Recommended Weapons: Assault Rifle & Rocket Launcher
Available vehicles: None
This stage opens up with a large groups of ants more or less in front of you.
Head along the road and a small portion of them will come to meet you. After
beating them you can either continue along the road you're on with the current
group of EDF members you're with, or head left along the street and move in
with a second group. There's no way to join them together, as they aren't the
type of NPC's that will "join" you. Either road pretty much leads to the same
thing: the rest of the ants.
After you finish off all the ants, you'll hear over the radio that the entire
air force has been wiped out like sissies, and that all the alien gunships are
heading your way. HQ tells you to retreat. You end up having to fight all the
gunships anyway, but make sure to move along with your group of NPC's as it
will make the fight much easier. Feel free to take shots with your rocket
launcher until they get close. Once they get close switch to your assault
rifle, as gunships drop like flies after only short bursts of fire from a
decent rifle. Mission's over, enjoy your brief break.
IV.6) Airforce
Recommended Weapons: Assault Rifle & Missle
Available vehicles: None
This will be your first mission where your primary enemy is something besides
an ant. While I still recommend using the assault rifle against the gunships,
some people prefer thr multi-missle launchers (such as the MLRA series Missles)
because of their tracking ability.
This is perhaps the most straightforward mission in the entire game. You fight
three waves of gunships, and you're done. You don't even move, you sit in the
same square and fight. The only two pieces of advice I can offer are: 1) Ignore
the mothership, you can't hurt it and 2) Keep moving. Gunships are, in mu
opinion, probably the wasiest enemies in the game. They have relatively low
damage and pretty bad accuracy, just keep moving around and firing with your
weapon of choie and you'll have these stage beat in no time at all.
IV.7) Takedown
Recommended Weapons: Assault Rifle & Rocket Launcher
Available vehicles: None
This is the first mission you will be able to take down the Ravager UFO's. Just
aim your rocket at the underside of the craft when it opens the hatch, and they
go down relatively easy. ALWAYS focus on destroying the UFO's before taking out
the enemies on the ground, as they'll just keep spawning new enemies until you
take them down.
There are two UFO's that you start pretty much right next to. Take them out and
then mop up all the ants they dropped, and you've finished the mission.
Straightforward and simple, this mission shouldn't offer any trouble. Depending
on your difficulty, UFO's can do down in just a few shots with some of the more
powerful rocket launchers.
Another alternative for this mission is to leave the UFO's alone and simple
keep killing the ants they drop until you get tired of it. This is an excellent
mission to collect weapons and armor upgrades, as the enemies are weak and not
very plentiful.
IV.8) Mobilization
Recommended Weapons: Assault Rifle & Rocket Launcher
Available vehicles: None
As the mission opens up, you'll noticed a large number of red dots on your
radar pretty much directly in front of you. What are you waiting for? Head
towards them. You have two choices here, either wait until you get close and
take them on assault-rifle style, or open up from long range with your rockets
and risk killing the group of EDF members in their midst. After defeating all
the bugs in this group, another swarm will spawn further into the city, and HQ
will tell you to move on to meet up with Ranger 5 to defeat the incoming UFO's.
Head over and wipe out that groups of ants. While fighting you'll notice a 3rd
group of ants fighting Ranger 6. Kill all the ants in both groups, and you'll
hear a message over the radio about the mothership coming (which is strange,
since it never shows up). Two UFO's come flying in. As usual, take them down
with your rocket launcher first then mop up whatever ants remain. Keep moving
at this point, because they drop a LOT of ants in. After killing everything on
the screen, this mission is finished!
IV.9) Tsugawa
Recommended Weapons: Assault Rifle & Sniper Rifle
Available vehicles: Tank & Chopper
This is another one of the straightforward missions. (They pretty much offer
these every time a new enemy type is introduced). You'll start up on the hill
ooverlooking the ocean where the enemy is coming from. Use this to your
advantage and snipe all the Walking Arms robots before they can get to you. I
like using any of the high-powered, low-capacity sniper rifles, but if you
don't have any decent ones consider using a slow-firing but high-damage missle
instead (the Air Tortoise, for example). There are only a few of the small
enemy gunships that will approach you during the fight. Just switch to your
assault rifle and they drop in seconds.
IV.10) Arms
Recommended Weapons: Rocket Launcher & Sniper Rifle
Available vehicles: None
A group of the huge robots (called Hectors in the game from this point on) is
tearing up the city, and of course they call upon you to stop them. I highly
recommend just sitting at the starting point in this map, as the enemy will all
come to you. Use a high-powered sniper rifle on them while they are far away to
inflict the big damage, and if they get close use the rocket launcher. I
recommend using whichever rocket launcher you have with the highest capacity,
even if the damage is less. Why? Because every time you hit the Hectors with
the rocket it throws their aim off. (Besides, the sniper should pretty much
take care of them before they get too close to you.) If the several of the
enemy gets close, just run to a safe distance and start sniping again. The
hectors are slow and relatively easy to get away from. These are the only enemy
for this mission. Congratulations!
IV.11) Infiltration
Recommended Weapons: Bound Gun (Special Weapon) & Rocket Launcher
Available vehicles: None
I usuAlly replace my trusty assault rifle with any of the bound guns for all
the nest missions. This handy weapon ricochets its bullets off walls, making it
extremely effective in the narrow tunnels of these types of missions. The
rocket launcher also works well, but make sure you don't use it in a tight
situation. If the enemy is close when you use it you'll kill not only the ants,
but probably yourself as well as your allies in the enclosed space.
You start off with the first group of ants coming right in front og you. Use
the rocket launcher near the opening of the tunnel and very few will be able to
make it through the blast radius. Keep an eye on the ceiling for the ones that
manage to make it through. After the first wave another large group will spawn
on your radar. Follow through the tunnel the first wave came from mand follow
your radar to the second group.
The second group is in a huge cavern and come down at you from above. Do not go
all the way into the chamber. Get their attention and then withdraw slightly
and kill them as they enter the tunnel you are standing in. Remember, bugs are
stupid, and you can always use a tactical advantage against them. As you're
killing this wave you'll hear over the radio that everyone got their butts
kicked and that the mission is cancelled. Mop up whatever enemy is left (don't
forget to get all the goodies before you kill the very last one) and that will
end the mission.
IV.12) Reinforcement
Recommended Weapons: Assault Rifle & Rocket Launcher
Available vehicles: Tank
Ahhhh the spiders. I hate spdiers, both in the game and in real life. These
are, in my opinion, the most terrible enemies in the game. Granted, they are
realtively weak in terms of defense as they go down pretty quickly, but they
have pretty high attack power and extremely long range. Plus, they leap like
freaks all over the place. Finally.... they are spiders. <Shudder>
Anyhow, you start off in the middle of the street and guess what's in front of
you? Start shooting. Use your rocket launchers and lay waste to the city,
because the spiders often hide on the tops of buildings and snipe you with
their webs. Kill everything on your radar, and you're done. Another of the
simple, introductory missions.
IV.13) Retaliation
Recommended Weapons: Assault Rifle & Rocket Launcher
Available vehicles: Mech & Bike
You start off with two groups in front, a group in back, and one UFO to your
left. Move forward and rescue the EDF group directly in front of you. They'll
join up, offering a bit more firepower for the upcoming fights. After this,
head to your left (opposite where the UFO is heading) and defeat that group of
spiders to add another EDF group to your little army. After this, head down the
street following where the UFO went.
Defeat the group surrounding the 3rd group of EDF and then the group the UFO
drops. Ignore the UFO. It will drop one final group of spdiers, and then fly
away. Just kill all the remaining spiders to finish the mission up.
IV.14) Fortress
Recommended Weapons: Assault Rifle & Sniper Rifle
Available vehicles: None
Ignore both the mothership and the walking fortress, you can't kill either at
this point in time.
Once the fortress starts moving, it will deploy enemy gunships. Take them out
with your assault rifle, then put some distance between yourself and the
fortress. It will start shooting everything in sight with laser cannons. Use
your sniper rifle to take out some of the laser cannons until it begins
deploying Hetors. Now run to the high ground.
Another group of gunships will deploy from the fortress in the meantime. Once
you get atop the mountain and are out of the HEctors' range, kill all the
gunships with the assault rifle, then turn back and finish off all the Hectors.
IV.15) Blockade
Recommended Weapons: Assault Rifle & Sniper Rifle
Available vehicles: None
Once again, there is no stopping the fortress in this mission, so don't waste
your bullets.
This mission an be EXTREMELY difficult until you figure out the pattern to
defeating the enemies. Always kill them in this order:
1) Hectors with machine gun
2) Hectors without machine gun
3) Gunships
The machine gun Hectors do a LOT of damage once you get stuck in their fire.
Focus on them first, even if you are surrounded by gunships. The gunships do
very little damage and are relatively easy to dodge. Use the sniper and kill as
many Hectors as possible. If you find yourself stuck in enemy Hector fire, use
the assault rifle on him as it will cause his aim to be off and you can
manuever to a better position.
There is little in the way of strategy or a step-by-step procedure other than
this. Keep moving and stay as far away from the fortress as possible. Focus on
the enemies in the above order and you should do fine.
IV.16) Multiplication
Recommended Weapons: Assault Rifle & Rocket Launcher
Available vehicles: Mech
Right off the bat, there's a huge group of ants fighting a large group of EDF
forces straight in front of you. While the EDF keeps the ants busy, destroy the
hole the ants are coming out of with your rockets, then take care of the
remaining ants with the assault rifle. After you beat this first wave, a second
wave appears off in the distance as a Scout team yells they found another hole
over the radio.
You should be able to see the next hole from where you are standing. (Hint:
Look in the diretion of the huge red blotch on your radar). Take care of the
enemies here, and a third hole opens up. Again, snipe irom where you are. Guess
what happens when you defeat this group? You got it! There's the fourth one.
This one spawns spiders, but again just snipe the hole from afar and then kill
the spiders as they come close. Make sure you destroy the hole quickly, or so
many spiders will spawn you'll die before you know it because the webs damage
you so heavily. Finally, after the fourth hole the mission is over.
IV.17) Nesting
Recommended Weapons: Bound Gun (Special Weapon) & Rocket Launcher
Available vehicles: None
You start off surrounded... joy. As crazy as it sounds, once the mission
starts, rush forward into the crowd of bugs in front of you. The idea is to
break through the first wave so you can keep all enemies on one side instead of
getting surrounded. As soon as you hit this point (you'll probably be lost
somewhere in the tunnels, but no big deal) just turn around and fire like
crazy. Use the assault rifle to clear a path, then use the rocket to take out
big chunks of enemies at a time.
After you finally clear out everything that chased you, head back cautiously
towards the starting area. By this time all the EDF members are dead, so shoot
as soon as you see anything. Once you get back out to the starting point,
finish of all the first group (those that started in front of you) then move on
towards the second large group. Luckily no more groups spawn, so the mission is
up once you finish everything on the screen.
IV.18) Dino-mech
Recommended Weapons: Sniper Rifle & Rocket Launcher
Available vehicles: Tank & Chopper
This is the first "boss" type monster you encounter. It's just you (and a few
dozen EDF members> versus him. Basically, just hide back and use the sniper
rifle on him. If he rushes you throw him off balance with the rocket. This boss
is actually very easy as he spends most of his time fighting the EDF or running
through buildings, leaving you free to just stand and shoot.
IV.19) Umbra
Recommended Weapons: Assault Rifle & Rocket Launcher
Available vehicles: Bike, Tank, Chopper
There's two UFO's and several spiders to clear out on this stage. Start off
running backwards, targeting the closest UFO. You should be able to destroy it
just as the spiders kill off all the other EDF members in front of you. Now
turn around and run like a sissy until you find the path up to higher ground.
Keep climbing and once you're able, take out the other UFO. The remaining
spiders shouldn't post much of a problem since they'll now be broken into
smaller groups as they usually only make it up the mountain a few at a time.
All done. Easy, right?
IV.20) Artillery
Recommended Weapons: Sniper Rifle & Assault Rifle
Available vehicles: Tank (Blow up raised highway to gain access) & Mech
You fight a new type of Hector here, equipped with a plasma cannon. These are
actually probably the easiest of all the Hectors, as the plasma cannons are
extremely easy to dodge. Just take them all out with your sniper rifle.
Of course, it couldn't be THAT easy, now could it? Eventually, gunships will
appear all over the place and you're informed it's a trap. As soon as this
happens rush straight for one group of gunships. The reasoning here is to try
to obliterate one half of the enemy before they can converge on you in their
entirety. Concetrate on them as it's easy to dodge the Hector's plasma cannons.
Oh by the way, more Hectors appear at this time as well. Once you finish the
gunships turn you attention to the Hectors and they go down easily with a
sniper rifle. Overall, this is actually a very easy mission compared to most.
IV.21) Crimson
Recommended Weapons: Assault Rifle & Rocket Launcher
Available vehicles: Tank
There are 3 waves of the new red ants enemies, each spawning only after you
kill the previous group. The first is straight ahead of you, the second spawns
behind where you started, and the third comes rolling down over the large hills.
Not much in the way of true strategy here. Use your rocket launcher to attack
when they are far away to thin their numbers. Aim for the big groups to
maximize your damage. When they get close let loose with the assault rifle
while running backwards so they don't get a chance to hit you.
NOTE: If you're having trouble with this mission, try using this glitch/cheat.
Head out into the water deep enough that the red ants are almost completely
submerged. They'll try to attack you but are unable to actually damage you. The
sheer mass of bodies in the water underneath you will actually continuusly
propel you upwards, allowing you to shoot down into the enemies below. It takes
a while to kill them with this method, but it is one way to go about it if
you're having trouble.
IV.22) Trapped
Recommended Weapons: Assault Rifle & Rocket Launcher
Available vehicles: Mech & Tank
You start out with Hectors and ants on all sides. Not the best odds in the
world, eh? Run like a sissy, you need to find some high ground. Just keep
running for this level. Luckily no new enemies spawn, but there's plenty to
deal with as is. Just keep running into the mountains and using them as cover
from the Hectors while you defeat the ants, then take out the Hectors one by
one.
IV.23) Expansion
Recommended Weapons: Assault Rifle & Rocket Launcher
Available vehicles: Bike & Chopper
Head down the street until you get next to the park area. From here you should
be able to start attacking the enemy. Concentrate on the hole while the ants
are busy with the other EDF members. Don't worry about stopping to finish off
the remaining enemies, your task is to destroy the holes first. Keep heading
straight down the street until you run into another hole, this one spewing red
ants. Take it out. At this point, go ahead and clear out some of the enemies
and gather up some health, I'm assuming you need it because of the freaking
spiders.
Next, head down the nearest street on your right and take out the hole spewing
the giant spiders. If you time your rocket shots well, you can kill nerly all
the enemies aas they spawn, making life much easier. Head towards the next red
spot on your radar and you'll find the fourth hole, red ants. Duck in between
all the buildings here and keep manuvering back and forth to break the enemy
into smaller, confused chunks. Once you destroy this hole take care of the
remaining bugs to get a quick breather before moving on to the final hole.
Clean out this group of ants and teh mission is complete.
IV.24) Interception
Recommended Weapons: Assault Rifle & Sniper Rifle
Available vehicles: Tank & Mech
Gunships over the ocean and Hectors behind. Turn around and take out all the
Hectors first. Not only will this make your life easier, but also help keep
more EDF members around to help you with the gunships. The gunships will go
down quickly with all your men turned on them, and the second wave will appear.
The second wave consists of more gunships and a few more Hectors which come
from out at sea. You should be able tp snipe the Hectors long before they are
close enough to you to inflict damage, and again the gunships go down quickly.
(Though by this time most of the EDF is probably gone on the harder modes)
After the second wave, you're done. Thankfully this is a FAR easier mission
than the previous one.
IV.25) Descent 1
Recommended Weapons: Bound Gun & Rocket Launcher
Available vehicles: None
The first of four missions that take place in the bugs' nest. In this mission
you start off at the top of a long tunnel heading down, with plenty of enemies
on screen. This is actually a very simple mission, just work your way down
slowly, killing everything as you go. By the time you reach the bottom there
should only be a few enemies left. Take care of them and you're done.
NOTE: Be especially careful not to fall if you're playing on anything other
than easy. You'll be swarmed and killed very quickly.
IV.26) Descent 2
Recommended Weapons: Bound Gun & Rocket Launcher
Available vehicles: None
You start off with a trmendously huge group of ants directly in front of you
getting ready to devour some hapless EDF members. Use your rocket launcher (be
careful to aim away from the EDF guys) and you can take out significant chunks
of the enemy. Finish off the stragglers with your bound gun and get any
surviving EDF members to join you.
Move into the adjacant cavern where the ants where coming from. It's a bit
confusing as to where to go from here, because of the mae-like tunnel system.
Stay on the bottom floor and head towards the red part of your radar. You don't
be able to go straight there, but near the area where you can begin climbing up
is a large tunnel that will curve around to where the remaining enemies are.
Take them all out. (Remember, let them come to you so you can bottlneck them
and use your rocket launcher)
One more group. Head down the narrow, spiral tunnel to encounter the final
group of bugs. Use your radar to find any stragglers and mission over.
IV.27) Descent 3
Recommended Weapons: Bound Gun & Rocket Launcher
Available vehicles: None
This is the most difficult of the "Descent" missions. As soon as you start, you
are completely surrounded. Ignore everything else and rush forward into the
tunnel directly in front of you. When you hit a Y in the tunnels turn right,
then at the second Y turn left. You'l hit a dead end. Now turn around, kill
anything close to you with your bound gun, and keep firing with your rocket
launcher. Don't even think about stopping until you are sure there's no more
enemies coming down the tunnel. At this point, most of the enemy should be
dead, now just go finish up the last few and you'vwe got an easy victory.
This is the ONLY way I've been able to beat this mission on anything above
normal.
IV.28) Descent 4
Recommended Weapons: Bound Gun & Rocket Launcher
Available vehicles: None
The last of the descent missions, you get to fight the leaders of the ants.
Start of by heading forward into the tunnel in front of you, meeting up with a
Ranger team who joins you. Now keep firing rokets down the tunnel in front of
you. If you hear a bug die, it's a good sign, so keep firing until you don't
hear it anymore. After this group dies, another spawns. Follow the tunnel
system until you run into another team who again joins you. Move forward just
enough to kill your first bug, then fall back and bottleneck them all at once.
Once again, another group of enemies spawn off in the distance after these ones
are defeated. Follow the tunnels (Stick to the left) If you've got a large
enough army, you can go ahead and try to save the next group as they are
besiged by spiders. Otherwise, hang back and unload with rockets. Another group
of enemies spawn. Follow the tunnels down. This group is pretty easy as they
come at you in a narrow tunnel. Use a volley of rockets and wipe them out.
Now head towards the blue part of the Radar. Join up with a large group of EDF
members, and follow them as they all rush down into the tunnels. Once you see
the enemy open up with your rockets and clear out as many as you can. As soon
as acid starts flowing up the tunnel, rush in. You can't dodge the acid in the
tunnel, but you can as soon as you break through into the queen's hambers. Kill
everything in the room and you can finally get out of these tunnels.
IV.29) Assault
Recommended Weapons: Sniper Rifle & Rocket Launcher
Available vehicles: Tank & Mech
Two UFO's in front, one in back. Concentrate on them first while the EDF keeps
the Hectors busy. This mission is easy if you're able to take down the UFO's
quickly. The mini-Hectors aren't all that difficult, either. Just keep an eye
out for the ones wielding machine guns, as they can still deal a decent amount
of damage. Kill them while the UFO's are closed, then revert your attention
back to the UFO's. As is the norm for all missions introducing new enemy types,
this is a quick, simple mission. After taking down the UFO's clean up the
remaining enemies and it's over.
IV.30) Anchored
Recommended Weapons: Assault Rifle & Rocket Launcher
Available vehicles: Tank, Mech, Bike
You can't destroy the mothership, don't waste your time.
First, head to the beach. Two UFO's, gunships, and ants. Nothing really to
worry about here so take care of business then start moving up the hill towards
the mothership. There are a total of three UFO's up in the mountains. It's
easier to take out the two furthest from the mothership first (they drop ants &
gunships) and then move on to the one next to the mothership (drops spiders).
After you take out the three UFO's, do the usual clean up to end the mission.
IV.31) Advance
Recommended Weapons: Rocket Launher & Sniper Rifle
Available vehicles: Tank & Mech
Destroy the four Hectors around the starting point first. After this, start
sniping the remaining Hectors off in the distance. This mission is relatively
easy as long as you prioritize: kill the large Hectors first, especially those
with machine guns. Then work your way down to the smallest threat: small
hectors with no machine guns. As long as you can kill all the machine-gun
toting Hectors before they get to you, there should be no problems at all with
this simple mission.
IV.32) March
Recommended Weapons: ZE-Gun (Special Weapon) & Rocket Launcher
Available vehicles: Tank & Bike
This is a very diffiult mission. Make sure you stay with your group at first,
as they provide both firepower and a meatshield for when the spiders come. If
you notice you are down to only a small handful of EDF, run the other way. I
like using the ZE Gun's here, in a triangle-like formation around the snipers.
Use whichever one you have that has the highest rate of fire... there's a lot
of spiders. Concentrate of blowing apart the large chunks of spiders, leaving
your snipers to pick off the individual enemies.
There are a total of three waves. The first from the front, the second from the
left, and the final from the back. If you can survive through them all, victory
is yours.
IV.33) Surprise
Recommended Weapons: Assault Rifle & Rocket Launcher
Available vehicles: None
This is another mission where you cannot actually destroy the fortress, so
don't waste your time with it.
From where you start, you should be able to take down the first of two UFO's.
Do so and then kill whatever enemies come your way.
After this, move to a better position and take down the second UFO. Again,
quickly clean up the enemies that are left.
You'll get the order to attack the fortress as it moves to life. Ignore this,
since we both secretly know you can't kill it (until next mission!) but feel
free to hang back and attack its laser cannons if you'd like. Once it starts
deplyoing bugs, concentrate on taking them out. Shortly after it deploys the
bugs, it will drop off some gunships. Swith your attention to these now. One
more group of bugs will drop from the fortress. After cleaning up all the
enemies, the order is given to retreat, ending the mission.
IV.34) Breach
Recommended Weapons: Assault Rifle & Rocket Launcher
Available vehicles: Bike & Mech
Your first task is to move in and destroy the cannon near the backside of the
fortress. This will help keep the other EDF members alive far longer than they
otherwise would. Now, start shooting your rocket into his weak point. The weak
point on the fortress, like on the UFO's, is when the hatch underneath opens up
when it goes to drop enemies. Make sure you stay just behind the fortress and
near the center so it doesn't step on you, and aim accordingly.
When the bugs are dropped from the fortress, ignore them for the most part.
Keep shooting the fortress. Once the hatch closes, turn your attention to
quickly killing the bugs and gathering any health they may drop.
The fortress will start deplyoing Hectors as well as firing at you with its
laser cannons. At this point, fall back some and take out first the Hectors,
then the cannons. Once you are able to clear everything out, focus on the
fortress itself again. Keep this up until you bring down the fortress. The real
key to success in this battle is to quickly defeat whatever the fortress drops
so you are not overwhelmed between enemy attacks and the fortress' cannons.
IV.35) Sweep
Recommended Weapons: Assault Rifle & Rocket Launcher
Available vehicles: Tank & Chopper
You start off with a few EDF members and basically three split groups of
enemies. Move forward and grab another few EDF members by the vehicles, then
start with the group on your left. This is the easiest group, consisting solely
of black ants. After this move in a straight line over to the next group of
bugs (originally the group in the right, red ants). Feel free to start shooting
rokets as soon as you see them, you're bound to at least take a few down before
you reah them.
Regroup, grab any items, and head over to the last group, the furthest away.
Mostly spiders and red ants in this group. After you finish them off, the
mission is over.
IV.36) Thunder
Recommended Weapons: Assault Rifle & Rocket Launcher
Available vehicles: Chopper
Guess what? You can't kill the mothership! Save your ammo for the real enemies.
I reccomend taking out the Hector at the street first. Continue moving down the
street, taking out the smaller enemies as you go until the first street is
clear. Turn left at the big intersection and you'll see a Hector standing at
the end of the street. Engage it from where you are. Enemies will start rushing
down the street at you, so kill all of them.
The mothership will deploy enemy gunships (during which time you have a
terrible point of view and cannot fight properly, so keep dodging. Confirm the
Hector is dead first, then take on the gunships. You'll get a second terrible
view as the mothership deploys its gun (again, keep dodging) and pretty much
kills everything. After this, everything pretty goes badly and the remaining
enemies all converge on you. Fall back, firing first at the Hectors and then at
the bugs,
Eventually, after destroying half the city, the motership will start spitting
out gunships again. Hopefully by this time all the other enemies are dead so
you can focus on these. Finishing them off, you'll hear that Europe is about to
be destroyed, and the mission ends.
IV.37) Eruption
Recommended Weapons: Assault Rifle & Missle
Available vehicles: Bike & Tank
You start off with a huge number of EDF members. Of ourse... they're all going
to die anyway, but still...
There are a total of four hole in this mission, and they are all located
extremely close together, right next to that first hole. If you have a missle
launcher with a good blast area, you can just hide where you start and keep
launching missles in the direction of the nest. If you get lucky you'll be able
to destroy everything while the enemy is still fighting the other EDF members.
A second tactic which works just as well is to replace the missle with a sniper
rifle and just manuever about until you can get a decent shot on the nest. You
have to be quick here, though. Once the enemy wipes out the EDF they'll attack
you en masse and without any sort of explosive weaponry it could prove to be
diffiult to defeat them.
That's it for this mission! An easy one before the next mission...
IV.38) Surrounded
Recommended Weapons: Assault Rifle & Sniper Rifle
Available vehicles: Bike, Mech, Tank
This mission can be either very easy or extremely difficult. Use whatever
weapon you have that can do the most damage the fastest. (I like the Lysander
sniper rifle. It does good damage and can fire quickly) Take out the UFO's as
soon as you can. If you're able to take out the UFO's before your forces are
overwhelmed by the bugs, then it's relatively easy to mop up remaining enemies
and win the mission.
If you are unable to defeat the UFO's in a timely manner your forces are
quickly overrun and it's you versus an entire army. Good luck. The only tactic
available when the EDF is almost gone is to run like a sissy shooting as you
go. Make sure to keep the enemies on one side of you. Kill all the spiders
after you, then concetrate on sniping the UFO's, then move to any ants directly
on top of you. Another good tactic is to grab just one group of EDF members
before you run, leaving the rest as sacrifices. The few men with you should be
able to keep the ants off you if you can kill the spiders, leaving you free to
take out the UFO's.
IV.39) Legion
Recommended Weapons: Rocket Launcher & Sniper Rifle
Available vehicles: Bike, Mech, Tank, Chopper
Use pretty muh the same tactic as described in the "Dino-Mech" mission. Just
stay far, far away from the enemy and snipe them. You can use the chopper to
get on top of a faraway building for a better sniping point. (Fly above the
building then just jump out, falls won't hurt you.) Concentrate on taking out
one Dino-Mech at a time. Use your sniper as your primary damage-dealer, and
save your rockets to throw them off balance when they breath fire. If you can
keep your EDF members alive with this tactic (especially those with the laser
rifles) they will go down much more quickly.
IV.40) Return
Recommended Weapons: Assault Rifle & Rocket Launcher
Available vehicles: None
This mission is straightforward, but can be difficult on the higher levels. As
soon as the mission starts, turn around and start running until you find the
path to higher ground. Feel free to run backwards shooting at the enemy as you
go. There are 5 total groups that appear over the course of the level.Luckily,
the spawn on opposute sides of the river, so you'll only be fighting half of
the enemy at a time if you followed my advice to get to high ground. This makes
this mission far easier, and you shouldn't have many issues except on the
highest difficulty levels. (Though by this time, you should have insanely high
health and some very powerful weapons!)
IV.41) Occupation
Recommended Weapons: Assault Rifle & Rocket Launcher
Available vehicles: Chopper & Tank
You can kill two of the four UFO's from your starting point on the roof, take
them out. After this, jump to the ground (or to be really manly, blow up the
building you're standing on) and then head left along the street. Remember,
spiders are more dangerous than the gunships or ants, so take them out first to
save your health. After a moment you'll see a UFO at the end of the street.
Clear out a building or two along the way to get a better shot, and destroy it
quickly. Clear up the enemies around you and you should be able to see your
next target UFO across some buildings.
Make your way to that UFO and destroy it, then mop up the remaining enemies.
More than likely you'll be spending some time trying to hit a few gunships who
for some reason just randomly fly about extremely high up in the air, making
them very diffiult to hit. Feel free to nab all the items in the level before
finishing these rather pointless enemies off.
IV.42) King
Recommended Weapons: Sniper Rifle & Rocket Launcher
Available vehicles: None
Ahhh... as if the normal spiders weren't bad enough, now we have the really,
REALLY big Spiders. There are a total of three "Kings" in this level, each
leading his own distinct group of spiders. Each group (other than the first)
will only attack you once you attack them, so fight them one at a time.
You start off with just a few enemies behind you, and a large group (including
the Kings) in front. Move back and take care of the small group behind you
first, then turn back around and take care of the first King in front of you.
The key to victory on this stage is to simply stay far, far away from the
enemy. I like to take care of the smaller spiders first and then concentrate on
the King, he will go down fairly quickly with a high-powered sniper rifle.
However, do not underestimate the range of the King's webs.
Once you take care of the first group, gather any items dropped and then attack
the next group of your choosing. (Either the left or the right, they're
basically the same) Again, kill the smaller spiders then take out the King.
Repeat one more time on the last remaining group
IV.43) Spearhead
Recommended Weapons: Assault Rifle & Rocket Launcher
Available vehicles: 2 Mechs, Tank
There is a hole very near the starting point, just past the tank. Go ahead and
take care of that one, then turn left. Take care of the Hector just peeking
over the mountain and the hole he was standing near from where you are at.
After this, turn now to your right in the direction the spiders are coming
from. Just keep following the spiders as they come. You'll have to go across a
fairly big hill, then look down into the ravine and you'll see the hole.
Destroy it from above, then turn right following the road.
As you come around the bend, you'll see a Hector across the ravine. Take him
out as you're running, he shouldn't provide much of a challenge from this
distance. The only enemy left at this point are the black ants, so the last leg
of the mission is pretty easy. Head to the bridge and cross the ravine, moving
towards where you first saw the Hector. Pretty much straight up the hill from
the bridge you'll find the hole. Destroy it. Do some cleanup and the mission is
over.
IV.44) Extermination 1
Recommended Weapons: Assault Rifle & Missle
Available vehicles: None
Back into the nest area. Luckily, these three Extermination missions are the
last time you have to head underground to the enemy's lair.
This particular mission is very much like the first Descent mission. Just stay
as high as possible and kill everything below you. There's a lot of spiders
down there, so whatever you do don't fall and try to stay away from the sides.
I like using the multi-shot missle launchers. Just stand near the edge, fire
out, and let the missle do all the tracking work. Keep your AR ready in case
any of the enemies work their way up to you. Once you notice the enemies'
numbers starting to thin, just slowly work your way down the tunnel, killing
anything you see along the way. By the time you reach the bottom, nearly
everything should already be dead. Finish off whatever is left.
IV.45) Extermination 2
Recommended Weapons: Assault Rifle & Rocket Launcher
Now you basically go right back up. Follow the person who wacts as your guide
up the walkways. It's pretty difficult to get mixed up in this stage unless you
fall. Most of the enemies will be busy dealing with the large group of EDF
below, so just take out anything in your parth, as well as any spiders you see.
You will encounter a total of three holes on your way up the path. After the
third hole, you're at the top of the path, so just turn around, kill whatever
is left, and you've finished up this short, relatively easy mission.
Available vehicles: None
IV.46) Extermination 3
Recommended Weapons: Assault Rifle & Rocket Launcher
Available vehicles: None
The final nest-type mission of the game! Breathe a sigh of relief. Now, as soon
as the mission starts turn around and run into the smaller enemy group behind
you. At the Y in the tunnel, go right, and then bear left as you follow the
path up. This will bring you into a large room with a high ceiling. Head a bit
further into the room and then turn around, getting your rocket launcher ready.
If you keep an eye on your radar you should be able to tell where the enemy is
coming from, and take care of all the spiders without too much difficulty.
Since the EDF members all have flamethrowers, concentrate of the enemies at mid
and long range, and let them take are of anything right on top of you.
IV.47) Uprising
Recommended Weapons: Assault Rifle & Sniper Rifle
Available vehicles: Tank & Bike
MOve quickly forward next to the EDF members so they will join you instead of
rush off. Much lke the "King" mission, focus on one leader and his group of
enemies at a time. The first is the ant leader on the huge building that looks
like the space needle, directly in front of you. After this, pick and choose
your targets. Make sure to take your shots carefully, as you don't want to
cause multiple groups to attack at once. There are six total groups, three led
by giant spiders, three by giant ants.
Concentrate your fire mostly on the leaders, breaking off only to defeat any
spiders that get close. Your men should have no problems defeating any of the
ants that come your way. As long as you engage only one group at a time, you
should be able to take care of this mission pretty easily even on the higher
difficulties.
IV.48) Wrath
Recommended Weapons: Assault Rifle & Rocket Launcher
Available vehicles: Mech & Tank
The enemy comes at you in three waves. The first wave is visible as soon as you
start, with everything coming at you from the front. The second wave they come
at you in two directions, and the third from three diretions.
For the first wave stay near the center of the map along with your men.
Prioritize your targets: kill all the spiders first, then on to red ants, and
finally the black ones. You should be able to defeat the first wave without too
much problem and still have a few EDF members alive. For the second and third
waves, I reccomend rushing one group of enemies each time. This will make it
easier as you're only fighting one group at a time, instead of letting them
converge on you. In anything but easy the EDF will mostly be dead, so after you
defeat the group you rushed at turn and use long-range rocket attacks on the
other groups.
This mission can be very difficult, especially because of the lack of a true
strategy or cover. If you're having a hard time, I suggest going to an earlier
mission on Easy mode and stocking up on some more life, then returning to try
again.
IV.49) Elite
Recommended Weapons: Assault Rifle & Missle
Available vehicles: Chopper & Bike
Do not underestimate the red gunships. They are far more powerful than their
pathetic silver counterparts. However, there aren't a huge amount of them in
this mission, so if you keep your head you can win. Just unleash with the
missles and focus on one gunship at a time. Fire the missles until you run out
of ammo, then just keep dodging while you reload. I reccomend fighting them in
one of the many open, grassy areas in the town so you can dodge easily without
worrying about getting caught on a building or piece of fence.
IV.50) Unkown
Recommended Weapons: Sniper Rifle & Rocket Launcher
Available vehicles: Mech, Bike, Tank
This boss is very easy to bit. Simply use the sniper rifle on him to inflict
damage while he's messing around with the EDF. Whenever he eventually turns his
attentions to you, just get your rocket launcher ready. It's all about the
timing. If you hit him with a powerful rocket just as he begins to attack (not
when he's charging, as he actually begins to fire) the rocket will cause him to
reel back, sending his shots harmlessly into the air. All you have to do is
make sure you don't get stepped on, and this boss is a piece of cake.
IV.51) Convergence
Recommended Weapons: Assault Rifle & Rocket Launcher
Available vehicles: Tank
There's not much in the way of strategy in this mission, it's most just all-out
war. It's you versus an army in a ruined city landscape. About the only piece
of advice really applicable is make sure yuo prioritize targets. Kill the UFO's
as soon as possible, so you will only have a few bugs to deal with. Hectors
after that, remaining bugs, and then finally the worthless gunships. The
mission is relatively easy if you can take out the UFO's quickly, otherwise
it's pretty easy to get overwhelmed.
IV.52) Inferno
Recommended Weapons: Assault Rifle & Rocket Launcher
Available vehicles: Tank, 2 Mechs
Even thous this mission looks insanely difficult, it's really not that bad.
Start off by shooting at everything coming towards you. Do not fall back until
the enemy gets close, then switch to your AR and run backwards. Just keep
running straight backwards firing with the assault rifle, and nothing should
really prove a problem because of the terrible aim of the enemies. Once you
finish off everything that is chasing you, move forward and take care of all
the Hectors.
After you clear the first wave, a second wave appears. Quickly take out the
UFO's and then start running backwards again, using the same tactic as before.
This second wave is relatively easy though, as several EDF members with laser
rifles back you up from afar, and make pretty short work of the black ants
chasing you, leaving you free to kill the Queen Ant and the elite gunships.
That's it! One more mission to completing the game!
IV.53) Starship
Recommended Weapons: Assault Rifle & Rocket Launcher
Available vehicles: Chopper & Bike
Finally, you are able to destroy the Mothership and save Earth!
First thing, take out the two UFO's. Next, move on to any Hectors you can find.
You cannot hurt the mothership until it lowers its cannon, so ignore it for now
and clean up as many Hectors as possible. As soon as the cannon opens up and
starts to glow, shoot it! If you have a powerful enough weapon, you can destroy
it before it gets a short off.
Now clear up some gunships, you have a free moment before you can hurt the
Mothership again. Now it finally goes into true battle mode as 200 cannons
appear around the Mothership. Don't worry too much about them, there's no way
you're going to be able to destroy all 200 cannons. Instead, shoot at the big
glowing spot on the underside of the Mothership.
After you damage it enough, it once again changes. At this point there so many
weapons firing it is ridiculous. Just concentrate on the glowing weak point of
the Mothership. Keep hammering it, and eventually it will fall.
Congratulations, now just go back through and beat all the harder modes!
Mercredi 19 septembre 2007
3
19
/09
/2007
00:02
-
Recommander
-
Par yagami
-
Ecrire un commentaire
Publié dans : xbox 360 guides - Voir les 0 commentaires
Here we are, the first dual arcade game, each with six achievements. This
might be self-explanatory, but I'm going to say it just in case, the first six
achievements are for Centipede and the other six are for Millipede. The only
big difference between the two games is that there seems to be a lot more going
on in Millipede than in Centipede. With Millipede you have loads more enemies
and such, but not everything is bad, there is an advanced mode that is quite
helpful to get the point achievements.
There are a couple things I want to point out, before we get to the
achievements. One is that I, and many top scorers, find classic mode to be a
lot easier than evolved. I'm sure this is all up to personal opinion, but I
believe it's worth a shot to try classic out.
Another thing is that in Millipede, there is something called advanced mode.
Advanced mode is where you basically hit a checkpoint every 15,000 points,
starting at 30,000. Once you have reached a checkpoint, it gives you the
option to start 15,000 points before that checkpoint, once you run out of
lives. So let's say you reached the 45,000 checkpoint, if you ran out of lives
before reaching the next checkpoint, you will then be given the option to start
at 30,000. To activate advanced mode, just wait a second after you lose all
your lives and input your initials. It should then ask you to press start for
advanced mode, press start and your good to go. Just make sure you press start
every time you have to continue. But be careful, every time you lose without
reaching the next checkpoint; it sets you back to the previous checkpoint. And
if you lose at the first checkpoint, it's game over. This is especially
helpful in reaching the otherwise impossible Marauder achievement.
1. Slayer (10)
-----------------------
Score over 16,543 to beat the high score table Centipede - Default difficulty.
I don't want to go into much detail on this one, since I think you should get
this on your own. You need to be able to score at least this much, if you plan
on getting any of the other achievements.
Here are a few pointers anyway. Keep the bottom as clear as possible, so you
don't struggle with the centipede if it manages to get close. The spiders are
an excellent way to get points towards the beginning, if you want don't go
after the centipede until it's about half-way, just aim for the spiders.
Remember the closer the spiders are to you, the more points you get. Don't
worry about the dropping bugs, they only give you 200, and they are not worth
the risk in my opinion. Later on you will see a snake cross the map and change
the colors of mushrooms, these mushrooms make the centipedes straight down,
which could be a blessing or a curse. If you manage to shoot these snakes then
you will get a good sum of 1000 points.
2. Stalker (10)
-----------------------
Score over 50,000 points Centipede - Default difficulty.
This is probably the hardest achievement in both of the games. This one takes
a load of practice and patients. Just try to follow my pointers above, and
just get a good feel for the game. Some might think it isn't worth it for 10
Gamerpoints, but if you are aiming for 200/200, then I believe it's worth it.
3. Maniac (20)
-----------------------
Score over 15,000 Centipede - Throttle Monkey mode.
This one came to me easy. All I did was force the centipede down two columns
of mushrooms, so basically it was coming straight down, easy for me to shoot.
In fact I didn't even have to move much, but I can't say if you all will be as
lucky. Just try to form a column some where, stick to it, and try your best to
dodge the spiders.
4. Spirit (20)
-----------------------
Have 3 lives in hand Centipede - Default difficulty.
Basically, all you need for this one is to gain a life without dieing. It is
possible to get this later on during the game, but it's much easier to just get
it at the beginning. You get a life every 12,000 points, so that means you
need to survive until you reach that score. Not much to tell you here, except
just follow the pointers above and it shouldn't take long to get it.
5. Barren (20)
-----------------------
Destroy all mushrooms on the screen Centipede - Default difficulty.
I've heard some people have trouble with this, personally I didn't. Just focus
on the mushrooms, and try to avoid the centipede as much as possible. You will
want to wipe out the centipede when it gets into the lower regions of the
board, but your main aim should be on the mushrooms. You should finish off the
mushrooms, before the 3rd or 4th centipede.
6. Exterminate (20)
-----------------------
Reach wave 8 without a centipede reaching the bottom Centipede - Default
difficulty.
Once again, this one takes practice. You might want to try to form columns, to
force the centipede down, so you can get an easy shot on it, but it doesn't
always work. Just try to get rid of the centipede as fast as possible. Just
keep an eye out for the snake and poison mushrooms. If the centipede hits one
of those tainted mushrooms, it will rush towards the bottom. You can shoot the
leading head to stop it or you can intercept it with your body. Sure this will
kill you, but at least it didn't reach the bottom.
7. Prowler (10)
-----------------------
Score over 41,916 to get on the high score table Millipede - Default
difficulty.
This one, like the Slayer achievement, should be done on your own. Just go for
it and try to get a handle on the minor changes from centipede.
Here some pointers for this one as well. If you are really going for score,
then the best thing to do is to not hit the DDT (exploding blocks), until the
perfect moment. This could either be where you will wipe out a whole
centipede, or during a bonus round. I prefer to use them in bonus rounds,
since it gives you loads of points, but if you can't hold off till then just
try to get as many centipedes as possible with them. Spiders are still another
good points grabber in this one, but don't waste your DDT, trying to get the
1800 spider, unless you are going for the achievement. Keep an eye out on this
game, there are a lot more enemies, including beetles that come from below and
turn mushrooms invincible.
8. Marauder (10)
-----------------------
Score 125,000 points Millipede - Default difficulty.
This one is a pain, but is loads easier when compared to the Stalker
achievement. The advanced mode written above, is a blessing. I wouldn't try
this until you are pretty good at the game, because it can still get pretty
hectic, even with advanced mode. The bonus waves are an excellent source of
points, and if you use your DDT blocks well, you will have no problem reaching
the checkpoints.
9. Lunatic (20)
-----------------------
Score 25,000 points Millipede - Throttle Monkey mode.
I had more trouble on this one, than I did on the Maniac achievement. The
column technique doesn't seem to work too well. There isn't much that I can
tell you, except learn how to dodge the various critters and try to get points
as fast as possible. The DDTs are essential in this one; if you aren't too
good at using them, then you better get good, otherwise you can kiss this
achievement goodbye.
10. Entity (20)
-----------------------
Have 3 lives in hand Millipede - Default difficulty.
Just like the Spirit achievement, you basically just have to survive long
enough to get an extra life. Although this time you don't get a extra life
until 15,000. It shouldn't be too hard though, in fact it should be easier
than the centipede one, since it's a lot easier to score points. Follow the
tips above, and you shouldn't have too much trouble.
11. Poison (20)
-----------------------
Destroy a spider for 1,800 points Millipede - Default difficulty.
This might perplex a bunch of you, but this is probably the easiest achievement
in the game. Don't do what I did, and try to kill spiders when they get really
close, because the most you can get that way is 1,200 points. All you have to
do for this one is kill a spider using a DDT block. The easiest way is to use
the lower-left DDT, at the very beginning of the game, and just wait for a
spider to get near it. Shoot it, and you should have gotten yourself an easy
achievement.
12. Eradicate (20)
-----------------------
Reach wave 8 without a millipede reaching the bottom Millipede - Default
difficulty.
Millipedes take top priority in this one. Make sure you keep your bottom area
clean of mushrooms, since it can get bothersome if it's too crowded. Watch out
for the discolored mushrooms as well. If you see a millipede touch one, and
start heading down, either shoot it or collide with it. Anything is better
than letting it reach the bottom and ruin your achievement.
might be self-explanatory, but I'm going to say it just in case, the first six
achievements are for Centipede and the other six are for Millipede. The only
big difference between the two games is that there seems to be a lot more going
on in Millipede than in Centipede. With Millipede you have loads more enemies
and such, but not everything is bad, there is an advanced mode that is quite
helpful to get the point achievements.
There are a couple things I want to point out, before we get to the
achievements. One is that I, and many top scorers, find classic mode to be a
lot easier than evolved. I'm sure this is all up to personal opinion, but I
believe it's worth a shot to try classic out.
Another thing is that in Millipede, there is something called advanced mode.
Advanced mode is where you basically hit a checkpoint every 15,000 points,
starting at 30,000. Once you have reached a checkpoint, it gives you the
option to start 15,000 points before that checkpoint, once you run out of
lives. So let's say you reached the 45,000 checkpoint, if you ran out of lives
before reaching the next checkpoint, you will then be given the option to start
at 30,000. To activate advanced mode, just wait a second after you lose all
your lives and input your initials. It should then ask you to press start for
advanced mode, press start and your good to go. Just make sure you press start
every time you have to continue. But be careful, every time you lose without
reaching the next checkpoint; it sets you back to the previous checkpoint. And
if you lose at the first checkpoint, it's game over. This is especially
helpful in reaching the otherwise impossible Marauder achievement.
1. Slayer (10)
-----------------------
Score over 16,543 to beat the high score table Centipede - Default difficulty.
I don't want to go into much detail on this one, since I think you should get
this on your own. You need to be able to score at least this much, if you plan
on getting any of the other achievements.
Here are a few pointers anyway. Keep the bottom as clear as possible, so you
don't struggle with the centipede if it manages to get close. The spiders are
an excellent way to get points towards the beginning, if you want don't go
after the centipede until it's about half-way, just aim for the spiders.
Remember the closer the spiders are to you, the more points you get. Don't
worry about the dropping bugs, they only give you 200, and they are not worth
the risk in my opinion. Later on you will see a snake cross the map and change
the colors of mushrooms, these mushrooms make the centipedes straight down,
which could be a blessing or a curse. If you manage to shoot these snakes then
you will get a good sum of 1000 points.
2. Stalker (10)
-----------------------
Score over 50,000 points Centipede - Default difficulty.
This is probably the hardest achievement in both of the games. This one takes
a load of practice and patients. Just try to follow my pointers above, and
just get a good feel for the game. Some might think it isn't worth it for 10
Gamerpoints, but if you are aiming for 200/200, then I believe it's worth it.
3. Maniac (20)
-----------------------
Score over 15,000 Centipede - Throttle Monkey mode.
This one came to me easy. All I did was force the centipede down two columns
of mushrooms, so basically it was coming straight down, easy for me to shoot.
In fact I didn't even have to move much, but I can't say if you all will be as
lucky. Just try to form a column some where, stick to it, and try your best to
dodge the spiders.
4. Spirit (20)
-----------------------
Have 3 lives in hand Centipede - Default difficulty.
Basically, all you need for this one is to gain a life without dieing. It is
possible to get this later on during the game, but it's much easier to just get
it at the beginning. You get a life every 12,000 points, so that means you
need to survive until you reach that score. Not much to tell you here, except
just follow the pointers above and it shouldn't take long to get it.
5. Barren (20)
-----------------------
Destroy all mushrooms on the screen Centipede - Default difficulty.
I've heard some people have trouble with this, personally I didn't. Just focus
on the mushrooms, and try to avoid the centipede as much as possible. You will
want to wipe out the centipede when it gets into the lower regions of the
board, but your main aim should be on the mushrooms. You should finish off the
mushrooms, before the 3rd or 4th centipede.
6. Exterminate (20)
-----------------------
Reach wave 8 without a centipede reaching the bottom Centipede - Default
difficulty.
Once again, this one takes practice. You might want to try to form columns, to
force the centipede down, so you can get an easy shot on it, but it doesn't
always work. Just try to get rid of the centipede as fast as possible. Just
keep an eye out for the snake and poison mushrooms. If the centipede hits one
of those tainted mushrooms, it will rush towards the bottom. You can shoot the
leading head to stop it or you can intercept it with your body. Sure this will
kill you, but at least it didn't reach the bottom.
7. Prowler (10)
-----------------------
Score over 41,916 to get on the high score table Millipede - Default
difficulty.
This one, like the Slayer achievement, should be done on your own. Just go for
it and try to get a handle on the minor changes from centipede.
Here some pointers for this one as well. If you are really going for score,
then the best thing to do is to not hit the DDT (exploding blocks), until the
perfect moment. This could either be where you will wipe out a whole
centipede, or during a bonus round. I prefer to use them in bonus rounds,
since it gives you loads of points, but if you can't hold off till then just
try to get as many centipedes as possible with them. Spiders are still another
good points grabber in this one, but don't waste your DDT, trying to get the
1800 spider, unless you are going for the achievement. Keep an eye out on this
game, there are a lot more enemies, including beetles that come from below and
turn mushrooms invincible.
8. Marauder (10)
-----------------------
Score 125,000 points Millipede - Default difficulty.
This one is a pain, but is loads easier when compared to the Stalker
achievement. The advanced mode written above, is a blessing. I wouldn't try
this until you are pretty good at the game, because it can still get pretty
hectic, even with advanced mode. The bonus waves are an excellent source of
points, and if you use your DDT blocks well, you will have no problem reaching
the checkpoints.
9. Lunatic (20)
-----------------------
Score 25,000 points Millipede - Throttle Monkey mode.
I had more trouble on this one, than I did on the Maniac achievement. The
column technique doesn't seem to work too well. There isn't much that I can
tell you, except learn how to dodge the various critters and try to get points
as fast as possible. The DDTs are essential in this one; if you aren't too
good at using them, then you better get good, otherwise you can kiss this
achievement goodbye.
10. Entity (20)
-----------------------
Have 3 lives in hand Millipede - Default difficulty.
Just like the Spirit achievement, you basically just have to survive long
enough to get an extra life. Although this time you don't get a extra life
until 15,000. It shouldn't be too hard though, in fact it should be easier
than the centipede one, since it's a lot easier to score points. Follow the
tips above, and you shouldn't have too much trouble.
11. Poison (20)
-----------------------
Destroy a spider for 1,800 points Millipede - Default difficulty.
This might perplex a bunch of you, but this is probably the easiest achievement
in the game. Don't do what I did, and try to kill spiders when they get really
close, because the most you can get that way is 1,200 points. All you have to
do for this one is kill a spider using a DDT block. The easiest way is to use
the lower-left DDT, at the very beginning of the game, and just wait for a
spider to get near it. Shoot it, and you should have gotten yourself an easy
achievement.
12. Eradicate (20)
-----------------------
Reach wave 8 without a millipede reaching the bottom Millipede - Default
difficulty.
Millipedes take top priority in this one. Make sure you keep your bottom area
clean of mushrooms, since it can get bothersome if it's too crowded. Watch out
for the discolored mushrooms as well. If you see a millipede touch one, and
start heading down, either shoot it or collide with it. Anything is better
than letting it reach the bottom and ruin your achievement.
Mardi 18 septembre 2007
2
18
/09
/2007
23:55
-
Recommander
-
Par yagami
-
Ecrire un commentaire
Publié dans : xbox 360 guides - Voir les 0 commentaires
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Episode I [CJ.03.02]
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
"I'm Billy. Ma would never saw who my father was, so... I don't got no last
name. She gave me this medallion before I could talk. It's engraved with a
candle stick. So that's what kid's called me. Candle. Beats spic or pepper
gut. Yeah, Ma's from Mexico. The town I grew up in is just over the border and
the folks there are mostly white. Like my stepfather, Thomas. A big, mean son
of a bitch who would just as soon backhand me as look at me.
I grew up in a town called Hope. Pretty much the most hopeless place I've
ever seen. It's full of drunks and drifters, thieves and liars. And those
are the leading citizens. Like my 'dear' stepfather who knocked the tar out
of me at least once a day, rain or shine. Said he was teaching me how to be
a man.
But all the taught me is how to take a beatin'...
The last time he laid a hand on me was over two years ago. I took off and
didn't look back. I left to find my fortune. The legendary Gold of Juarez.
Wanted to prove to that S.O.B. that I could be more than he ever was... But
the world's a hard place and I didn't find squat. Did meet a girl though.
Molly. Damn, she was pretty. Didn't work out though. Her dad saw to that...
So now I'm back. Hungry. Broke.
I don't have nothing. Not even a last name."
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
***Objective: Go to Thomas and Marisa's farm.
Walk forward to find some water and rocks in the middle of it. You can use
'space' to jump and get to the other side. If you fall in it's no problem,
just climb out on the other side.
Walk towards the slope and look for a way down. Try to take small jumps and
sliders to avoid getting hurt. If you ever go too fast, press 'S' to brake.
Once you reached solid ground walk towards the farm and greet Jones. Who will
throw you out. Life is unfair.
***Objective: On the roof of the barn behind the house is a weapon stash.
Open it and get the gun. Stay away from Jones who will throw you out if
he sees you.
Hide behind the tree and press 'Q' or 'E' to lean and see what the old man is
up to. You can focus your view using 'X'. Once Jones is off to repair the
fence hold 'Ctrl' to sneak and move behind the bushes ahead of you. Wait
until he goes back to work on the fence and then sneak behind the barn.
Find the box here and press 'F' to grab it. Then place the box at the marked
spot by pressing 'F' or the right mouse button again. Jump on the box and then
press 'Space' and 'W' (forward) to climb into the roof of the barn.
Open the box using 'F' and grab the gun and bullets. You can unholster and
holster your gun by pressing the right key. '1' is your the gun in your left
hand (which you don't have now) and '2' is for the gun in your right hand,
which you do have. Unholster your gun and walk to Jones.
Find the tree and a box with bottles on it. Zoom in with 'X' and shoot the
three bottles. Jones will stand next to his fence. Walk past him and follow
that path.
A wolf will jump out of the bushes. Show it your new gun. Well actually, show
the bullets of your new gun. Jump down to encounter your first annoying
loading screen. Enjoy it.
***Loading: "I'm here to see the one person on Earth who ever gave a damn
about me. My Ma. Other then my stepfather, there's three sumbitch's in
particular I hope to avoid.
Tim Powell, our sheriff - who always though I was up to no good... even
when I wasn't.
Clyde Forrester, owner of the Grand Saloon - meanest pockerhead you've
ever seen.
And then there's the biggest bastard of 'em all...
My stepfather's brother. Reverend Ray. The most self-righteous son of a
bitch who ever picked up a bible."
Follow the path until you find a bridge. When you continue you'll bump into
the sheriff - who you wanted to avoid. He wants you to hand in your gun
before he'll let you through. Unholster it and then press 'Backspace' to
drop it. Obviously we need a new one.
***Objective: Get a gun.
Walk forwards and the guy who sells the coffins in town will measure you.
What nice of him. A bit ahead are some thugs, but they won't do you anything.
Suzy will greet you at the balcony of the saloon and tell you to come over.
***Objective: Steal Suzy's gun.
Enter the saloon and go up the stairs. The owner of the saloon (Clyde, who you
wanted to avoid) will tell you to get lost. Walk down and Suzy will tell you
to come in from the side of the saloon.
Find the horses. Next to them lies a whip. You can equip it with '5' and then
use the left mouse button to hit objects. Head to the window and climb up
the boxes. When you are on top, hit the wooden sticks above the window using
the right mouse button. The right mouse button will allow you to grab things
and go up.
Once you got your whip tightened, use the right mouse button to go up and
use the left mouse button to go down. When you are in front of the window
swing back and forth and press 'space' or both the left and right mouse
button to let go and enter the room of Suzy.
Suzy will go out to make sure you won't get caught, which gives you time to
look around in the room. In the chest you'll find your first Game Card of
Lukasz Adzinski. The drawers left of her bed contain a gun. Watch the timer,
or you'll lose.
Suzy will come back in and wants to give you some oral pleasure. However,
Clyde and his friend come in and want to shoot you. Jump through to window to
escape the akward situation. Clyde will come up the balcony and say that
whoever catches you will get some free with Suzy.
***Objective: Sneak away from the town.
Sneak ('Ctrl') all the time from now on. Use 'Q' and 'E' to check if anyone
is checking out your direction. If not, sneak behind the boxes and keep going
until you're able to head right. You'll end up behind a building. Get as far
as possible as you can and then enter the alley again.
More bandits are here. Note the barrel on your left when you exit the valley.
Hide behind it and then wait for the bandit to walk away before crossing the
side to enter the alley ahead.
There is a man standing here and another one that visits the toilet on the
odd occasion. Head right here and jump over the boxes. Find the open window
and put a box under the window and enter it.
Go around the corner and open the door. Watch out for the bandits, and when
you're sure it's safe go outside and find the big box next to a fence. Climb
on it and then jump over the fence.
Hide behind all the barrels and then enter the barn. The bandits think you're
not here and close the doors.
***Loading
Ever played Half-Life 2? No? You missed something. Anyway, grab a box and walk
up. Note that the platform will turn depending on where you are located. Put
the box on the end of the platform, then turn around and run/jump to the
other side before it falls down again.
Keep climbing up and following the planks until you find a whole in the roof.
Head outside to end up on a roof. Take a small detour, ok?
Climb down the down into the attic of a house and open a chest to find the
second Game Card of Jakub Klarowicz. Head up again and note the trees. Using
your whip you can grab a branch and safely go down. Do so.
Follow your compass (the red dot) until you come across a fence with some
bandits behind it. When they are gone, jump over it and then head left and
keep running. Go past the church.
***Loading
Follow the upper path on the right side and keep going until you found Crazy
Frank. Meet him, and he'll tell you he'll shoot you if you try to do anything
with his stuff. Take it easy Frank.
***Objective: Find ammunition for the gun.
Wait until Frank goes to work on his little vehicle and sneak behind the
bushes and the tree. He'll walk back to his house and turn around again. Sneak
into his house and open the drawer to find the third Game Card of Pawel
Marchewka. In the other room you'll some ammo and Frank will find you. Jump
out of the window and follow the path to the left.
Use the whip to grab a branch and head to the other side of the cliff. Then
follow your compass towards the farm of your mother. No lovely dinner though,
but evil Thomas and gunshots.
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Episode II [CJ.03.03]
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
"It is on this Sabbath day, in this empty church, that I pray to thee. What
am I to do not to lose faith in the people of this town? Please, God, give me
strength to lead these sinners to righteousness. Last night the demons of my
past visited me in a nightmare. What are you trying to tell me, Lord? That the
citizens of Hope are descending into darkness, just as I was once, trapped in
the shadows of Satan's embrace?
I personally invited every last soul in town to today's service. I will bring
them your word, Lord. I will show them the way."
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
***Objective: Use the Bible to begin the mass.
You're now playing and Reverend Ray. Walk to the other side of the church and
use the Bible to tell people about the word of God. Clyde will be a very
annoying man, but before anything can happen a woman will come in and tell
you there's shooting at the farm of your brother, Thomas.
***Objective: Run to the Thomas' farm and see what's going on.
You only have 90 seconds to reach the farm, so don't wander around. Exit the
church, follow the path, cross the bridge and enter the area of the farm.
Billy will show up and Reverend Ray thinks Billy did all of this.
***Objective: Catch Billy.
Follow him and you'll see him shut the door behind him. You can use 'C' to
kick open the door. Kick the door ahead open too, remove the stuff that's
blocking the next door and go outside.
Billy will run away again. Head around the fence and enter the barn. Climb the
ladder and head up. Fire will be in your way. Grab a bucket with water and use
it to get rid of the fire. Head outside and follow Billy.
Keep going and going until you see him cross a bridge. When you reach it,
Billy will destroy the bridge and run away. You need to tell someone what
happened.
***Objective: Go to the town and tell the sheriff what happened.
When you reach the farm you'll see bandits stealing stuff.
***Objective: Drive off the looters ransacking your brother's farm.
Walk towards the looters and you'll lecture them. Two will run off, but one
will stay behind acting tough. You have no weapons (smacking the Bible would
be sacrilege, right?) but you do have fists. The left mouse buttons will
swing the left fist and the right mouse button... yes, it'll swing the right
fist into the (thin) air. You can enter close combat mode using '0'.
***Objective: Your words had no effect on the thug. You have no other choice,
but to use force.
Hit the guys in the face and kick them down. Ray will call upon God and this
ends the chapter.
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Episode III [CJ.03.04]
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
"That bastard child's been a burden on this Earth since the day he was born.
Shiftless no account coward. How dare he end a life as righteous as my
brother's! If I could I would kill him.
Lord, is that what you want from me?
To be your sword?
I've spent twenty years preaching to hyenas and wolves, but maybe there are
some who are beyond redemption. Is that what you're telling me Lord? To
destroy those who cannot be saved? If that is what you want, then that is how
I will serve you.
'And I will execute great vengeance upon them with furious rebukes: and they
shall know that I am Jehovah, when I lay me punishment upon them!'"
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Ray wants revenge.
***Objective: Your chest is in the church. Open it and take your belongings.
Open the left door and grab your two guns and ammo.
***Objective: Go after Billy.
Open the double doors and... a small group is waiting outside of the church.
The sheriff will tell you he is the law and that he'll take care of it, but
he'll soon be shot down by some thugs and won't do a thing for you.
***Objective: After killing Sheriff Powell the miners have started riots in
Hope. Defeat them to bring peace to the town. Kill everyone with a gun in
his hand.
Walk down and enter the town. Some bandits will show up and want to get rid of
you. You have two guns. The left mouse button shoots the left button while the
right mouse button shoots the right gun. When your gun are unholstered and
you can use the mode, you can enter concentration mode (also known as Max
Payne Bullet Time) and shoot enemies that way.
After the guys are down wander further down the street until you hear a bandit
bothering the wife of the sheriff.
***Objective: She sheriff's wife is in the bandit's hands. Free the sheriff's
wife.
Walk back (towards a bandit) and enter an alley to end up behind the first
house you saw on your left when you entered town. Grab a box so you can climb
the other boxes and enter the upper floor of the house.
Inside you'll find a box with a Game Card of Pawel Blaszczak. Head outside
and kick down the fence to follow your journey over the balconies. Make sure
your guns are holstered and then jump through the window, enter concentration
mode and kill the bandits. The wife of the sheriff will thank you by giving
the key to the jail.
***Objective: Don't let the bandits free their friends and take control of the
town. Shoot all armed bandits in the jail.
Head outside and drop yourself down. Kill all bandits while going down the
streets of Hope. Once you found the jail, enter it and kill the bandits here.
Once you are inside they'll lock the door and set the place on fire.
The fire will spread fast, so don't idle around. Head upstairs (you've been
here as Billy when you found a Game Card) and jump towards the ladder and
head up. Enter the big barn and find the other opening, that'll lead to a
plank, some bandits downstairs and a big water tower.
Shoot the weight next to the pipe to let the pipe fall down. Jump on it and
use that to enter another roof. Head down here.
***Loading
Outside are enemies again. Get rid of them and head down. Note the cart
ahead with a gun and his beloved gun. Toss a lamp in his direction and then
shoot at the cart to set it on fire. This is an easy way to get rid of
annoying enemies.
Use the buckets to extinguish the fire and move on. Enter the house on your
left, where you've been as Billy too. Kill the enemies and get rid of the
fire ahead. Find the broken window and use it to get down.
With 'Z' you can use the single-revolver quick shooting mode if you want.
Kill all the enemies you encounter and walk towards the hideout of Clyde -
the Grand Saloon. He wants to get rid of you, but we'll just get rid of him.
***Objective: The owner of the Saloon, Clyde Forrester, has taken the
bandit's side, turning his saloon into the temple of Satan. Bring peace to
the town and destroy that nest of snakes. Kill every criminal in the
Saloon and destroy it.
The most annoying bandits are on the roof. They'll throw dynamite your way,
which causes massive damage. Get rid of them first before killing other
bandits. When all the bandits are gone the game will tell you to set the
saloon on fire. To do this you need to throw a lamp at the carriage or shoot
the barrels on he carriage yourself. Use one of the options to set the place
on fire. Hide somewhere, since most bandits will fry themselves in the fire.
Kill any remaining bandit and Clyde will show up.
Time for a man to man gun duel. When the counter hits zero, move the mouse
down to grab your gun and move your mouse up to unholster it. Then shoot at
Clyde in concentration mode. You can avoid his attacks using 'Q' and 'E'.
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Episode IV [CJ.03.05]
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
"Gotta run. Don't matter if I killed somebody or not - they'll hang me
anyway. I can hear the hound's. Jesus Christ, get a grip on yourself! Mexico
would be the safest bet, but... the road leads straight through Juarez. I'd
have to be crazy to go anywhere near that place.
But wait, wait a minute, what about that mine near Blackriver? A train passes
right by there. I could jump on it and hitch a ride to San Jose.
Molly's there.
The one person in the world I can trust."
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
***Objective: Go through the abandoned mine and jump onto the incoming
train, to avert the pursuit.
Head left and follow the path here. Use a branch to get down and find a log.
Hit that with your whip to make it fall down, so you can pass. If you
continue you'll see the mine and some bandits.
***Objective: There's an unknown group of people in your way. Get through to
the mine unnoticed.
Just continue your path and head through the dark cave.
***Loading
If you step a bit further you'll meet the first bandit. Note how the thunder
started. When you are in the shadows and thunder strikes the earth, you'll
get seen. But as long as there's no thunder you can safely sneak around in
the shadows and not get seen.
The bandit will walk back to his bonfire. Sneak past him and continue, making
sure the other bandit doesn't see you. If he does, hide and wait until he
moved away.
When you sneaked around you'll see your next group of bandits. Drop yourself
down and sneak around the bushes, rocks and trees and overhear their
conversation. They'll walk away, leaving some behind who's sleeping. Open the
chest for some health and a Game Card of Adrian Ciszewski.
After that look the way of the bandits again and make a U-turn here. Stay
behind the bushes at the next bonfire and look for a bigger area with lots of
bonfires and bandits. Drop yourself down here and stay close to the wall.
You need to sneak around while hiding behind the trees, rocks and bushes here.
It's an easy task to avoid the bandits, since they have no idea you are
around.
When you find two bandits talking about urine it's your sign to stay behind
the bushes. Sneak past them and sneak through the tents. Once you reached the
ends of the tents make sure it's safe and enter the cave.
***Loading
As you leave the mine you'll stumble upon another bonfire. Stay behind the
bushes and some men will walk away. Find a safe spot to drop yourself into the
swampy area and walk towards the entrance of the mine. As you walk over the
bridge it'll collapse and you'll fall down.
Swim to the left bank of the river to ensure you don't die. Might be a wise
idea.
***Objective: Find another way into the train.
You need to go up whenever possible. If you don't go up when you can, you'll
stumble upon dead ends. Go forward a bit (follow the compass) and watch your
right side. When you can go up, go there and follow the (small) path until
you find another way up on your right side.
There is a bandit walking around here, so avoid him and go up and continue.
***Loading
As your continue you'll find a new pet - a snake. Kill it with your whip or
gun (whatever you like, but be aware a gun makes more noise) and jump over the
rock to end up in a field. There are 3 wolves here, so kill those too. On the
left side of the field is a way up. Walk over the plank and keep going up.
After some snakes you'll find two bandits again. There has been gunshots in
the mine and things need to be checked out. One bandit will walk back and
forth. When his back is turned to you, sneak forwards on the small path just
to find another bandit. Hide behind the bushes and continue when it's safe.
Use the branch to get safely down.
***Loading
Use the next branch to cross the gap and then keep going until you find a gap
that's too big. Use the whip to get a log down that'll be your personal
bridge. Walk over a bridge and get down to a station.
***Objective: You've reached your destination. Defend your position until the
train comes, then jump onto one of the carriages.
The train won't come until you killed the bandits, so do your best and kill
them all. When they are called Reverend Ray will come out of the mine and the
train will show up. Billy will jump on the train, leaving Reverend Ray
behind.
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Episode V [CJ.03.06]
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
"The storm is coming. I can hear the thunder. Dark days for humankind are
drawing near. 'For the great day of his wrath has come; and who shall be
able to stand?'
I am your sword now, oh Lord, and your will will be done. Been chasing that
boy for days now. Took me some time to find his trail, because he didn't run
for the border as I was sure he would. Instead he headed west. He's probably
sittin' out the storm in the Blackriver mine. Years ago, I did the same. I
know every inch of those tunnels and if he's down there, then I will find
him."
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
***Objective: Find Billy in the mine and deal justice unto him.
This time you'll be at the same location as Billy, but you'll go inside the
mine. Move forward and shoot the bandit to get things rolling. Walk up the
slope and enter the mine.
***Objective: The people you encountered are bandits preparing for a hold up.
Kill the bandits up ahead and look around for a chest with a Game Card of
Jan Borkowski. When you continue you'll end up in a two-tracked tunnel. Kill
the bandits and slowly progress through the tunnel. Pushing a mine cart might
help to knock some enemies over.
When you follow the left track two carts will be pushed down. Avoid them as
much as possible, since getting run over equals death equals starting over
equals frustration.
As you reach the end of the slope you'll be able to go left. Go there to find
a Game Card of Adam Jastrzebski. Keep going until you end up in a tunnel
that's collapsing.
***Loading
When you walk over the tracks be sure to watch the sounds and check your back
to see if there are carts coming your way. No matter how much you play with
the direction of the tracks, the bandits manage to just ignore that. Funky.
You can pick both sides of the track, both are fine with me. Just make sure
you kill the bandits that are needed to be killed (as in - all of them).
Eventually you'll see a new area on your right side. The next part may seem
complex, but it's really really linear. You are in a big hole and there are
more ways that lead to Rome. Some tunnels will lead to an upcoming/previous
area. Ladders are all around the place, and so are bandits. Once you got all
the way up you'll see daylight. Well, nightlight. Meet the shiny moon.
***Loading
As you walk forward you'll see thunder strike down and hit a branch. You may
remember this, since you saw that happen too, but as Billy. Anyway, that path
isn't possible... let's take the path on the left side that goes through a bit
of water.
Head left when you are done with the tunnel to meet a nice guy. Follow him,
just to fall down with a big bump on your head. Follow the path while killing
enemies until you find another big hole. Take a path up while killing enemies.
When you are all the way up you'll see the moonlight again. Go there, kill the
single bandit (if he's even there) and you'll see the train passing by. Billy
will jump on the train and Reverend Ray will be a bit mad.
***Objective: Catch up with the train.
You have a timer to 'follow the train'. Just jump down and follow the track
to see the evil man again. Another duel.
***Objective: Ned the Plague has called you out for a gunfight. Wait for the
signal of the whistle, draw your gun and shoot him. You can only shoot if
Ned reaches for his gun first.
Shoot him and Ned will tell you his sins. Explosions. Train. Bad stuff.
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Episode VI [CJ.03.07]
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
"Yea, though I walk through the valley of the shadow of death, I will fear no
evil: for thou art with me, thy rod and thy staff, they comfort me... Let all
those who carry the mark of the best cower in terror! For I will come for
them as I follow the murderer's trail. Are you there, Billy Candle? Are you
there, you son of the Devil? I'm coming for you, and I bring hell unto thee!
Gunshots! I must hurry..."
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
***Objective: Catch Billy Candle.
As you walk forward you'll meet a nice guy. Who will soon die.
***Objective: Drive away bandits attacking the train.
As you walk down the track you'll be attacked by bandits. Pang pang, shoot
them down. Soon enough you'll find a train that's blocking your way, so you
need to head left here and follow the path.
When you get to the side of the train be sure to watch out for the bandits
that are all around the place. They'll shoot from small openings in the train,
so take care. Inside you'll find a chest with the Game Card of Slawek Latos.
As you continue you'll find a slope going up. When you reach the top bandits
will push a few big rocks down, so avoid these. Getting hit means instant
dead. Follow the path past a nice river.
***Loading
You'll find the train that Billy was on. The bandits stopped the train on the
bridge. When you continue you'll soon find the train. There is a bandit here
that's using the turret. It's best to just avoid it and not try to shoot the
bandit off. If you do, another one might simply pop up and mount the turret.
Hide behind the rocks. The turret needs to cool down a bit after it's used,
giving you time to run towards your next hiding place.
If you keep going you'll find the end of the train. You can open the door to
enter it. Kill all the bandits you encounter until you're outside again.
You'll see some good guys running off to kill the bandits but the turret
takes care of them.
Kill the guy behind the turret to solve that problem. Kill any bandit that's
coming your way and enter the next part of the train.
There are good-guys here. Lieutenant Matthew Parker wants you to blow up the
barricade outside that's annoying him and his men.
***Objective: Take the powder keg and blow up the barricade. Get rid of the
bandits shooting at the train carriages on the bridge.
You'll get help from two soldiers. Take a powder keg and let them do the
shooting. When you found the barricade, throw the keg there and blow it up.
Don't go back yet but kill any bandit you can find. Return to the train and
continue going through carriages.
After a while you'll encounter a blocked door. A dying man tells you there's
a barricade outside to separate the passengers from the soldiers.
***Objective: Shoot off the bar locking the door from outside.
Grab the sniper that's next to the (now dead) man and head back. Find a path
to the left and follow that until you get a clear view of the train and the
bar that's blocking the door. Shoot the bar away and also check the chest for
a Game Card of Maciej Klokowski.
Head back to the train and keep going until you find a man on the roof with a
hostage woman. The game doesn't state any objective about this, but if she
dies you'll lose the mission. It's not hard though - just move to her location
and help her getting up again.
Talk with the guy that's controlling the train. He said he saw someone on the
roof and tell you the direction he head in. Before you can go a bandit wants
a gunfight.
***Objective: Defeat the last bandit in a gunfight. You can draw your gun
after a sign given by the engineer with his whistle or when your
opponent attacks first.
Just like you did before - wait for the signal and kill the bandit.
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Episode VII [CJ.03.08]
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
"That was Ray! Reverend Ray... Right there, on that cliff, looking at me like
death hiss elf.
He is crazy. That asshole won't rest until I am dead and buried. Gotta find a
horse, or he'll catch up with me. It's still a few miles to the ranch, and I
think I sprained my damn ankle... The soldiers almost had me. Wouldn't of
gotten away at all if all hell hadn't broken loose.
Gotta find Molly. Molly'll believe me."
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
This is a very big and long episode.
***Objective: Get to a ranch, where a girl named Molly lives. It's a long way,
better get a horse.
Walk forward until you found a river. Dive into it. You can control Billy with
the directional keys. Head to the bank of the river on the left side, just to
find another river. Head to the left side again and continue.
Kill the wolves and climb up. Make sure you kill the snake as well.
***Loading
For some reason the objective that you got already will show up. Keep killing
wolves while you proceed forwards until you found a farm. The man here isn't
friendly, so we need to sneak in and get a horse from the man.
Before you can mount a horse you need a saddle. Watch the man and head into
his house. You'll find a set of drawers with a Game Card of Przemek Marmul
here. Also find yourself the saddle and mount the horse.
There are pieces of broken fence that you can jump over with your horse. This
will avoid you getting hurt (too much) by the owner of the horse.
Keep going until Billy sees a lot of smoke. Your horse can't join you on your
quest. Too bad. Dismount it and use your whip to get to the next area.
As you get closer to the fire you'll find out Indians set the thing on fire.
The game doesn't mind if they discover you, but if they do hell will break
loose. They have powerful rifles that hurt a lot. These guys also are a bit
better at detecting you, so hiding in the bushes isn't going to do you any
good. Stay behind solid objects like trees and rocks.
In a chest you'll be able to find the Game Card of Mateusz Manes. You can try
to steal a horse, but I suggest to just walk for now. Keep going and going and
going and going and going and going until Billy sees another Indian in the
distance.
Sneak past them and steal the horse. It'll make life easier. Since you are on
a horse you're harder to hit and the Indians won't bother chasing you. Keep
driving the horse until you just can't go any further because the path is
blocked (run over the Indian).
At this point use your whip to get up. Kill the wolves you find and keep
going. Another area full of Indians is ahead, but it's kinda hard to
describe exactly what to do, since it just involves being really quiet and
sneaky. Eventually you'll find yourself walking down a small path.
***Loading: Just a few more miles and I'll be seeing her pretty face. She
didn't judge me and I didn't judge her. We just saw each other for who we
were. Not her father, though. Her father just couldn't get past the color
of my skin.
After killing more wolves you'll finally find the farm where you need to be.
It isn't the lucky day of Billy though, since it's heavily guarded. Not
strange with all the offensive Indians around.
***Objective: Find Molly without being noticed.
Go around the farm until it's not possible to go any further without falling
down a cliff. There is a hole in the fence here. Sneak towards the water tower
and then hide behind the horses. Use the bushes until you reached the crates.
Climb them and enter the barn. Take the left path (going right will cause
you to kick too much stuff over) and after a while you'll fall down. The
guys will blame it on the horse, Hurricane. Hide until it's safe and then
sneak your way into the next barn.
Find a way up and then jump over the fence. You'll end up at a small house.
Inside you'll find a Game Card of Michal Nowak. Now it's time to head for the
big house. Wait until it's clear and find the door that allows you to go in.
Inside you'll find another Game Card of Marcin Zygadio in a set of drawers
downstairs. There aren't many guys walking around inside the house, but be
careful anyway. Get upstairs using the... stairs (yes, that sentence is very
brilliant, no need to tell me) and try to open the door on the right side.
This is the room of Molly.
But it couldn't be this easy, could it? Chat will show up with his friends and
wants a fight. Sure. The best tactic is to hit him and take a few steps back.
Also walk around him to avoid getting hit (too much).
When he got enough strikes to the head Molly will show up and tell the guy
to leave. Billy will tell Molly the whole deal, but she isn't too helpful.
The father of Billy will show up and isn't happy to see you.
He won't kill you because of his daughter, but does tell you to never ever
come back again. Suddenly there are shootings. Guess who's coming up. It's
your best friend Reverend Ray.
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Episode VIII [CJ.03.09]
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
"I see the angels of death. They're gazing down upon me. They must be
guiding me, because I found the boy's trail swiftly. He's heading towards
inhabited areas. He must be in despair. He has to know the end is near. By his
tracks I can see he's limping. Hurt, wounded and armed - dangerous indeed.
I must make haste. No time to rest."
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
***Objective: Catch Billy and deliver justice onto him.
When you walk forward Reverend Ray will see the 'Angels of Death'. Little
does he know his are just Indians. But he'll find out if you let him walk
forwards. Soon they'll start to shoot him and it's time to shoot back.
Keep following the path while shooting Indians. You might recognise the path.
You've been here as Billy as well. Find the small path where you let Billy
walk as well.
***Loading
Kill the wolves you encounter until you find some 'Texas Rangers'. Their goal
is to bring down a gang of 'rustlers' that are active on the ranch. You're
more than welcome to join.
***Objective: Attack Billy and the rustlers at the ranch with the help of the
Texas Rangers.
Follow the gang and let them do most of the shooting. Bring down any enemies
that are left after the shooting. Remember the door you used to enter as
Billy? Head there and kick it open ('C', remember?).
Your 'friends' will take care of the owner of the ranch while you are allowed
to search for Billy. Head upstairs and enter the room of Molly. In a set of
drawers you'll find the Game Card of Marcin Piaskiewicz. Look out of the
window and jump on the roof.
You'll see Billy run into the barn. Jump from the roof on the wagon to get
safely down. A ranger will enter the barn and get run over. When you enter the
barn yourself you'll see it's on fire (how can Billy even do that this fast?).
When you get near the end a few people of the ranch will show up and be angry
at you. Shoot them.
Wait until some things fell down before going further. Outside you'll find
Billy again (don't shoot, it's a waste of ammo). He'll run off into a field
full of corn. The camera will focus on the other end of the field. You need to
run there. When you do that you'll be followed by a few men with axes. You can
ignore them or kill them.
At the end kill the men and mount a horse. A timer will start so don't wander
around too much. After some chasing you'll find Billy standing on a cliff.
Dismount your horse and shoot Billy. End of Billy (haha, not really - oooops
spoilers there). Start of more problems.
***Objective: Check out what's going on at the ranch.
Molly screamed and it's time to check it out. Head back to the ranch and head
back to the room where they were holding the owner of the ranch. You'll find
out the guys are actually bandits and don't care for you anymore.
***Objective: The Rangers appear to be bandits in disguise, who used you, and
are now attempting to kill you. Defeat the McLydes.
It's time for a dual duel (lovely compound I made there, right?). Remember to
lean (using 'Q' and 'E') a lot to avoid shots.
You'll find out the owner is the actual owner and not a rustler. Reverend Ray
is a bit mad at what he did. Just a bit.
***Objective: The bandits kidnapped Molly and made off towards the pier.
Travel to the pier and get the girl back.
You have 2 minutes to get to the pier. Head outside and mount a horse. Head
back over the bridge where you just killed Billy and go further down from
here. I suggest to just ignore the bandits on your way and get to the pier as
fast as possible.
The bandits will leave without you, but with Molly. Reverend Ray is even more
angry now. He is determined to save Molly though.
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Episode IX [CJ.03.10]
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
"... There is one candle, but three graves. The gold of Juarez belongs only to
the brave.
This medallion is for you, mija. I want you to wear it always. Put it on over
your corazon. The candle engraved upon it will light your path and protect
you from evil."
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Billy will wake up but some old Indian will tell you to rest again. When you
wake up Billy will notice his medallion is missing. Enter the tent and check
the chest to find the Game Card of Przemek Kawecki.
Talk with the Indian for some nice chat. Billy thinks the Indian (his name is
Calm Water) took your medallion, but he didn't. He wants you to (for whatever
reason) kill three rabbits using just a bow and arrow.
***Objective: Use the bow to kill 3 rabbits for Calm Water.
Use the right mouse button to pull back your bow (and enter Concentration Mode
too) and then use your left mouse button to shoot. Mount the horse and find
one of the red dots on your compass. When you get close to one, dismount your
horse and walk to a bush. When you see one run pull back the string, aim a
little above the animal, as well as a bit in front of it and shoot. You can
always pick up arrows you shot to get them back.
When you (finally, perhaps) got the three rabbits it's time to head back to
Calm Water. Some bushes are on fire and he thinks the evil spirit did it.
***Objective: Take the rabbits back to Calm Water.
***Objective: Put out the flames, before the tent catches fire.
You have over 2 minutes to do this, and it's really use. Grab the bucket
that's next to the tent and run to the river. Get some water and throw it over
the fire. Three buckets full of water should do the trick. I like how Calm
Water just stands around and doesn't just do it himself.
Calm Water will tell you, you need to face your accusers and confront them. To
face your fears and defeat them. To show your courage by bringing back the
feather from the eagle's nest. Wait, what?
***Objective: Find Eagle Mountain, climb it and take a feather from the
eagle's nest. Leave the bow, so that you don't harm the holy bird.
No bow, but at least you got your whip (Billy is better with that anyway).
Mount the horse and use it to get all the way to the mountain.
Once you got there, leave the horse alone and start climbing. It's a really
linear, easy path that involves climbing up, using the whip to get at higher
points and using the whip to cross small gaps. From time to time you'll
encounter the eagle. Ducking usually allows you to avoid the attacks.
At a certain point you'll find out you can't climb any higher and it looks
like a dead point. Get as high as you can and look around for a branch. When
you use the whip on this branch (the branch is below you), you'll be able to
go down a bit again. Yes - you need to go down a bit in order to proceed.
When you follow this path you'll another way up that leads to two points.
You can look back and continue in the direction you came from and head to
other way to find a cave, snake and some booze (to heal).
Head the first way though (heal if needed, obviously) and keep going higher
using your jumping skills and whip. You'll pass through a series of caves and
eventually the eagle will start to attack more and more often.
At the very top you'll find a nest with feathers (the game WON'T prompt you to
get one, so don't be as silly as me and forgot to grab a feather), so grab
one.
***Objective: Take the feather back to Calm Water.
You don't need to go all the way back you came. The path down is much easier.
You basically using the whip to drop down safely. Once you reached lower
ground (the eagle will stop bothering you) head back to your horse and ride
back to Calm Water.
When you get there your 'friends' kill Calm Water and will knock you down as
well. What is the moral lesson of this episode? Courage won't do a thing to
you, it's better to be a coward! I also like how the game, out of the blue,
suddenly allows players to play on a very big map without any loading in
between.
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Episode X [CJ.03.11]
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
"Darkness. It's all around me. The light that has led me... has deserted me.
Did it ever exist?
I'm on the kidnappers trail, there's nothing else left. They're travelling
down the river by raft and they seldom break to camp. But in a few miles, the
river flows into a canyon and changes into white water. There's a smuggler's
trail there, leading all the way to Mexico. They have to make landfall and
when they do, I will be there.
It's my only chance to save that girl."
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
***Objective: Get Molly back from the bandits.
It's a bit mission, but not long. You'll be doing most of this mission by
horse, making this a breeze.
Use a mountain to follow the path to the area with bandits. Want an easy
victory? Ride all the way to the turret, kill the guy and use the turret to
kill the other bandits. Easy, sneaky, mean, fast. Inside the house you'll find
a set of drawers with a Game Card of Marcin Sobanski.
Enter the barn and a stage-coach (with Molly) will drive away.
***Objective: Chase the stage-coach with the kidnapped girl, get Molly back.
Kill the man here and mount a horse. The goal throughout the rest of the time
you're on a horse is easy - keep close to the coach. If you fall behind, get
close before the timer reaches zero. When you get close you'll get
entertained by firework (dynamite) and gunshots. From time to time you'll
encounter bandits on horses. You are note allowed to kill the horses, so only
kill the bandits. You can use the 'Caps Lock' key to dash, but make sure
your horse doesn't get too tired.
The coach will stop when you are near a river, where a lot of bandits are.
Kill the bandits and chase the coach again. You'll go uphill now.
After a while the bandits will blow up a cave, forcing you to take the path
right. Go there and it's time for your horse and you to go downhill. Take
small 'steps' and brake using 'S' on a frequent occasion.
Eventually you'll end up at some ranch. Dismount your horse and kill the
bandits. Inside the house you'll find a Game Card of Rafal Stasiak. Meet Ty
for a gunfight.
***Objective: Defeat Ty Stewart in a gunfight.
You know the drill. Shoot him. It seems they took Molly to Juarez. Time to go
there. Note how this map didn't involve loading either.
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Episode XI [CJ.03.12]
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
"There is one candle, but three graves.
The gold of Juarez belongs only to the grave.
This medallion is for you my darling. I want you to wear it always...
Put it on, over your corazon.
The candle in grave deponent will light your path and protect you from evil.
There's only one candle, but three graves.
In the first grave, a bad man sleeps.
He might wake up, so shhhhh.
In the second one, a rich man with a heart of stone slumbers.
From him the gift will not be enough.
In the third grave, a beggar lays.
You need to light the candle for him,
because a little warmth means a lot to a poor man.
He'll give you the gold, because the poor are always more generous than the
rich.
There is one candle, but three graves.
The gold of Juarez belongs only to the brave."
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
I like how loading took less time than the introduction speech. I like a lot
of things lately, don't I?
So the episode starts and you're tied to a pole. A man will come in, who
appears to be your father. He is 'loving' at first, but as soon as he figures
out you don't have the medallion or know where it is he'll start to beat you
up. When that doesn't help they'll bring in Molly. New game - you bring the
gold of Juarez or Molly gets killed.
***Loading (completely different loading screen that normally)
***Objective: You're free but the girl will be dead if you won't come back
with the gold before the sunset.
Head down and follow the signs to the cemetery. A boy is here who'll give you
100 pesos if you help him bury his father. Agree and after the burial he'll
admit he doesn't have any money. He will however give you a key to the
sacristy.
Find the sacristy and unlock the door. Find the three graves. Inspect the
right grave and then look at the statue to find out where the gold of Juarez
is located. If you don't want to go through the whole cemetery-thing you can
also go all the way around the sacristy to get to the graves, but it takes
longer and you'll have to battle a bandit.
Head to the stone that is above the entrance to the gold. It's too heavy to
move for Billy. Walk back to the sacristy and the game will zoom in on a rock
and the path there. Climb the sacristy and follow that path.
When you reach the end of the path you'll find a big gap. It's too wide to
jump over and your whip can't reach the branch. The goal is to (after saving
obviously) jump and try to grab the branch with your whip.
Follow the path again to find another situation where you need to jump
forward and use your whip in order to continue.
You'll walk past the big rock you need to push. Whip it, just to find out it
doesn't work. Follow the path till the end and make an U-turn. When you can't
go any further you can use the whip on the branch to swing back and forth.
Swing forward and jump into the rock.
The rock will roll down and open the entrance for you. Head to the entrance
(you can slide down the slope if you are careful).
Mardi 18 septembre 2007
2
18
/09
/2007
23:53
-
Recommander
-
Par yagami
-
Ecrire un commentaire
Publié dans : xbox 360 guides - Voir les 0 commentaires
===============================================================================
Table of Contents
===============================================================================
1. Introduction
2. Classes
2.1 Assault
2.2 Spec Ops
2.3 Sniper
2.4 Engineer
2.5 Support
3. Vehicles
3.1 LAVs
3.2 MAVs
3.3 HAVs
3.4 Air and Sea Vehicles
4. Walkthrough
4.1 In and Out
4.2 Radio Silence
4.3 Headshot
4.4 Submerged
4.5 Metal Island
4.6 Heavy Tonnage
4.7 Air Traffic Control
4.8 Catching Flak
4.9 Rolling Thunder
4.10 Burning Bridges
4.11 Beach Party
4.12 Big Bang
4.13 Hotel Alpha
4.14 Top Man
4.15 DMZ
4.16 End of the Line
4.17 Endgame (NATO)
4.18 Endgame (China)
4.19 Flying the Flag (Both)
5. Credits
6. Contact Information
===============================================================================
1. Introduction
===============================================================================
Welcome to my guide to Battlefield 2: Modern Combat. I hope it helps you
conquer the game and have fun at the same time. This is my first FAQ and I hope
you enjoy reading it as much as I'm going to enjoy writing it.
===============================================================================
2. Classes
===============================================================================
In the Battlefield universe there are five classes. They all have their own
strengths and weaknesses so you must learn when and where to use them.
Following are details on all the classes, and tips for each one.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2.1
Assault- The assault trooper is the most versatile soldier on the battlefield.
His rifle is effective against infantry and light vehicles. He also carries
Smoke and frag grenades, a pistol, and an under slung grenade launcher. A good
choice for new players as it has no real weakness except heavy armor.
pros-
Versatile
Effective against infantry
Powerful rifle
cons-
weak versus heavy armor
There really are not many tips for assault kits. They are versatile and while a
trained player is deadly with it, it just requires practice. However there are
some tactics you may find useful.
Try to stay at midrange whenever possible, SMGs will shred you at close
quarters.
Use smoke grenades. Nothing pisses off a sniper more then having smoke in his
field of view.
Throw frags in a room/ area before you assault, if it does not kill your
enemies, it will soften them up.
Do not be afraid to use your pistol. If you an an enemy are both reloading pull
out your pistol.
The grenade launcher can be very useful if used properly. Lob grenades into
bases across Backstab for example.
Your accuracy is greatly increased if you go prone or kneel. Getting behind
enemy lines and laying down can get you many kills.
Remember that there is a scope, if the enemy does not know your there and there
is some distance between you, use the scope to make sure you hit him.
Avoid armor. The assault trooper can not handle heavy armor unless it is
severely weakened.
Use the grenade launcher against jeeps if you can not see the driver.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2.2
Spec Ops- The Spec. Ops soldiers are the stealthy ones. They are actually just
as easy to see as the others. This is another versatile class like the assault.
Different from the assault is that its weapons are suppressed. It also has C4
for anti-vehicle action.
Pros-
Fast
C4 is good for a lot of things
SMG has good RoF
Silenced guns
Cons-
Knife and stun grenades are useless
This is another versatile class that you can safely pick if you are unsure what
you will be going up against. The smg is weaker then the assault rifle but it
fires much faster. It is also more accurate. The c4 is a fun and versatile
weapon.
Use your speed. The spec os is the fastest kit on the battlefield. They should
always be the ones to grab the flags in ctf. If they can get behind cover they
will outrun any soldier.
Silencers are good. While it may seem pointless, they suppressed rounds make it
harder for enemies to pinpoint your position.
Suicide bombers. These jihad jeeps are just a jeep with c4 on the front. Run
the jeep into an enemy tank and hop out. Blow them both up.
I thought you were my friend! If you are with friends and you are screwing
around try this, Throw C4 on your friend. Both of you should get in a chopper.
The person with the C4 jumps out and lands on a tank, then you explode them
both.
Do not even think about using the knife. It is awful. If you get behind a
camping sniper, just shoot him. I do not know how many times someone has come
up behind me and I heard them so I am waiting to nail them as they try to knife
me.
Booby traps. Lay a c4 at the flag or a control point, then as someone takes it,
blow it up.
If you know that a certain person likes to go on path x with his tank, lay two
or three C4s there and wait for him.
Lay in wait. If you can get into an enemy base undetected, lay a couple c4s on
a chopper and get behind something so no one can see you. Watch on the mini-map
for the chopper to disappear, then detonate them. It also works on tanks and
jeeps.
The smg works best at close quarters, try to keep the battle with assault kits
in close where your rate of fire will beat their power.
Stun grenades can be annoying, toss a few at the enemy before you go into get
the flag.
While rare, you may be challenged to a knife dual. If you want to, strafe left
and right while always watching the enemy, Lunge and swing your knife but
immediately back off. Of course my solution is that when your foe gets his
knife ready you pull out out your smg and unload on him. Not very honorable,
but honor is not a stat this game cares about.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2.3
Sniper- Snipers are the long range sharpshooters. They stay back and pick off
targets from safety. They can also reveal enemy positions and paint enemy
vehicles for air strike. A skilled sniper in a good position can cover multiple
flags with deadly accuracy.
Pros-
Good long range kit
Can designate enemy vehicles for destruction
Deadly with skilled hands
My favorite class
Cons-
sucks at close range
slow RoF
The sniper kit is one of the most easy to use but difficult to master. Lots of
people use this class but would not able to hit a barn if they were inside of
it. The key here is lead times. If you can master the lead times, you can nail
anything on the map.
Master lead times. Once you can master the lead times nothing can touch you.
Get a feel of when you are running low on ammo. The last thing you want is to
run out of ammo when the enemy decides to assault the flag you are guarding.
Do not bother getting on top of the buildings on BTF. As soon as you get one
kill, the entire team has you in their sights.
Tease vehicles with the laser designator. That means, target them about halfway
so that they get out of there vehicle. Then pop them with the rifle. Lather,
rinse, repeat.
If you see a voice indicator that is enemy, immediately scope out, and back
off. Watch points that an enemy could come from. It means they are close.
If you see enemy snipers tracers go prone and drop a smoke grenade. Nothing
pisses off a sniper like a smoke grenade.
GPS is a critical tool in any game. If a teammate requests a GPS, try to give
them one.
At the lower ranks, people usually do not hunt down snipers. If you snipe
someone, they usually will not come after you. As you get higher up, people
will get mad when you snipe them so relocation is a must.
Get to know the maps. If you frequently play CTF on BTF, get to know where
enemy snipers will go and develop a pattern to check those spots.
Learn to tell the difference between soldiers and terrain. At long distances it
can get hard to tell the difference.
Remember that mines can be shot. If you see a enemy tank or soldier going past
a mine, shoot it.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2.4
Engineer- The engineers are the vehicle experts of the field. They can destroy
vehicles with their mines or rocket launcher, or they can save them with their
blow torch. They also pack a mean punch with their shotguns.
Pros-
Good anti vehicle capabilities
Can repair friendly vehicles
Can lay mines
Deadly in close quarters
Cons-
Useless beyond mid-range against infantry
Slow
The engineer is the vehicle soldier of the armies so most of the strategies
revolve around vehicles.
Lay mines. At the lower ranks people will drive over them often. Later on they
will have to stop and shoot them.
Lay mines in unlikely locations. If you know that there is a lot of enemy tank
traffic in area x, lay some mines there, Put them next to walls or burning cars
so they look like rubble. Tanks might think they are just bits of trash.
Use the shotgun. The shotgun in BF2 has unbelievable range. Do not be afraid to
try and hit someone with it that's ten meters out.
If there is a friendly tank that is under rocket fire from the front, get
behind the tank with your blowtorch. You should be fairly safe from the rockets
and the tank will be repaired.
Lay mines in ambush. The broken bridges on BTF are a good example of this. Any
jeeps coming over the bridge come over blind to the other side, so if you lay
mines on the other side, they will not have time to react. Until they get smart
and get out of the jeep as soon as they are clear of the bridge.
Put mines out in the open sometimes. Tanks and jeeps do not look for mines in
the open so they will hit them sometimes.
If you see a jeep coming to run you over, get out your rocket launcher out,
many drivers stay with their jeeps, so if you wait till you have a straight
shot, 9 times out of ten you will nail them.
If you are next to an enemy tank, lay a mine then back off and shoot the mine.
Boom. Dead tank.
If you can sneak into an enemy base, lay mines in front of the vehicles. When
an enemy gets in the vehicles they light up.
It is possible to get a kill with the blowtorch. It takes a long time and even
snipers who are slowly taking damage will sometimes get you. I recommend you
shoot campers in the back with the shotgun. However, a blowtorch death is
considered the ultimate embarrassment.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2.5
Support- The heavy machine gunners. Their machine guns spit out rounds fast
and wildly. They are also the battlefield medics and morterman.
Pros-
Good rate of fire with main gun
Can heal themselves and teammates
Can call mortar strikes
Cons-
Very inaccurate
Slow
Long Reload
Support soldiers carry the heavy machine gun. While inaccurate, it is fast and
deadly. They can also call mortar strikes and heal teammates.
The key to support is to make sure your shots hit. Unless you are right next to
someone, standing is asking for death. At least crouch. Prone is even better.
Make a kill zone. If enemies are forced to come through a narrow area, go prone
and watch the area. If you are next to an ammo box you can keep up steady,
endless fire.
Heal teammates. This should be obvious, but a lot of support people will walk
right by injured teammates. You get points for healing to.
While frowned upon by most people as cowardly, standing next to an ammo box and
dropping constant mortars is an effective way to shutdown campers. And besides,
honor doesn't get you points.
Stay low. I am really going to drive this point home. If you go prone with the
machine gun it is like a mobile .50 cal.
Stay low. I am really going to drive this point home. If you go prone with the
machine gun it is like a mobile .50 cal.
Use the same tips with grenades for assault here. Throw before assaulting,
Emergency anti vehicle, etc.
If there are no teammates around, mortaring your own flag is effective
deterrence to an enemy thinking about grabbing it. Be careful to not kill
teammates though.
If you go prone you will be able to destroy any jeeps that come after the flag
with relative ease.
===============================================================================
3. Vehicles
===============================================================================
In this section I will discuss the various classes of vehicles, what they can
and should be used for, As well as some other tips and tactics. Onward!
Light attack vehicles- These are the most common vehicles in the game and all
faction usually start with at least one. They are fast but weak.
Load them up. They are transport, not attack vehicles. Never take off by
yourself unless there are no teammates at the point.
Use the speed. These are the fastest land vehicles in the game. Use them to
rush the control points farthest away from your position.
Live, fight, run away, live to fight another day. Do not be afraid to run from
tanks, infantry, or other jeeps. If you know you can not take them, do not stay
around and die, run!
When you have access to a Chinese FAV, remember that it has a grenade launcher.
If you get it set up in the right location to cover a flag it is very
formidable.
DO NOT, get in the turret when capturing flags by yourself. Snipers love a
still target. I personally love when some idiot capturing a flag thinks he is
good so he gets in the turret.
Avoid armor. You can not take on tanks with a jeep unless it is weak or you
have a jihad jeep. Do not even try, use your speed and run so you can come back
later.
Watch for mines. Very simple.
At the beginning of games do not rush point that you know enemy tanks go to.
When you are carrying a flag carrier, do not travel in a straight line, zig zag
or better yet take a back route so rockets can not hit you.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
MAVs- MAVS are the APCs on the field. They usually have a 30 mm auto cannon
and either a machine gun or a rocket launcher. They are the rarest of the land
vehicles but there is usually one or two on the map. Because of the rarity of
the vehicles, there aren't many tips for them.
Use the 30 mm cannon. Unless you know there are allies in the area, there
really is not any reason to stop firing.
Splash damage. If you see an enemy run into a building, fire at the door. The
splash damage will sometimes kill him.
Avoid heavy armor. While you can take jeeps and other MAVs, you will not be
able to take down a tank unless it is really weak. Or if you have someone in
the rocket launcher spot.
Camp. If you know there is a lot of enemy traffic in one spot, camp off to the
side in a safe spot and wait for them.
If your allies are about to assault an enemy position, bombard it first and you
may draw some attention.
If you can get a a friendly engineer to stay behind you with a blow torch, you
can effectively pin down an enemy position or make a choke point.
If you can get into the enemy base and camp by a repair box, you can wreck
havoc. This is another thing that some people consider low and cowardly, but
you want to win, right?
Do not shoot where your allies are, it is just common sense and teammates will
get mad if you kill them.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
HAVs- The behemoths. This is the top of the food chain right here. Used
correctly, heavy armor can be the deciding factor of a battle.
Get the first shot. If you get into a shoot out with another tank, make sure
you get the first shot. Unless there is some other influence, i.e. repair
stations, enemy rockets, blow torch repair, the tank who hits first will win.
It takes two tank rounds to destroy a healthy enemy tank, so shoot first.
Watch for land mines. This should be obvious but many people die in tanks not
from choppers or enemy armor, but from not watching for mines.
If you know there have been enemies in your base look at the ground in front of
your tank before you take off. It is a classic trick to lay mines in front of
empty vehicles and then get kills from stupidity.
The 120 mm projectile are deadly to any enemy in proximity. If there is an
enemy stupid enough to hide behind a box, show him whose boss.
If you can get two friendly engineers and a support too cooperate, you are
invincible. This is very hard to pull off but well worth it. Get two engineers
to stay behind you repairing you, have a support man healing them. If executed
correctly, it is awesome. Just try to take out other tanks quickly so they can
not get behind you and kill your helpers.
Easy repair medal. Get with a friend in a tank. Go into battle and when you get
hurt back off. Have your friend get in the main gun and hold off any enemies.
You repair it. Get back in main gun, this can also help with your vehicle kills.
If you can get in a tank to capture a point you will have a much easier time.
You are a bigger target, but only engineers pose a real threat.
Know where your enemies can hit you from when capturing. Easy enough.
Try to stay out of enclosed spaces. When you are in close quarters, and class
can kill you, but if you stay out in the open, engineers and snipers are the
only effective classes.
Kill advancing spec ops. If they get close, C4 will destroy you.
Do not let enemies into your dead zone. The dead zone is the area around your
tank where you can not hit. If an engineer lays mine and shoots it or C4 is
laid, you are dead.
Be careful at the begin of games. You do not want to kill teammates. Some of
the time a teammate only has to touch the tank to die.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Sea and Air vehicle Tactics- These vehicles are the rarest vehicles. Boats are
only on a few maps and helicopters are on a few more maps.
Boats are NOT assault vehicles. Use them to cross the water and get out. They
can not take very much heat.
If you are charging an enemy controlled beach, make sure someone is on the
grenade launcher. They can stay on and suppress the enemy, just get out if they
are not suppressed.
Sometimes swimming is better then being in a boat.
Load choppers up. If they are at full capacity you can drop them off over
control points for an aerial attack.
FFARs are inaccurate, make sure you fire a lot of them. Get used to the
controls of choppers in single player so your teammates do not get mad if you
crash.
Try alternate helo controls. It helps.
DO NOT TAKE OFF BY YOURSELF! Nothing ticks off teammates like some idiot taking
off in the chopper by themselves, especially if you just use it to get on top
of a building.
===============================================================================
4. Walkthrough
===============================================================================
This is the section dedicated to a step by step walkthrough of the campaign. I
will start each mission with the story briefing and the mission objectives.
Just so you know, you switch from the Chinese to the U.S. team every three
missions. I couldn't figure out why I was destroying NATO subs for a while.
4.1 In and Out
We've got a unit under heavy fire and trapped in the refinery. Conduct a rapid
assault, engage all hostile, and prep the area for immediate helicopter
extraction. Check your gear and move out.
Mission Objectives:
Rendezvous with tanks
Get to the Refinery
Hold Location until Extraction
You start off parachuting into the city. Close your parachute and open it later
to save time. You will be confronted by assault and engineer troopers. Use the
assault kits to take out the infantry and switch to engineers when vehicles
show up. Fight your way up the street and find friendly tanks. You will fight
some enemy armor. Either use your tanks or switch to an engineer. Continue up
the street until you get to a barricade, you can either use tanks or rockets to
blow it open. Once inside you have to defend for some time until a helicopter
comes. Watch the skies for enemy reinforcements dropping in. Troops will also
come from on top of the buildings. Eventually an enemy helo will come. If you
are good you can nail it with a rocket. Otherwise get on the machine gun. Soon
after that the blackhawk will come and it is mission complete.
===============================================================================
4.2 Radio Silence
We've gotten our feet wet with a win and rescued our boys in the process! Next
up is a signals intel mission designed to destroy the enemies ability to
communicate electronically. We will do it with a rapid raid and the primary
asset will be a communications technician who will arrive at each site via
helo. He will launch a virus on their net and get out. You will make damn sure
he stays safe at each site and gets the job done. Crank up and move out.
Mission Objectives:
Defend Upload Site 1
Defend Upload Site 2
Defend Upload Site 3
Proceed to Airfield
You start off with two humvees. Make sure you are in the gunner seat because
the AI can not hit anything. Once you get to the upload sites, stay in the
gunner seat, you can also get out but it works better in the turret. The
technician will show up and a countdown starts. You just have to hold the area
until the timer reaches zero. It is not hard. You then go to two other upload
sites and defend the tech. Around the third site a helicopter will come. Use
rockets or a machine gun to blow it up. Once the virus has been uploaded you
just have to get to a small airfield. Only one man has to get there.
===============================================================================
4.3 Headshot
That raid on the enemy's communication array must have hurt because the enemy
is resorting to dirty tactics. Special Operators tell us that hostile snipers
have got shoot points all over the school and their primary target will be
negotiators. Counter sniper mission follows: eliminate all hostile shooters,
clear the access route. None of their shooters survive. Clear? Get it done.
Mission Objectives:
Eliminate all hostiles
This is a straight up sniper mission. You have three snipers at your disposal.
As soon as the mission starts you have a shot on two of them. Soon a chopper
will come. You can either snipe the pilot or laze it. You can also leave it
alone. More snipers spawn to the west. Hotswap and take them out. This causes a
squad to parachute in. Switch to the last sniper, you can probably pick them
off as the come down. If not they just stay in the woods and trees. Waves of
enemies spawn to the East and West. Hotswap between the first two snipers to
get them. Around this time some snipers will appear on the rooftops near you.
Watch for them. Use your GPS units when you lose sight of an enemy. Once you
finish the mission the negotiators are blown up anyway. Tough luck.
===============================================================================
4.4 Submerged
Our enemy begins by shooting those who come in defense of peace, and now they
attack our defensive cordon. Three fast attack submarines armed with cruise
missiles have docked in the NATO anchorage. The enemy controls the river
traffic from strong defensive positions, which you need to disable before
locating the submarine pens and destroying the vessels. Proceed and bring honor
to us all.
Mission Objectives:
Destroy the First Bunker
Destroy the Second Bunker
Destroy the Three Submarines
You will start this mission parachuting in. You have a few options here. You
can just drop, free fall, or you can float and land right on top of the bunker.
Your best be is to do the last one. While you are floating use your grenade
launcher. You then have to plant explosives, easy enough. Once the bunker is
gone mop up the rest of the soldiers in the surrounding buildings. Go to the
sandbag line at the opposite end from the bunker. Get on one of the machine
guns and mow the enemies down. From here you can go up the road to the next
bunker, or you can go via the river. If you are quick, there is a boat on the
shore by the sandbags. If you can kill the guards it makes things much easier.
I don't recommend taking anyone with you in the boat because they are stupid.
Drive up the river, once you get close to the bunker, get on the grenade
launcher and bombard the bunker. This is an easy way to get your Navy Cross.
There will also be an enemy boat coming so watch out for it. Once it is clear
swim to shore and plant the explosives. After that bunker is toast you can
assault the main facility.
The front gate is full of enemies. Be careful in the woods surrounding the gate
because there are engineers with their damn shotguns around. If you have a
HUMVEE the machine gun will prove valuable, if not, use rockets and assault
rifles to clear it. As you enter the base veer right through the crates. Try to
get an engineer kit. The shotgun will work wonders in the close quarters.
Eventually you will get to the docks. Use assault and move down the docks to
the farthest sub. Kill any enemies you encounter. Plant the charge and jump
into the water. Then swim to the next sub. It is slow but safe. After you plant
the explosives on that sub hotswap to a soldier on the main base. Preferably
assault. Move into the dry dock. Be careful as you enter, as there are roughly
five soldiers that come out. Once you are inside carefully pick off any enemies
with your assault rifle. Once it is clear move down the side and on the the
sub. Plant the charge and you are done.
===============================================================================
4.5 Metal Island
With the enemy submarines destroyed, the battle for the sea could go either way
and it is a battle we must win. In response to our victory, NATO forces are
moving on our oil platform and island position at site four. You will defend
that platform and island at all costs. You have your mission. Proceed with it.
Mission Objectives:
Defend the Oil Rig
Defend the Island
Defend the Oil Rig
Defend Both Areas
When the mission starts look to the sky. Soon paratroopers will fall soon.
Switch to assault to easily take them out before they land. If all assault are
dead the shotgun has pretty good range to. Since this is the first wave it
shouldn't be much of a problem. There shouldn't be any boats yet but watch the
sea just in case. Soon it should be secure.
Once the rig is secure, you must defend the island. First there are just
paratroopers. Use assault or engineer to blast them. Then those darn NATO
people get all pissy and attack you from the water. At least one boat will
come. It shouldn't be much of a problem if you have an engineer. They also come
from the land. My tactic is that you let them back you on to the island. Then
you hop onto the handy grenade launcher and show them some firepower. You also
get some help from some of your own paratroopers. If you swap to them it gives
you a great vantage point for a while.
Once you kick NATO of the island they decide to attack the rig again. It starts
with some paratroopers but then a chopper shows up. If you are a good shot you
will be able to blow it out of the air with the rocket launcher. If not use
machine guns. There will also e a couple of boats that assault. You can destroy
them in one hit with a rocket. Try to get them before they unload because they
bring three new enemies.
Now because their soldiers suck at everything NATO is attacking both places at
once. There are no new tactics here. Use the same ones. The catch is that you
have to defend both at once. Watch for friendly paratroopers to come from the
sky.
===============================================================================
4.6 Heavy Tonnage
We have stopped the enemy from destroying Kazakhstan's oil infrastructure for
the moment, but we still have much more work to do. We have an unidentified,
deep draft vessel inbound to or oil rig from the south. You will conduct an
aerial recon to determine the ships origins and intentions. If if she's
neutral, pull off and report. If she's anything else she's hostile and you will
defend yourself accordingly.
Mission Objectives:
Recon the Ship
Destroy the Cargo Doors
Destroy the Cargo
This is the first mission where you have to pilot a helicopter. You start out
in a chopper on the oil rig. Take off and fly around for a bit if you are
unfamiliar with the controls. When you are comfortable, head toward the ship.
You can start firing rockets whenever you want to. Patrol boats circle around
the ship but they don't do anything. Your first objective is to destroy the
cargo doors. You can get out and destroy it with grenades but that takes to
long. Stay with the chopper and blow the doors open. There are SAM turrets at
the ends of the ship so avoid that. Once the doors are gone you have two
options. If your chopper is healthy stay in it and blast away at the cargo, if
not swap to an assault trooper on the ship. Get to the grenade launcher on the
bridge. Use it to destroy the closest cargo. Once it is done go on foot to the
other one and use your grenades to destroy it. If you run out switch to another
trooper.
===============================================================================
4.7 Air Traffic Control
The Chinese have had a string of victories lately, but that ends now. Fresh up
from destroying civilian transports, Chinese assault teams have taken our
helicopter support base and the forward arming and refueling point adjacnt to
the north road. Conduct an assault with fast attack vehicles, engage all
hostiles, and secure the airstrip for follow on operations.We need that support
base back gentleman. Check your gear and move out.
Mission Objectives:
Capture the Support Base
Defend Against the Counter Attack
You start out as a sniper overlooking the base.Go prone because as soon as you
start shooting they will know exactly where you are. This is an excellent
chance to get some sniper medals. Pick off as many of the guards as you can.
Then turn and watch the choppers. Try to kill the pilots before they take off.
If you have unlocked the laser designator laze them. Once you have sniped as
much as you can switch to one of the jeeps. If you rush a chopper in a jeep at
the begining and get in one. If you can get into it it will make the rest of
the mission easy.
If you don't get the chopper make sure you blow it up so it doesn't annoy you
for the rest of the mission. Get to the middle of the air field and switch to
the humvee gun turret. Enemies come from the edges of the base. They will come
from between the tents and around the buildings. Try to get them before they
can get a shot off because some of them are engineers with rocket launchers.
Friendly tanks will come in later so be watching for them. Once one of them
comes switch to them. They have a 30mm auto cannon that will rip through the
soldiers. Three allied snipers will spawn at the various towers. If you run out
of other options swap to them to pick off the remaining enemies.
Once you have secured the airport, The Chinese launch a counter attack.
Complete with pissed jeeps, pissed helicopters, and pissed tanks. If you are
good you can pick off the chopper pilots before they can do any damage. If you
can't hit it use the humvee turret to take them down. Use your own engineers
and tanks to destroy the jeeps and tanks.
===============================================================================
4.8 Catching Flak
We've got our base back, which nicely sets us up for an air recon and
electronic survalince mission with you in the primary aircraft. You have four
objects to cover as marked on the aerials and on your TAC map. We have no intel
on AAA air threats but the mission is a vital follow-on operation. Coordinate
with the aircrews and lift off.
Mission Objectives:
Recon the Village
Recon the Ravine
Recon the Pumping Station
Recon the Mid Ground
Return to Base
The second most annoying mission in the entire game. You pilot a Blackhawk and
recon a few sites. Sounds simple enough except for all the enemies trying to
kill you. Anyway........
Once you are in the air switch to a little bird and head to the village. Take a
few minutes and bombard the village with rockets. You need it totally safe.
Once you do that circle around a few more times to pick off any stagglers. Once
you are sure it's clear bring in the blackhawk and hover over the village. Once
that is done, Fly a little bird over to the ravine. Fly down the river a little
bit and you will cause all of the enemies to enter the bunkers. Switch to one
of the snipers on the bridge and pick them off. Once you are sure its safe,
bring in the Blackhawk and do the recon.
Now you are half done, go back to a little bird and head toward the pumping
station. Fire rockets as you come in, try to take the tanks down first. There
are also enemies in the woods so be careful. Same drill, once you are certain
it's safe, bring in the chopper.
Now the last one. Do not let the Blackhawk get near the Mid Ground. There are
multiple tanks around. Enemy choppers may one to but if they do just nail them
with the little birds. Plaster the area with rockets. I mean, OBLITERATE the
ground. There are lots of enemies here and they ALL need to die. Bring in the
Blackhawk when it's clear.
Now you have finished the recon and can return to base. Do not go in the
Blackhawk, go in a little bird because the Chinese have decided to occupy the
helipad. Blast the crap out of it with a little bird. Once it's safe, land the
Blackhawk and your done.
===============================================================================
4.9 Catching Flak
Now were really cookin'!We have a support base and intel on the surrounding
area. You are now designated the Combined Armor Assault Team for this command.
Conduct an attack on Chinese heavy tank units located on or around the crest of
that hill to the West of our position. This will be tank on tank but we expect
they will have heavy air support on call so you will need to complete your
mission before their birds show up. Seize and hold that high ground.
More to come!
Table of Contents
===============================================================================
1. Introduction
2. Classes
2.1 Assault
2.2 Spec Ops
2.3 Sniper
2.4 Engineer
2.5 Support
3. Vehicles
3.1 LAVs
3.2 MAVs
3.3 HAVs
3.4 Air and Sea Vehicles
4. Walkthrough
4.1 In and Out
4.2 Radio Silence
4.3 Headshot
4.4 Submerged
4.5 Metal Island
4.6 Heavy Tonnage
4.7 Air Traffic Control
4.8 Catching Flak
4.9 Rolling Thunder
4.10 Burning Bridges
4.11 Beach Party
4.12 Big Bang
4.13 Hotel Alpha
4.14 Top Man
4.15 DMZ
4.16 End of the Line
4.17 Endgame (NATO)
4.18 Endgame (China)
4.19 Flying the Flag (Both)
5. Credits
6. Contact Information
===============================================================================
1. Introduction
===============================================================================
Welcome to my guide to Battlefield 2: Modern Combat. I hope it helps you
conquer the game and have fun at the same time. This is my first FAQ and I hope
you enjoy reading it as much as I'm going to enjoy writing it.
===============================================================================
2. Classes
===============================================================================
In the Battlefield universe there are five classes. They all have their own
strengths and weaknesses so you must learn when and where to use them.
Following are details on all the classes, and tips for each one.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2.1
Assault- The assault trooper is the most versatile soldier on the battlefield.
His rifle is effective against infantry and light vehicles. He also carries
Smoke and frag grenades, a pistol, and an under slung grenade launcher. A good
choice for new players as it has no real weakness except heavy armor.
pros-
Versatile
Effective against infantry
Powerful rifle
cons-
weak versus heavy armor
There really are not many tips for assault kits. They are versatile and while a
trained player is deadly with it, it just requires practice. However there are
some tactics you may find useful.
Try to stay at midrange whenever possible, SMGs will shred you at close
quarters.
Use smoke grenades. Nothing pisses off a sniper more then having smoke in his
field of view.
Throw frags in a room/ area before you assault, if it does not kill your
enemies, it will soften them up.
Do not be afraid to use your pistol. If you an an enemy are both reloading pull
out your pistol.
The grenade launcher can be very useful if used properly. Lob grenades into
bases across Backstab for example.
Your accuracy is greatly increased if you go prone or kneel. Getting behind
enemy lines and laying down can get you many kills.
Remember that there is a scope, if the enemy does not know your there and there
is some distance between you, use the scope to make sure you hit him.
Avoid armor. The assault trooper can not handle heavy armor unless it is
severely weakened.
Use the grenade launcher against jeeps if you can not see the driver.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2.2
Spec Ops- The Spec. Ops soldiers are the stealthy ones. They are actually just
as easy to see as the others. This is another versatile class like the assault.
Different from the assault is that its weapons are suppressed. It also has C4
for anti-vehicle action.
Pros-
Fast
C4 is good for a lot of things
SMG has good RoF
Silenced guns
Cons-
Knife and stun grenades are useless
This is another versatile class that you can safely pick if you are unsure what
you will be going up against. The smg is weaker then the assault rifle but it
fires much faster. It is also more accurate. The c4 is a fun and versatile
weapon.
Use your speed. The spec os is the fastest kit on the battlefield. They should
always be the ones to grab the flags in ctf. If they can get behind cover they
will outrun any soldier.
Silencers are good. While it may seem pointless, they suppressed rounds make it
harder for enemies to pinpoint your position.
Suicide bombers. These jihad jeeps are just a jeep with c4 on the front. Run
the jeep into an enemy tank and hop out. Blow them both up.
I thought you were my friend! If you are with friends and you are screwing
around try this, Throw C4 on your friend. Both of you should get in a chopper.
The person with the C4 jumps out and lands on a tank, then you explode them
both.
Do not even think about using the knife. It is awful. If you get behind a
camping sniper, just shoot him. I do not know how many times someone has come
up behind me and I heard them so I am waiting to nail them as they try to knife
me.
Booby traps. Lay a c4 at the flag or a control point, then as someone takes it,
blow it up.
If you know that a certain person likes to go on path x with his tank, lay two
or three C4s there and wait for him.
Lay in wait. If you can get into an enemy base undetected, lay a couple c4s on
a chopper and get behind something so no one can see you. Watch on the mini-map
for the chopper to disappear, then detonate them. It also works on tanks and
jeeps.
The smg works best at close quarters, try to keep the battle with assault kits
in close where your rate of fire will beat their power.
Stun grenades can be annoying, toss a few at the enemy before you go into get
the flag.
While rare, you may be challenged to a knife dual. If you want to, strafe left
and right while always watching the enemy, Lunge and swing your knife but
immediately back off. Of course my solution is that when your foe gets his
knife ready you pull out out your smg and unload on him. Not very honorable,
but honor is not a stat this game cares about.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2.3
Sniper- Snipers are the long range sharpshooters. They stay back and pick off
targets from safety. They can also reveal enemy positions and paint enemy
vehicles for air strike. A skilled sniper in a good position can cover multiple
flags with deadly accuracy.
Pros-
Good long range kit
Can designate enemy vehicles for destruction
Deadly with skilled hands
My favorite class
Cons-
sucks at close range
slow RoF
The sniper kit is one of the most easy to use but difficult to master. Lots of
people use this class but would not able to hit a barn if they were inside of
it. The key here is lead times. If you can master the lead times, you can nail
anything on the map.
Master lead times. Once you can master the lead times nothing can touch you.
Get a feel of when you are running low on ammo. The last thing you want is to
run out of ammo when the enemy decides to assault the flag you are guarding.
Do not bother getting on top of the buildings on BTF. As soon as you get one
kill, the entire team has you in their sights.
Tease vehicles with the laser designator. That means, target them about halfway
so that they get out of there vehicle. Then pop them with the rifle. Lather,
rinse, repeat.
If you see a voice indicator that is enemy, immediately scope out, and back
off. Watch points that an enemy could come from. It means they are close.
If you see enemy snipers tracers go prone and drop a smoke grenade. Nothing
pisses off a sniper like a smoke grenade.
GPS is a critical tool in any game. If a teammate requests a GPS, try to give
them one.
At the lower ranks, people usually do not hunt down snipers. If you snipe
someone, they usually will not come after you. As you get higher up, people
will get mad when you snipe them so relocation is a must.
Get to know the maps. If you frequently play CTF on BTF, get to know where
enemy snipers will go and develop a pattern to check those spots.
Learn to tell the difference between soldiers and terrain. At long distances it
can get hard to tell the difference.
Remember that mines can be shot. If you see a enemy tank or soldier going past
a mine, shoot it.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2.4
Engineer- The engineers are the vehicle experts of the field. They can destroy
vehicles with their mines or rocket launcher, or they can save them with their
blow torch. They also pack a mean punch with their shotguns.
Pros-
Good anti vehicle capabilities
Can repair friendly vehicles
Can lay mines
Deadly in close quarters
Cons-
Useless beyond mid-range against infantry
Slow
The engineer is the vehicle soldier of the armies so most of the strategies
revolve around vehicles.
Lay mines. At the lower ranks people will drive over them often. Later on they
will have to stop and shoot them.
Lay mines in unlikely locations. If you know that there is a lot of enemy tank
traffic in area x, lay some mines there, Put them next to walls or burning cars
so they look like rubble. Tanks might think they are just bits of trash.
Use the shotgun. The shotgun in BF2 has unbelievable range. Do not be afraid to
try and hit someone with it that's ten meters out.
If there is a friendly tank that is under rocket fire from the front, get
behind the tank with your blowtorch. You should be fairly safe from the rockets
and the tank will be repaired.
Lay mines in ambush. The broken bridges on BTF are a good example of this. Any
jeeps coming over the bridge come over blind to the other side, so if you lay
mines on the other side, they will not have time to react. Until they get smart
and get out of the jeep as soon as they are clear of the bridge.
Put mines out in the open sometimes. Tanks and jeeps do not look for mines in
the open so they will hit them sometimes.
If you see a jeep coming to run you over, get out your rocket launcher out,
many drivers stay with their jeeps, so if you wait till you have a straight
shot, 9 times out of ten you will nail them.
If you are next to an enemy tank, lay a mine then back off and shoot the mine.
Boom. Dead tank.
If you can sneak into an enemy base, lay mines in front of the vehicles. When
an enemy gets in the vehicles they light up.
It is possible to get a kill with the blowtorch. It takes a long time and even
snipers who are slowly taking damage will sometimes get you. I recommend you
shoot campers in the back with the shotgun. However, a blowtorch death is
considered the ultimate embarrassment.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2.5
Support- The heavy machine gunners. Their machine guns spit out rounds fast
and wildly. They are also the battlefield medics and morterman.
Pros-
Good rate of fire with main gun
Can heal themselves and teammates
Can call mortar strikes
Cons-
Very inaccurate
Slow
Long Reload
Support soldiers carry the heavy machine gun. While inaccurate, it is fast and
deadly. They can also call mortar strikes and heal teammates.
The key to support is to make sure your shots hit. Unless you are right next to
someone, standing is asking for death. At least crouch. Prone is even better.
Make a kill zone. If enemies are forced to come through a narrow area, go prone
and watch the area. If you are next to an ammo box you can keep up steady,
endless fire.
Heal teammates. This should be obvious, but a lot of support people will walk
right by injured teammates. You get points for healing to.
While frowned upon by most people as cowardly, standing next to an ammo box and
dropping constant mortars is an effective way to shutdown campers. And besides,
honor doesn't get you points.
Stay low. I am really going to drive this point home. If you go prone with the
machine gun it is like a mobile .50 cal.
Stay low. I am really going to drive this point home. If you go prone with the
machine gun it is like a mobile .50 cal.
Use the same tips with grenades for assault here. Throw before assaulting,
Emergency anti vehicle, etc.
If there are no teammates around, mortaring your own flag is effective
deterrence to an enemy thinking about grabbing it. Be careful to not kill
teammates though.
If you go prone you will be able to destroy any jeeps that come after the flag
with relative ease.
===============================================================================
3. Vehicles
===============================================================================
In this section I will discuss the various classes of vehicles, what they can
and should be used for, As well as some other tips and tactics. Onward!
Light attack vehicles- These are the most common vehicles in the game and all
faction usually start with at least one. They are fast but weak.
Load them up. They are transport, not attack vehicles. Never take off by
yourself unless there are no teammates at the point.
Use the speed. These are the fastest land vehicles in the game. Use them to
rush the control points farthest away from your position.
Live, fight, run away, live to fight another day. Do not be afraid to run from
tanks, infantry, or other jeeps. If you know you can not take them, do not stay
around and die, run!
When you have access to a Chinese FAV, remember that it has a grenade launcher.
If you get it set up in the right location to cover a flag it is very
formidable.
DO NOT, get in the turret when capturing flags by yourself. Snipers love a
still target. I personally love when some idiot capturing a flag thinks he is
good so he gets in the turret.
Avoid armor. You can not take on tanks with a jeep unless it is weak or you
have a jihad jeep. Do not even try, use your speed and run so you can come back
later.
Watch for mines. Very simple.
At the beginning of games do not rush point that you know enemy tanks go to.
When you are carrying a flag carrier, do not travel in a straight line, zig zag
or better yet take a back route so rockets can not hit you.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
MAVs- MAVS are the APCs on the field. They usually have a 30 mm auto cannon
and either a machine gun or a rocket launcher. They are the rarest of the land
vehicles but there is usually one or two on the map. Because of the rarity of
the vehicles, there aren't many tips for them.
Use the 30 mm cannon. Unless you know there are allies in the area, there
really is not any reason to stop firing.
Splash damage. If you see an enemy run into a building, fire at the door. The
splash damage will sometimes kill him.
Avoid heavy armor. While you can take jeeps and other MAVs, you will not be
able to take down a tank unless it is really weak. Or if you have someone in
the rocket launcher spot.
Camp. If you know there is a lot of enemy traffic in one spot, camp off to the
side in a safe spot and wait for them.
If your allies are about to assault an enemy position, bombard it first and you
may draw some attention.
If you can get a a friendly engineer to stay behind you with a blow torch, you
can effectively pin down an enemy position or make a choke point.
If you can get into the enemy base and camp by a repair box, you can wreck
havoc. This is another thing that some people consider low and cowardly, but
you want to win, right?
Do not shoot where your allies are, it is just common sense and teammates will
get mad if you kill them.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
HAVs- The behemoths. This is the top of the food chain right here. Used
correctly, heavy armor can be the deciding factor of a battle.
Get the first shot. If you get into a shoot out with another tank, make sure
you get the first shot. Unless there is some other influence, i.e. repair
stations, enemy rockets, blow torch repair, the tank who hits first will win.
It takes two tank rounds to destroy a healthy enemy tank, so shoot first.
Watch for land mines. This should be obvious but many people die in tanks not
from choppers or enemy armor, but from not watching for mines.
If you know there have been enemies in your base look at the ground in front of
your tank before you take off. It is a classic trick to lay mines in front of
empty vehicles and then get kills from stupidity.
The 120 mm projectile are deadly to any enemy in proximity. If there is an
enemy stupid enough to hide behind a box, show him whose boss.
If you can get two friendly engineers and a support too cooperate, you are
invincible. This is very hard to pull off but well worth it. Get two engineers
to stay behind you repairing you, have a support man healing them. If executed
correctly, it is awesome. Just try to take out other tanks quickly so they can
not get behind you and kill your helpers.
Easy repair medal. Get with a friend in a tank. Go into battle and when you get
hurt back off. Have your friend get in the main gun and hold off any enemies.
You repair it. Get back in main gun, this can also help with your vehicle kills.
If you can get in a tank to capture a point you will have a much easier time.
You are a bigger target, but only engineers pose a real threat.
Know where your enemies can hit you from when capturing. Easy enough.
Try to stay out of enclosed spaces. When you are in close quarters, and class
can kill you, but if you stay out in the open, engineers and snipers are the
only effective classes.
Kill advancing spec ops. If they get close, C4 will destroy you.
Do not let enemies into your dead zone. The dead zone is the area around your
tank where you can not hit. If an engineer lays mine and shoots it or C4 is
laid, you are dead.
Be careful at the begin of games. You do not want to kill teammates. Some of
the time a teammate only has to touch the tank to die.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Sea and Air vehicle Tactics- These vehicles are the rarest vehicles. Boats are
only on a few maps and helicopters are on a few more maps.
Boats are NOT assault vehicles. Use them to cross the water and get out. They
can not take very much heat.
If you are charging an enemy controlled beach, make sure someone is on the
grenade launcher. They can stay on and suppress the enemy, just get out if they
are not suppressed.
Sometimes swimming is better then being in a boat.
Load choppers up. If they are at full capacity you can drop them off over
control points for an aerial attack.
FFARs are inaccurate, make sure you fire a lot of them. Get used to the
controls of choppers in single player so your teammates do not get mad if you
crash.
Try alternate helo controls. It helps.
DO NOT TAKE OFF BY YOURSELF! Nothing ticks off teammates like some idiot taking
off in the chopper by themselves, especially if you just use it to get on top
of a building.
===============================================================================
4. Walkthrough
===============================================================================
This is the section dedicated to a step by step walkthrough of the campaign. I
will start each mission with the story briefing and the mission objectives.
Just so you know, you switch from the Chinese to the U.S. team every three
missions. I couldn't figure out why I was destroying NATO subs for a while.
4.1 In and Out
We've got a unit under heavy fire and trapped in the refinery. Conduct a rapid
assault, engage all hostile, and prep the area for immediate helicopter
extraction. Check your gear and move out.
Mission Objectives:
Rendezvous with tanks
Get to the Refinery
Hold Location until Extraction
You start off parachuting into the city. Close your parachute and open it later
to save time. You will be confronted by assault and engineer troopers. Use the
assault kits to take out the infantry and switch to engineers when vehicles
show up. Fight your way up the street and find friendly tanks. You will fight
some enemy armor. Either use your tanks or switch to an engineer. Continue up
the street until you get to a barricade, you can either use tanks or rockets to
blow it open. Once inside you have to defend for some time until a helicopter
comes. Watch the skies for enemy reinforcements dropping in. Troops will also
come from on top of the buildings. Eventually an enemy helo will come. If you
are good you can nail it with a rocket. Otherwise get on the machine gun. Soon
after that the blackhawk will come and it is mission complete.
===============================================================================
4.2 Radio Silence
We've gotten our feet wet with a win and rescued our boys in the process! Next
up is a signals intel mission designed to destroy the enemies ability to
communicate electronically. We will do it with a rapid raid and the primary
asset will be a communications technician who will arrive at each site via
helo. He will launch a virus on their net and get out. You will make damn sure
he stays safe at each site and gets the job done. Crank up and move out.
Mission Objectives:
Defend Upload Site 1
Defend Upload Site 2
Defend Upload Site 3
Proceed to Airfield
You start off with two humvees. Make sure you are in the gunner seat because
the AI can not hit anything. Once you get to the upload sites, stay in the
gunner seat, you can also get out but it works better in the turret. The
technician will show up and a countdown starts. You just have to hold the area
until the timer reaches zero. It is not hard. You then go to two other upload
sites and defend the tech. Around the third site a helicopter will come. Use
rockets or a machine gun to blow it up. Once the virus has been uploaded you
just have to get to a small airfield. Only one man has to get there.
===============================================================================
4.3 Headshot
That raid on the enemy's communication array must have hurt because the enemy
is resorting to dirty tactics. Special Operators tell us that hostile snipers
have got shoot points all over the school and their primary target will be
negotiators. Counter sniper mission follows: eliminate all hostile shooters,
clear the access route. None of their shooters survive. Clear? Get it done.
Mission Objectives:
Eliminate all hostiles
This is a straight up sniper mission. You have three snipers at your disposal.
As soon as the mission starts you have a shot on two of them. Soon a chopper
will come. You can either snipe the pilot or laze it. You can also leave it
alone. More snipers spawn to the west. Hotswap and take them out. This causes a
squad to parachute in. Switch to the last sniper, you can probably pick them
off as the come down. If not they just stay in the woods and trees. Waves of
enemies spawn to the East and West. Hotswap between the first two snipers to
get them. Around this time some snipers will appear on the rooftops near you.
Watch for them. Use your GPS units when you lose sight of an enemy. Once you
finish the mission the negotiators are blown up anyway. Tough luck.
===============================================================================
4.4 Submerged
Our enemy begins by shooting those who come in defense of peace, and now they
attack our defensive cordon. Three fast attack submarines armed with cruise
missiles have docked in the NATO anchorage. The enemy controls the river
traffic from strong defensive positions, which you need to disable before
locating the submarine pens and destroying the vessels. Proceed and bring honor
to us all.
Mission Objectives:
Destroy the First Bunker
Destroy the Second Bunker
Destroy the Three Submarines
You will start this mission parachuting in. You have a few options here. You
can just drop, free fall, or you can float and land right on top of the bunker.
Your best be is to do the last one. While you are floating use your grenade
launcher. You then have to plant explosives, easy enough. Once the bunker is
gone mop up the rest of the soldiers in the surrounding buildings. Go to the
sandbag line at the opposite end from the bunker. Get on one of the machine
guns and mow the enemies down. From here you can go up the road to the next
bunker, or you can go via the river. If you are quick, there is a boat on the
shore by the sandbags. If you can kill the guards it makes things much easier.
I don't recommend taking anyone with you in the boat because they are stupid.
Drive up the river, once you get close to the bunker, get on the grenade
launcher and bombard the bunker. This is an easy way to get your Navy Cross.
There will also be an enemy boat coming so watch out for it. Once it is clear
swim to shore and plant the explosives. After that bunker is toast you can
assault the main facility.
The front gate is full of enemies. Be careful in the woods surrounding the gate
because there are engineers with their damn shotguns around. If you have a
HUMVEE the machine gun will prove valuable, if not, use rockets and assault
rifles to clear it. As you enter the base veer right through the crates. Try to
get an engineer kit. The shotgun will work wonders in the close quarters.
Eventually you will get to the docks. Use assault and move down the docks to
the farthest sub. Kill any enemies you encounter. Plant the charge and jump
into the water. Then swim to the next sub. It is slow but safe. After you plant
the explosives on that sub hotswap to a soldier on the main base. Preferably
assault. Move into the dry dock. Be careful as you enter, as there are roughly
five soldiers that come out. Once you are inside carefully pick off any enemies
with your assault rifle. Once it is clear move down the side and on the the
sub. Plant the charge and you are done.
===============================================================================
4.5 Metal Island
With the enemy submarines destroyed, the battle for the sea could go either way
and it is a battle we must win. In response to our victory, NATO forces are
moving on our oil platform and island position at site four. You will defend
that platform and island at all costs. You have your mission. Proceed with it.
Mission Objectives:
Defend the Oil Rig
Defend the Island
Defend the Oil Rig
Defend Both Areas
When the mission starts look to the sky. Soon paratroopers will fall soon.
Switch to assault to easily take them out before they land. If all assault are
dead the shotgun has pretty good range to. Since this is the first wave it
shouldn't be much of a problem. There shouldn't be any boats yet but watch the
sea just in case. Soon it should be secure.
Once the rig is secure, you must defend the island. First there are just
paratroopers. Use assault or engineer to blast them. Then those darn NATO
people get all pissy and attack you from the water. At least one boat will
come. It shouldn't be much of a problem if you have an engineer. They also come
from the land. My tactic is that you let them back you on to the island. Then
you hop onto the handy grenade launcher and show them some firepower. You also
get some help from some of your own paratroopers. If you swap to them it gives
you a great vantage point for a while.
Once you kick NATO of the island they decide to attack the rig again. It starts
with some paratroopers but then a chopper shows up. If you are a good shot you
will be able to blow it out of the air with the rocket launcher. If not use
machine guns. There will also e a couple of boats that assault. You can destroy
them in one hit with a rocket. Try to get them before they unload because they
bring three new enemies.
Now because their soldiers suck at everything NATO is attacking both places at
once. There are no new tactics here. Use the same ones. The catch is that you
have to defend both at once. Watch for friendly paratroopers to come from the
sky.
===============================================================================
4.6 Heavy Tonnage
We have stopped the enemy from destroying Kazakhstan's oil infrastructure for
the moment, but we still have much more work to do. We have an unidentified,
deep draft vessel inbound to or oil rig from the south. You will conduct an
aerial recon to determine the ships origins and intentions. If if she's
neutral, pull off and report. If she's anything else she's hostile and you will
defend yourself accordingly.
Mission Objectives:
Recon the Ship
Destroy the Cargo Doors
Destroy the Cargo
This is the first mission where you have to pilot a helicopter. You start out
in a chopper on the oil rig. Take off and fly around for a bit if you are
unfamiliar with the controls. When you are comfortable, head toward the ship.
You can start firing rockets whenever you want to. Patrol boats circle around
the ship but they don't do anything. Your first objective is to destroy the
cargo doors. You can get out and destroy it with grenades but that takes to
long. Stay with the chopper and blow the doors open. There are SAM turrets at
the ends of the ship so avoid that. Once the doors are gone you have two
options. If your chopper is healthy stay in it and blast away at the cargo, if
not swap to an assault trooper on the ship. Get to the grenade launcher on the
bridge. Use it to destroy the closest cargo. Once it is done go on foot to the
other one and use your grenades to destroy it. If you run out switch to another
trooper.
===============================================================================
4.7 Air Traffic Control
The Chinese have had a string of victories lately, but that ends now. Fresh up
from destroying civilian transports, Chinese assault teams have taken our
helicopter support base and the forward arming and refueling point adjacnt to
the north road. Conduct an assault with fast attack vehicles, engage all
hostiles, and secure the airstrip for follow on operations.We need that support
base back gentleman. Check your gear and move out.
Mission Objectives:
Capture the Support Base
Defend Against the Counter Attack
You start out as a sniper overlooking the base.Go prone because as soon as you
start shooting they will know exactly where you are. This is an excellent
chance to get some sniper medals. Pick off as many of the guards as you can.
Then turn and watch the choppers. Try to kill the pilots before they take off.
If you have unlocked the laser designator laze them. Once you have sniped as
much as you can switch to one of the jeeps. If you rush a chopper in a jeep at
the begining and get in one. If you can get into it it will make the rest of
the mission easy.
If you don't get the chopper make sure you blow it up so it doesn't annoy you
for the rest of the mission. Get to the middle of the air field and switch to
the humvee gun turret. Enemies come from the edges of the base. They will come
from between the tents and around the buildings. Try to get them before they
can get a shot off because some of them are engineers with rocket launchers.
Friendly tanks will come in later so be watching for them. Once one of them
comes switch to them. They have a 30mm auto cannon that will rip through the
soldiers. Three allied snipers will spawn at the various towers. If you run out
of other options swap to them to pick off the remaining enemies.
Once you have secured the airport, The Chinese launch a counter attack.
Complete with pissed jeeps, pissed helicopters, and pissed tanks. If you are
good you can pick off the chopper pilots before they can do any damage. If you
can't hit it use the humvee turret to take them down. Use your own engineers
and tanks to destroy the jeeps and tanks.
===============================================================================
4.8 Catching Flak
We've got our base back, which nicely sets us up for an air recon and
electronic survalince mission with you in the primary aircraft. You have four
objects to cover as marked on the aerials and on your TAC map. We have no intel
on AAA air threats but the mission is a vital follow-on operation. Coordinate
with the aircrews and lift off.
Mission Objectives:
Recon the Village
Recon the Ravine
Recon the Pumping Station
Recon the Mid Ground
Return to Base
The second most annoying mission in the entire game. You pilot a Blackhawk and
recon a few sites. Sounds simple enough except for all the enemies trying to
kill you. Anyway........
Once you are in the air switch to a little bird and head to the village. Take a
few minutes and bombard the village with rockets. You need it totally safe.
Once you do that circle around a few more times to pick off any stagglers. Once
you are sure it's clear bring in the blackhawk and hover over the village. Once
that is done, Fly a little bird over to the ravine. Fly down the river a little
bit and you will cause all of the enemies to enter the bunkers. Switch to one
of the snipers on the bridge and pick them off. Once you are sure its safe,
bring in the Blackhawk and do the recon.
Now you are half done, go back to a little bird and head toward the pumping
station. Fire rockets as you come in, try to take the tanks down first. There
are also enemies in the woods so be careful. Same drill, once you are certain
it's safe, bring in the chopper.
Now the last one. Do not let the Blackhawk get near the Mid Ground. There are
multiple tanks around. Enemy choppers may one to but if they do just nail them
with the little birds. Plaster the area with rockets. I mean, OBLITERATE the
ground. There are lots of enemies here and they ALL need to die. Bring in the
Blackhawk when it's clear.
Now you have finished the recon and can return to base. Do not go in the
Blackhawk, go in a little bird because the Chinese have decided to occupy the
helipad. Blast the crap out of it with a little bird. Once it's safe, land the
Blackhawk and your done.
===============================================================================
4.9 Catching Flak
Now were really cookin'!We have a support base and intel on the surrounding
area. You are now designated the Combined Armor Assault Team for this command.
Conduct an attack on Chinese heavy tank units located on or around the crest of
that hill to the West of our position. This will be tank on tank but we expect
they will have heavy air support on call so you will need to complete your
mission before their birds show up. Seize and hold that high ground.
More to come!
Mardi 18 septembre 2007
2
18
/09
/2007
23:51
-
Recommander
-
Par yagami
-
Ecrire un commentaire
Publié dans : xbox 360 guides - Voir les 0 commentaires
--------------
Introduction
--------------
Greetings. Assault Heroes is an exclusive old-school top down shooter for
Xbox Live Arcade. Such games are more than just a rarity these days, and I
enjoyed the game enough to want and write up an FAQ.
Though the game isn't difficult by any means, the purpose of this FAQ is to
provide a permanent source for players who might be having trouble nabbing
those achievements, or just for some tips and information that they might
have missed on while playing the game.
-----------------
Version History
-----------------
Dec 17, 2006. Date of Birth of this FAQ.
Dec 19, 2006. First Submission. Version 1.0
-------------------
Table of Contents
-------------------
Usage: Press Ctrl+F and input the desired code without the brackets. Ex) #A
Game Information --------------------------------------- [#A00]
Story / Ending (Spoilers) --------------------------- [#A01]
Controls -------------------------------------------- [#A02]
Vehicles -------------------------------------------- [#A03]
Power-Ups ------------------------------------------- [#A04]
Weapons --------------------------------------------- [#A05]
Combo Multipliers ----------------------------------- [#A06]
Achievements Guide ------------------------------------- [#B00]
Annihilator ----------------------------------------- [#B01]
Assault Hero ---------------------------------------- [#B02]
Exterminator ---------------------------------------- [#B03]
Lair Slayer ----------------------------------------- [#B04]
Peace Maker ----------------------------------------- [#B05]
Sharp Shooter --------------------------------------- [#B06]
Small Arms Expert ----------------------------------- [#B07]
Speed Freak ----------------------------------------- [#B08]
Survivor -------------------------------------------- [#B09]
Tricked Out ----------------------------------------- [#B10]
Twin Medal ------------------------------------------ [#B11]
Unstoppable ----------------------------------------- [#B12]
Frequently Asked Questions ----------------------------- [#Y]
Credits / Disclaimer / Legal Information --------------- [#Z]
----------------------------
[#A00] = Game Information =
----------------------------
-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-
#A01 - Story:
As the only surviving members of an Elite Special Forces unit, it is up to
you to find the secret underground lab. Go the mission alone or fight side-
by-side with your fellow comrade. More than ever your military training,
weapons handling, and quick mobility will be the deciding factor in this do
or die mission. Reveal the truth about the classified weapons program!
Ending (Spoilers):
Triumph! You have destroyed the Rogue Cyborg - the classified secret weapons
program that went haywire. Our citizens are safe once again.
-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-
#A02 - Controls:
x-----------------------x----------------------------x
| Move | Left Analog Stick or D-pad |
x-----------------------x----------------------------x
| Aim and Fire | Right Analog Stick |
x-----------------------x----------------------------x
| Grenade | Right Trigger |
x-----------------------x----------------------------x
| Nuke | Left Trigger |
x-----------------------x----------------------------x
| Coop Attack | X button |
x-----------------------x----------------------------x
| Show Boss Weakness | A button |
x-----------------------x----------------------------x
| Cycle Weapons | Left and Right Bumpers |
x-----------------------x----------------------------x
| Menu Screen / Pause | Start |
x-----------------------x----------------------------x
-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-
#A03 - Vehicles:
x-------------x
| PLA MK1 4x4 |
x-------------x
Official Info:
The Punkasso MK1 is a fast all terrain vehicle armed with a powerful machine
gun.
Comments:
You'll be driving this set of wheels for the majority of the game. If this
vehicle blows up, you'll be forced to go on foot for a period of time.
x---------------------x
| PLA Speed Boat GRV1 |
x---------------------x
Official Info:
It's the aquatic version of the MK1 4x4. It is a very fast and maneuverable
speed boat.
Comments:
A bit tougher to control than the MK1, you'll be controlling this vehicle on
the 3rd Zone. If this vehicle blows up, you'll be forced to drive a cool
jet ski for a period of time.
-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-
#A04 - Power-Ups:
<---------------->
| Weapon Upgrade |
<---------------->
Official Info:
Two upgrades available for each weapon. Increases damage and adds special
abilities.
Comments:
You'll want to pick these up as soon as possible most of the time. Weapon
upgrades significantly increase the powerful of all your weapons.
<-------->
| Shield |
<-------->
Official Info:
Creates an impenetrable shield around the player. Useful for earning the
Road Kill combo.
Comments:
Essentially invulnerability. I guess you can attempt to get the road kill
combo from it, but you don't see these pickups enough to really make much use
out of it.
<----->
| 1UP |
<----->
Official Info:
Extra Life!
Comments:
You'll find one at the end of each Underground Zone.
<------>
| Star |
<------>
Official Info:
Increases your score by 1000, 2000, or 3000.
Comments:
The amount of points you obtain depends on the color. Yellow stars give
1000, Orange stars give 2000, and Red stars give 3000.
<----------------->
| Health / Repair |
<----------------->
Official Info:
Heals all damage either on foot or in vehicle.
Comments:
Heals you up to full health instantly.
-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-
#A05 - Weapons:
o-----------------------o
| Weapon Rotation Order |
o-----------------------o
RB: Right Bumper
LB: Left Bumper
Minigun
/
LB / RB
/
/
Flamethrower <-------------> Flak Cannon
Flak Cannon
/
LB / RB
/
/
Minigun <-------------> Flamethrower
Flamethrower
/
LB / RB
/
/
Flak Cannon <-------------> Minigun
o---------o
| Minigun |
o---------o
Official Info:
Your default weapon, the minigun is the most balanced of all weapons. It
Has a long range, inflicts moderate damage, and has a good rate of fire.
Comments:
Probably the gun you'll be using the most throughout the game, as it's the
easiest weapon to score combo multipliers with, and shreds through weak
enemies like no tomorrow. Don't bother using this against any armored
enemies or bosses unless you want to boost your accuracy score for the
achievement. I often try to score any other multiplier any then quickly
swap back to the minigun to nab the combo multiplier.
o--------------o
| Flamethrower |
o--------------o
Official Info:
The flamethrower is ideal for taking out swarms of smaller units. It has
good damage but has the worst range. Enemies hit with the flamethrower take
damage over time.
Comments:
At first glance, the flamethrower seems to be fairly useless. It forms a
strange arc when you move, for some reason it doesn't kill infantry
instantly, it's hard to score combo multipliers with, it will overheat if
fired constantly, and it has the lowest range of the 3 weapons. With careful
use however, the flamethrower is actually the best weapon in the game, and
dare I say it, is also broken.
Though the un-upgraded flamethrower remains relatively weak, it is the
upgraded flamethrower that is the most powerful. When upgraded, you can tap
the right analog to spam powerful homing pellets. I don't think it was the
intention of developers to allow this, because with some practice you can
even manage to keep the flame going as you also spam the pellets. The crab
boss will go down before even putting up much of a fight, and those any
enemies that might have been hard to kill otherwise become ridiculously easy
targets. The only downside of this is that you do not score combo
multipliers from it.
o-------------o
| Flak Cannon |
o-------------o
Official Info:
This weapon fires heavy long-range shells. A direct impact from the cannon
does high damage, but it has the slowest firing rate.
Comments:
The Flak Cannon plays a solid role in the game, and is essentially the
weapon you'll be using against any more heavily armored units if your
flamethrower isn't fully upgraded. Its full screen range is also important
in certain situations such as one part of the Train boss in Zone 4. This
weapon is also easier to score combo multipliers with than the flamethrower,
so expect to be using this one more than necessary if you're interested in
your score.
o----------o
| Grenades |
o----------o
Official Info:
Grenades are ideal for taking out enemies that hide behind mortar trenches
and other barriers that your main weapon cannot penetrate. Grenades explode
on impact or on contact with the ground.
Comments:
Grenades are particularly useful when you aren't in your vehicle, and make
quick work of any armored units. Spamming grenades annihilate any boss in a
matter of seconds, and remember that your counter resets every time you
enter a new zone, so don't bother saving them up in between zones. Note that
grenade kills seem to only score half of your combo multiplier, but are
still useful against regular enemies for obtaining the Bunker Buster
multiplier.
o------o
| Nuke |
o------o
Official Info:
A super weapon that causes massive destruction. The nuke can only be used
once per pickup. When you activate the nuke a wall of fire erupts from the
4x4 destroying both enemies and scenery.
Comments:
Nukes are essentially lifesavers when you're clearing underground zones, and
have also particularly good use on the last area of the game where you're
hurrying to the top. They have a good radius and deliver solid damage
against bosses as well. If you have too many of them, Nukes are also good
for scoring the Bunker Buster multiplier.
o----------o
| Missiles |
o----------o
Official Info:
Seeking heavy damage, useful to eliminate airborne enemies.
Comments:
The effect of this pickup usually ends up being quite unnoticeable. The
missile doesn't fly very fast, and you'll often end up killing the enemy
before the missile even hits. Just about its only use is when your other
weapons aren't upgraded.
-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-
#A06 - Combo Multipliers:
1) It requires 4 kills to initiate all combos except Berserk.
2) Berserk requires 5 kills.
x---------x
| SMOKIN' |
x---------x
Official Info:
Kill multiple enemies in a short time with the flamethrower.
x---------x
| TOP GUN |
x---------x
Official Info:
Kill multiple enemies in a short time with the minigun.
x---------------x
| CANNON FODDER |
x---------------x
Official Info:
Kill multiple enemies in a short time with the flak cannon.
x---------x
| BERSERK |
x---------x
Official Info:
Kill a series of enemies without being hit.
x-----------x
| ROAD KILL |
x-----------x
Official Info:
Run over a series of enemy soldiers.
x---------------x
| BUNKER BUSTER |
x---------------x
Official Info:
Kill multiple enemies with a grenade or nuke.
x--------------x
| COMBO MASTER |
x--------------x
Official Info:
Earn three different combos in a short time.
------------------------------
[#B00] = Achievements Guide =
------------------------------
Notes about all Achievements:
1) Achievements only unlock once you FINISH the zone you're in.
2) Achievements can be obtained on ANY difficulty and during COOPERATIVE
play.
-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-
#B01 - Annihilator
Gamer Points: 10
How to Unlock: Kill more than 85% of the total enemies in a zone.
This is a very easy achievement to obtain by just playing through and
clearing the first zone. Try not to let enemies get by you, and clear the
underground zone.
-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-
#B02 - Assault Hero
Gamer Points: 30
How to Unlock: Complete the game.
Not much to say here. Just beat the game on any difficulty.
-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-
#B03 - Exterminator
Gamer Points: 10
How to Unlock: Defeat the giant spider.
The giant spider is the first mini-boss you'll face in the game.
-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-
#B04 - Lair Slayer
Gamer Points: 10
How to Unlock: Complete all underground zones.
This is the most difficult achievement in the game. You must clear the 4
underground zones in the same game; so don't bother trying to clear them in
any random order, and level warping around. Die in any of the underground
zones, and you unfortunately must restart from the beginning. Losing all
your lives and restarting from the previous checkpoint DOES NOT work. The
achievement will unlock at the end of zone 4 (train boss) if you've done
everything correctly. Remember that you can also do this in COOPERATIVE
play if you find that easier.
Go slowly in these underground zones, and try to save up those grenades and
nukes for these places. Use grenades against the more heavily armored
enemies, and turrets. When crossing the red lasers, keep an eye that it
isn't flashing, as the delay between shots can be tricky.
Beware of the hovering enemy that explodes with blue electricity on the last
underground zone. Either toss grenades in front of it, or use a nuke to
take it out. Also beware of enemies that sometimes get stuck in front of
entrances, so take your time and shoot them from afar before proceeding
through. Finally, remember that you can always stay back and take a
breather to restore your health.
-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-
#B05 - Peace Maker
Gamer Points: 20
How to Unlock: Finish a zone killing less than 50% of the enemies.
This is another of the more tricky to obtain achievements. You DO NOT have
to play through the ENTIRE zone and can start in any area you like. You
just have to FINISH the zone.
I managed to pick up this achievement on The Sea level where you're on the
Speed Boat, as there are lots of enemies that can be easily avoided. You
Can skip the Underground zone as well. Another simple method is to just
start at Area 4 and attempt to complete Zone 1 killing as little as possible
from that point.
-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-
#B06 - Sharp Shooter
Gamer Points: 10
How to Unlock: Don't waste more than 30% of your bullets.
When they mean don't waste more than 30%, that means you must get an accuracy
of 70% or higher (it's astounding how some people don't understand this). The
easiest method is in COOPERATIVE play, and shoot at something to get 100%
accuracy and then let your partner kill everything else.
Now, if you're going to do this alone, I recommend either using an UPGRADED
flamethrower or the Flak Cannon and shoot at as little as possible for this
achievement. Remember that by tapping the right analog with the Upgraded
Flamethrower, it shoots homing pellets, which should increase your accuracy
if done properly. Lastly, you can also exit your vehicle and fire on foot
at something that has lots of health (buildings, etc.) to greatly boost your
accuracy.
-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-
#B07 - Small Arms Expert
Gamer Points: 20
How to Unlock: Finish a zone without using grenades or nukes.
This is a simple achievement that anyone can easily obtain by playing
Through the first zone on EASY difficulty.
-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-
#B08 - Speed Freak
Gamer Points: 20
How to Unlock: Finish a zone in less than 15 minutes.
This is a simple achievement that anyone can easily obtain by playing
through the first zone on EASY difficulty. Avoid the underground zone to
save time.
-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-
#B09 - Survivor
Gamer Points: 20
How to Unlock: Finish a zone killing 60% of the units on foot.
The exact details on this achievement are sketchy, as procedures that might
work for some people might not work for others. Attempting to get this
achievement by going through Zone 1 is what most people attempt at first,
but even if you think you killed over 60%, the achievement doesn't always
unlock. The same occurs when attempting to obtain it in COOPERATIVE mode.
I managed to obtain the achievement by playing through the second zone, since
there are plenty of grenades to pick up and lots of infantry that can be
easily killed. You MUST go through the Underground Zone. Many people have
also reported having great success by just playing the last area of the game
(the timed one).
-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-
#B10 - Tricked Out
Gamer Points: 20
How to Unlock: Max out all of the vehicle power-ups.
This is a simple achievement that anyone can easily obtain by playing
through the first zone on EASY difficulty.
-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-
#B11 - Twin Medal
Gamer Points: 20
How to Unlock: Finish a zone in Co-op mode.
You can obtain this achievement in either online or offline COOPERATIVE
play.
-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-
#B12 - Unstoppable
Gamer Points: 10
How to Unlock: Finish a zone without losing a life.
This is a simple achievement that anyone can easily obtain by playing
through the first zone on EASY difficulty.
-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-
------------------------------------
[#Y] = Frequently Asked Questions =
------------------------------------
Q: How long is this game?
A: There are 5 Zones and 17 Areas in the game. The first 4 Zones each have
an Underground Zone, which acts like a Bonus Level. From beginning to end,
the game lasts around an hour and a half.
Q: How is the online play?
A: The online play is hit or miss. Some people have reported success, while
others get stuck on the loading screen. The online population is barren; so
expect to only play with people on your friends list.
Q: Is it worth the money?
A: That depends. These kinds of games are all about replaying it over and
over and mastering every inch of it. The achievements are fun to unlock,
and constantly trying to score better is fun as well. Try the demo first,
and remember that this game is still just 800 points and a fraction of the
cost of most full retail games.
Q: Help! I can't beat <insert boss>.
A: Press A to see its weak point.
Q: Is there cooperative play?
A: Yes, both online and offline coop.
Introduction
--------------
Greetings. Assault Heroes is an exclusive old-school top down shooter for
Xbox Live Arcade. Such games are more than just a rarity these days, and I
enjoyed the game enough to want and write up an FAQ.
Though the game isn't difficult by any means, the purpose of this FAQ is to
provide a permanent source for players who might be having trouble nabbing
those achievements, or just for some tips and information that they might
have missed on while playing the game.
-----------------
Version History
-----------------
Dec 17, 2006. Date of Birth of this FAQ.
Dec 19, 2006. First Submission. Version 1.0
-------------------
Table of Contents
-------------------
Usage: Press Ctrl+F and input the desired code without the brackets. Ex) #A
Game Information --------------------------------------- [#A00]
Story / Ending (Spoilers) --------------------------- [#A01]
Controls -------------------------------------------- [#A02]
Vehicles -------------------------------------------- [#A03]
Power-Ups ------------------------------------------- [#A04]
Weapons --------------------------------------------- [#A05]
Combo Multipliers ----------------------------------- [#A06]
Achievements Guide ------------------------------------- [#B00]
Annihilator ----------------------------------------- [#B01]
Assault Hero ---------------------------------------- [#B02]
Exterminator ---------------------------------------- [#B03]
Lair Slayer ----------------------------------------- [#B04]
Peace Maker ----------------------------------------- [#B05]
Sharp Shooter --------------------------------------- [#B06]
Small Arms Expert ----------------------------------- [#B07]
Speed Freak ----------------------------------------- [#B08]
Survivor -------------------------------------------- [#B09]
Tricked Out ----------------------------------------- [#B10]
Twin Medal ------------------------------------------ [#B11]
Unstoppable ----------------------------------------- [#B12]
Frequently Asked Questions ----------------------------- [#Y]
Credits / Disclaimer / Legal Information --------------- [#Z]
----------------------------
[#A00] = Game Information =
----------------------------
-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-
#A01 - Story:
As the only surviving members of an Elite Special Forces unit, it is up to
you to find the secret underground lab. Go the mission alone or fight side-
by-side with your fellow comrade. More than ever your military training,
weapons handling, and quick mobility will be the deciding factor in this do
or die mission. Reveal the truth about the classified weapons program!
Ending (Spoilers):
Triumph! You have destroyed the Rogue Cyborg - the classified secret weapons
program that went haywire. Our citizens are safe once again.
-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-
#A02 - Controls:
x-----------------------x----------------------------x
| Move | Left Analog Stick or D-pad |
x-----------------------x----------------------------x
| Aim and Fire | Right Analog Stick |
x-----------------------x----------------------------x
| Grenade | Right Trigger |
x-----------------------x----------------------------x
| Nuke | Left Trigger |
x-----------------------x----------------------------x
| Coop Attack | X button |
x-----------------------x----------------------------x
| Show Boss Weakness | A button |
x-----------------------x----------------------------x
| Cycle Weapons | Left and Right Bumpers |
x-----------------------x----------------------------x
| Menu Screen / Pause | Start |
x-----------------------x----------------------------x
-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-
#A03 - Vehicles:
x-------------x
| PLA MK1 4x4 |
x-------------x
Official Info:
The Punkasso MK1 is a fast all terrain vehicle armed with a powerful machine
gun.
Comments:
You'll be driving this set of wheels for the majority of the game. If this
vehicle blows up, you'll be forced to go on foot for a period of time.
x---------------------x
| PLA Speed Boat GRV1 |
x---------------------x
Official Info:
It's the aquatic version of the MK1 4x4. It is a very fast and maneuverable
speed boat.
Comments:
A bit tougher to control than the MK1, you'll be controlling this vehicle on
the 3rd Zone. If this vehicle blows up, you'll be forced to drive a cool
jet ski for a period of time.
-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-
#A04 - Power-Ups:
<---------------->
| Weapon Upgrade |
<---------------->
Official Info:
Two upgrades available for each weapon. Increases damage and adds special
abilities.
Comments:
You'll want to pick these up as soon as possible most of the time. Weapon
upgrades significantly increase the powerful of all your weapons.
<-------->
| Shield |
<-------->
Official Info:
Creates an impenetrable shield around the player. Useful for earning the
Road Kill combo.
Comments:
Essentially invulnerability. I guess you can attempt to get the road kill
combo from it, but you don't see these pickups enough to really make much use
out of it.
<----->
| 1UP |
<----->
Official Info:
Extra Life!
Comments:
You'll find one at the end of each Underground Zone.
<------>
| Star |
<------>
Official Info:
Increases your score by 1000, 2000, or 3000.
Comments:
The amount of points you obtain depends on the color. Yellow stars give
1000, Orange stars give 2000, and Red stars give 3000.
<----------------->
| Health / Repair |
<----------------->
Official Info:
Heals all damage either on foot or in vehicle.
Comments:
Heals you up to full health instantly.
-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-
#A05 - Weapons:
o-----------------------o
| Weapon Rotation Order |
o-----------------------o
RB: Right Bumper
LB: Left Bumper
Minigun
/
LB / RB
/
/
Flamethrower <-------------> Flak Cannon
Flak Cannon
/
LB / RB
/
/
Minigun <-------------> Flamethrower
Flamethrower
/
LB / RB
/
/
Flak Cannon <-------------> Minigun
o---------o
| Minigun |
o---------o
Official Info:
Your default weapon, the minigun is the most balanced of all weapons. It
Has a long range, inflicts moderate damage, and has a good rate of fire.
Comments:
Probably the gun you'll be using the most throughout the game, as it's the
easiest weapon to score combo multipliers with, and shreds through weak
enemies like no tomorrow. Don't bother using this against any armored
enemies or bosses unless you want to boost your accuracy score for the
achievement. I often try to score any other multiplier any then quickly
swap back to the minigun to nab the combo multiplier.
o--------------o
| Flamethrower |
o--------------o
Official Info:
The flamethrower is ideal for taking out swarms of smaller units. It has
good damage but has the worst range. Enemies hit with the flamethrower take
damage over time.
Comments:
At first glance, the flamethrower seems to be fairly useless. It forms a
strange arc when you move, for some reason it doesn't kill infantry
instantly, it's hard to score combo multipliers with, it will overheat if
fired constantly, and it has the lowest range of the 3 weapons. With careful
use however, the flamethrower is actually the best weapon in the game, and
dare I say it, is also broken.
Though the un-upgraded flamethrower remains relatively weak, it is the
upgraded flamethrower that is the most powerful. When upgraded, you can tap
the right analog to spam powerful homing pellets. I don't think it was the
intention of developers to allow this, because with some practice you can
even manage to keep the flame going as you also spam the pellets. The crab
boss will go down before even putting up much of a fight, and those any
enemies that might have been hard to kill otherwise become ridiculously easy
targets. The only downside of this is that you do not score combo
multipliers from it.
o-------------o
| Flak Cannon |
o-------------o
Official Info:
This weapon fires heavy long-range shells. A direct impact from the cannon
does high damage, but it has the slowest firing rate.
Comments:
The Flak Cannon plays a solid role in the game, and is essentially the
weapon you'll be using against any more heavily armored units if your
flamethrower isn't fully upgraded. Its full screen range is also important
in certain situations such as one part of the Train boss in Zone 4. This
weapon is also easier to score combo multipliers with than the flamethrower,
so expect to be using this one more than necessary if you're interested in
your score.
o----------o
| Grenades |
o----------o
Official Info:
Grenades are ideal for taking out enemies that hide behind mortar trenches
and other barriers that your main weapon cannot penetrate. Grenades explode
on impact or on contact with the ground.
Comments:
Grenades are particularly useful when you aren't in your vehicle, and make
quick work of any armored units. Spamming grenades annihilate any boss in a
matter of seconds, and remember that your counter resets every time you
enter a new zone, so don't bother saving them up in between zones. Note that
grenade kills seem to only score half of your combo multiplier, but are
still useful against regular enemies for obtaining the Bunker Buster
multiplier.
o------o
| Nuke |
o------o
Official Info:
A super weapon that causes massive destruction. The nuke can only be used
once per pickup. When you activate the nuke a wall of fire erupts from the
4x4 destroying both enemies and scenery.
Comments:
Nukes are essentially lifesavers when you're clearing underground zones, and
have also particularly good use on the last area of the game where you're
hurrying to the top. They have a good radius and deliver solid damage
against bosses as well. If you have too many of them, Nukes are also good
for scoring the Bunker Buster multiplier.
o----------o
| Missiles |
o----------o
Official Info:
Seeking heavy damage, useful to eliminate airborne enemies.
Comments:
The effect of this pickup usually ends up being quite unnoticeable. The
missile doesn't fly very fast, and you'll often end up killing the enemy
before the missile even hits. Just about its only use is when your other
weapons aren't upgraded.
-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-
#A06 - Combo Multipliers:
1) It requires 4 kills to initiate all combos except Berserk.
2) Berserk requires 5 kills.
x---------x
| SMOKIN' |
x---------x
Official Info:
Kill multiple enemies in a short time with the flamethrower.
x---------x
| TOP GUN |
x---------x
Official Info:
Kill multiple enemies in a short time with the minigun.
x---------------x
| CANNON FODDER |
x---------------x
Official Info:
Kill multiple enemies in a short time with the flak cannon.
x---------x
| BERSERK |
x---------x
Official Info:
Kill a series of enemies without being hit.
x-----------x
| ROAD KILL |
x-----------x
Official Info:
Run over a series of enemy soldiers.
x---------------x
| BUNKER BUSTER |
x---------------x
Official Info:
Kill multiple enemies with a grenade or nuke.
x--------------x
| COMBO MASTER |
x--------------x
Official Info:
Earn three different combos in a short time.
------------------------------
[#B00] = Achievements Guide =
------------------------------
Notes about all Achievements:
1) Achievements only unlock once you FINISH the zone you're in.
2) Achievements can be obtained on ANY difficulty and during COOPERATIVE
play.
-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-
#B01 - Annihilator
Gamer Points: 10
How to Unlock: Kill more than 85% of the total enemies in a zone.
This is a very easy achievement to obtain by just playing through and
clearing the first zone. Try not to let enemies get by you, and clear the
underground zone.
-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-
#B02 - Assault Hero
Gamer Points: 30
How to Unlock: Complete the game.
Not much to say here. Just beat the game on any difficulty.
-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-
#B03 - Exterminator
Gamer Points: 10
How to Unlock: Defeat the giant spider.
The giant spider is the first mini-boss you'll face in the game.
-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-
#B04 - Lair Slayer
Gamer Points: 10
How to Unlock: Complete all underground zones.
This is the most difficult achievement in the game. You must clear the 4
underground zones in the same game; so don't bother trying to clear them in
any random order, and level warping around. Die in any of the underground
zones, and you unfortunately must restart from the beginning. Losing all
your lives and restarting from the previous checkpoint DOES NOT work. The
achievement will unlock at the end of zone 4 (train boss) if you've done
everything correctly. Remember that you can also do this in COOPERATIVE
play if you find that easier.
Go slowly in these underground zones, and try to save up those grenades and
nukes for these places. Use grenades against the more heavily armored
enemies, and turrets. When crossing the red lasers, keep an eye that it
isn't flashing, as the delay between shots can be tricky.
Beware of the hovering enemy that explodes with blue electricity on the last
underground zone. Either toss grenades in front of it, or use a nuke to
take it out. Also beware of enemies that sometimes get stuck in front of
entrances, so take your time and shoot them from afar before proceeding
through. Finally, remember that you can always stay back and take a
breather to restore your health.
-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-
#B05 - Peace Maker
Gamer Points: 20
How to Unlock: Finish a zone killing less than 50% of the enemies.
This is another of the more tricky to obtain achievements. You DO NOT have
to play through the ENTIRE zone and can start in any area you like. You
just have to FINISH the zone.
I managed to pick up this achievement on The Sea level where you're on the
Speed Boat, as there are lots of enemies that can be easily avoided. You
Can skip the Underground zone as well. Another simple method is to just
start at Area 4 and attempt to complete Zone 1 killing as little as possible
from that point.
-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-
#B06 - Sharp Shooter
Gamer Points: 10
How to Unlock: Don't waste more than 30% of your bullets.
When they mean don't waste more than 30%, that means you must get an accuracy
of 70% or higher (it's astounding how some people don't understand this). The
easiest method is in COOPERATIVE play, and shoot at something to get 100%
accuracy and then let your partner kill everything else.
Now, if you're going to do this alone, I recommend either using an UPGRADED
flamethrower or the Flak Cannon and shoot at as little as possible for this
achievement. Remember that by tapping the right analog with the Upgraded
Flamethrower, it shoots homing pellets, which should increase your accuracy
if done properly. Lastly, you can also exit your vehicle and fire on foot
at something that has lots of health (buildings, etc.) to greatly boost your
accuracy.
-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-
#B07 - Small Arms Expert
Gamer Points: 20
How to Unlock: Finish a zone without using grenades or nukes.
This is a simple achievement that anyone can easily obtain by playing
Through the first zone on EASY difficulty.
-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-
#B08 - Speed Freak
Gamer Points: 20
How to Unlock: Finish a zone in less than 15 minutes.
This is a simple achievement that anyone can easily obtain by playing
through the first zone on EASY difficulty. Avoid the underground zone to
save time.
-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-
#B09 - Survivor
Gamer Points: 20
How to Unlock: Finish a zone killing 60% of the units on foot.
The exact details on this achievement are sketchy, as procedures that might
work for some people might not work for others. Attempting to get this
achievement by going through Zone 1 is what most people attempt at first,
but even if you think you killed over 60%, the achievement doesn't always
unlock. The same occurs when attempting to obtain it in COOPERATIVE mode.
I managed to obtain the achievement by playing through the second zone, since
there are plenty of grenades to pick up and lots of infantry that can be
easily killed. You MUST go through the Underground Zone. Many people have
also reported having great success by just playing the last area of the game
(the timed one).
-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-
#B10 - Tricked Out
Gamer Points: 20
How to Unlock: Max out all of the vehicle power-ups.
This is a simple achievement that anyone can easily obtain by playing
through the first zone on EASY difficulty.
-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-
#B11 - Twin Medal
Gamer Points: 20
How to Unlock: Finish a zone in Co-op mode.
You can obtain this achievement in either online or offline COOPERATIVE
play.
-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-
#B12 - Unstoppable
Gamer Points: 10
How to Unlock: Finish a zone without losing a life.
This is a simple achievement that anyone can easily obtain by playing
through the first zone on EASY difficulty.
-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-
------------------------------------
[#Y] = Frequently Asked Questions =
------------------------------------
Q: How long is this game?
A: There are 5 Zones and 17 Areas in the game. The first 4 Zones each have
an Underground Zone, which acts like a Bonus Level. From beginning to end,
the game lasts around an hour and a half.
Q: How is the online play?
A: The online play is hit or miss. Some people have reported success, while
others get stuck on the loading screen. The online population is barren; so
expect to only play with people on your friends list.
Q: Is it worth the money?
A: That depends. These kinds of games are all about replaying it over and
over and mastering every inch of it. The achievements are fun to unlock,
and constantly trying to score better is fun as well. Try the demo first,
and remember that this game is still just 800 points and a fraction of the
cost of most full retail games.
Q: Help! I can't beat <insert boss>.
A: Press A to see its weak point.
Q: Is there cooperative play?
A: Yes, both online and offline coop.
Calendrier
| Mars 2010 | ||||||||||
| L | M | M | J | V | S | D | ||||
| 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 | 5 | 6 | 7 | ||||
| 8 | 9 | 10 | 11 | 12 | 13 | 14 | ||||
| 15 | 16 | 17 | 18 | 19 | 20 | 21 | ||||
| 22 | 23 | 24 | 25 | 26 | 27 | 28 | ||||
| 29 | 30 | 31 | ||||||||
|
||||||||||
Derniers Commentaires